Mūla > Vinayapiṭaka > Mahāvaggapāḷi

1. [udā. 1 ādayo] Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī [vimuttisukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedī (ka.)]. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti – evametassa ¶ kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ‘‘Avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho ¶ , upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho ¶ hotī’’ti.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

2. [udā. 2] Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… ¶ evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī…pe… nirodho hotī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

3. [udā. 3] Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… ¶ evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti…pe… nirodho hotī’’ti.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

4. [udā. 4] Atha ¶ kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho aññataro huṃhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ ¶ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā [brāhmaṇakārakā (ka.) brāhmaṇakarāṇā (?)] dhammā’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

5. [udā. 11] Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā ¶ yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani ¶ mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso’’ti […siriṃ sapa… (sī. syā. kaṃ.)]. Atha ¶ kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

[kathā. 338 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi]‘‘Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, sutadhammassa passato;

[kathā. 338 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi]‘‘Sukhā virāgatā loke, kāmānaṃ samatikkamo;

6. Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana ¶ samayena tapussa [tapassu (sī.)] bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṃ desaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ ¶ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho; gacchatha taṃ bhagavantaṃ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha; taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya ¶ sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti. Kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṭiggaṇheyyaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā’’ti? Atha ¶ kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ (onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ) [( ) sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ¶ ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti. Te ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsakā ahesuṃ dvevācikā.

7. [ayaṃ brahmayācanakathā dī. ni. 2.64 ādayo; ma. ni. 1.281 ādayo; ma. ni. 2.336 ādayo; saṃ. ni. 1.172 ādayo] Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ ¶ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaaccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’’ti. Apissu bhagavantaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

Itiha ¶ bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāya.

8. Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi – ‘‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati [namissati (?)], no dhammadesanāyā’’ti. Atha kho brahmā sahampati – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti ¶ , bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –

[[ ] sī. syā. potthakesu natthi, mūlapaṇṇāsakesu pāsarāsisutthe brahmayācanā sakiṃ yeva āgatā] [ Evaṃ ¶ vutte bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā’’ti.

Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ; santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –

Itiha ¶ me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’’ti.

Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti ¶ dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –

9. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine [dassāvino (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni ¶ , appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitāni [tiṭṭhanti (sī. syā.)] anupalittāni udakena, evamevaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa ¶ satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye ¶ mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante; disvāna ¶ brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi –

Atha kho brahmā sahampati ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.

10. [ma. ni. 1.284 ādayo; ma. ni. 2.339 ādayo] Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – ‘‘sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro ¶ kālāmo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho udako [uddako (sī. syā.)] rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – ‘‘abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘abhidosakālaṅkato ¶ udako rāmaputto’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’’ti

Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ ¶ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu; yaṃnūnāhaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti? Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante ¶ isipatane migadāye. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi.

11. Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṃ antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? Ko vā te satthā? Kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā upakaṃ ājīvakaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –

[mi. pa. 4.5.11 milindapañhepi; kathā. 405] ‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati;

[kathā. 405 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi] ‘‘Ahañhi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro;

[kathā. 405 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi]‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, gacchāmi kāsinaṃ puraṃ;

Andhībhūtasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, āhañchaṃ [āhaññiṃ (ka.)] amatadundubhi’’nti.

[kathā. 405 kathāvatthupāḷiyampi] ‘‘Mādisā ve jinā honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ;

Jitā ¶ me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhamupaka [tasmāhamupakā (sī.)] jino’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti [huveyyapāvuso (sī.) huveyyāvuso (syā.)] vatvā sīsaṃ okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi.

12. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṃ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Addasaṃsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna aññamaññaṃ katikaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ kesuci natthi] saṇṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto ¶ āvatto bāhullāya. So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī’’ti. Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati, tathā tathā [tathā tathā te (sī. syā.)] pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṃ ¶ . Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṃ, eko pādapīṭhaṃ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane; nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Apissu [api ca kho (pāsarāsisuttha)] bhagavantaṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca ¶ samudācaratha [samudācarittha (sī. syā.)]. Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā [yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānā (syā.)] nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya [cariyāya (syā.)], tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā [uttarimanussadhammaṃ (syā. ka.)] alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya; arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi ¶ , ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ ¶ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ…pe…. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca…pe…. Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘tāyapi ¶ kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto ¶ āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ pabhāvitameta’’nti [bhāsitametanti (sī. syā. ka.) ṭīkāyo oloketabbā]? ‘‘Nohetaṃ, bhante’’. Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃbrahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathāti. Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ sussūsiṃsu, sotaṃ odahiṃsu, aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpesuṃ.

‘‘[saṃ. ni. 5.1081 ādayo] Dveme, bhikkhave ¶ , antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve [idaṃ padadvayaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi]? Yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.

14. ‘‘Idaṃ ¶ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo ¶ dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Saṃkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā ¶ [pañcupādānakhandhāpi (ka)] dukkhā. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ [ettha ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti ādīsu dukkhasamudayo dukkhanirodhoti vattabbe dukkhasamudayaṃ dukkhanirodhanti liṅgavipallāso tato’’ti paṭisambhidāmaggaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. visuddhimaggaṭīkāyaṃ pana uppādo bhayantipāṭhavaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘‘satipi dvinnaṃ padānaṃ samānādhikaraṇabhāve liṅgabhedo gahito, yathā dukkhasamudayo ariyasacca’’nti vuttaṃ. tesu dukkhasamudayo ariyasacca’’nti sakaliṅgikapāṭho ‘‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca’’nti pāḷiyā sameti.] ariyasaccaṃ – yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā [ponobhavikā (ka.)] nandīrāgasahagatā [nandirāgasahagatā (sī. syā.)] tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.

‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ – yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ – ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.

15. ‘‘Idaṃ ¶ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi ¶ , āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

‘‘Idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko ¶ udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ ¶ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ ¶ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.

16. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ na suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ. Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti [abhisambuddho (sī. syā.)] paccaññāsiṃ. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti [idamavoca…pe… abhinanduntivākyaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi].

Imasmiñca ¶ pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.

17. Pavattite ¶ ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye ¶ anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ, appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ…pe… cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī ¶ devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Itiha, tena khaṇena, tena layena [tena layenāti padadvayaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi ¶ ; appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘aññāsi vata, bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño’’ti. Iti hidaṃ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa ‘aññāsikoṇḍañño’ tveva nāmaṃ ahosi.

18. Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.

19. Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

Te ¶ diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane ¶ bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha ¶ brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Yaṃ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti ¶ . Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

[saṃ. ni. 3.59 ādayo] ‘‘Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ ¶ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Vedanā, anattā. Vedanā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Saññā, anattā. Saññā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ saññā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ¶ ca saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Saṅkhārā, anattā. Saṅkhārā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, nayidaṃ [nayime (ka.)] saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Viññāṇaṃ, anattā. Viññāṇañca hidaṃ ¶ , bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya ¶ , labbhetha ca viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti.

21. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante ¶ . Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saññā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ ¶ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante.

22. ‘‘Tasmātiha ¶ , bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre [yaṃ dūre vā (syā.)] santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā ¶ vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ.

23. ‘‘Evaṃ ¶ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; nibbindaṃ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī’’ti.

24. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti [abhinanduṃ (syā.)]. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti.

25. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. Tassa tayo pāsādā honti – eko ¶ hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse [vassike pāsāde vassike cattāro māse (sī.)] nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohati. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī.)] niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati. Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṃ parijanaṃ supantaṃ – aññissā kacche vīṇaṃ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṃ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṃ, aññaṃ vikesikaṃ, aññaṃ vikkheḷikaṃ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṃ susānaṃ maññe. Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti.

Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti ¶ . Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ ¶ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.

26. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhaṃ. Ehi yasa, nisīda, dhammaṃ te desessāmī’’ti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto – idaṃ kira anupaddutaṃ ¶ , idaṃ anupassaṭṭhanti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi ¶ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi ¶ nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

27. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī’’ti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṃyeva yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṃ nikkhepaṃ, disvāna taṃyeva anugamāsi [anugamā (sī. syā.)]. Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhareyyaṃ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ na passeyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharesi. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyā’’ti? Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyāsīti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati – idheva kirāhaṃ nisinno idha nisinnaṃ ¶ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ ¶ passissāmīti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ ¶ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ [nikujjitaṃ (ka.)] vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti ¶ . Sova loke paṭhamaṃ upāsako ahosi tevāciko ¶ .

28. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto; yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambheyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambhesi. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mātā te tāta, yasa, parideva [paridevī (ka.)] sokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvita’’nti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṃ ullokesi. Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā? Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya ¶ āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena ¶ dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā. Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi ¶ cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṃ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṃ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva ¶ tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti.

29. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tāsaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ ¶ . Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tāsaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… etā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ ¶ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṃ gatā’’ti. Tā ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsikā ahesuṃ tevācikā.

Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṃ ¶ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ, ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

30. Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu ¶ , puṇṇaji, gavampati – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti. Te [te cattāro janā (ka.)] yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ¶ bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati. Ime [ime cattāro (ka.)] bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū’’ti ¶ . Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi ¶ cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti.

31. Assosuṃ ¶ ¶ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ¶ bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū’’ti. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā ¶ dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti.

32. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi [saṃ. ni. 1.141 mārasaṃyuttepi] – ‘‘muttāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye ¶ dibbā ye ca mānusā. Tumhepi, bhikkhave ¶ , muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha. Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ ¶ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā ¶ , assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā’’ti.

33. Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

‘‘Muttāhaṃ [muttohaṃ (sī. syā.)] sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;

[saṃ. ni. 1.151 mārasaṃyuttepi] ‘‘Antalikkhacaro pāso, yvāyaṃ carati mānaso;

[saṃ. ni. 1.1151 mārasaṃyuttepi] ‘‘Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;

Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano

34. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ¶ ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati ¶ upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati ¶ upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ – tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū ¶ āmantesi – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā’’’ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo –

Paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā ¶ [ohāretvā (ka.)], kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā, evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampada’’nti.

35. Atha kho bhagavā vassaṃvuṭṭho [vassaṃvuttho (sī.)] bhikkhū āmantesi [saṃ. ni. 1.155] – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā ¶ . Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ¶ yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarothā’’ti. Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

Mahābandhanabaddhosi [mārabandhanabaddhosi (sī. syā.)], na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’ti.

Mahābandhanamuttomhi ¶ [mārabandhanamuttomhi (sī. syā.)], nihato tvamasi antakā’’ti.

Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano

36. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍantā addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ itthiṃ passeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā’’ti? ‘‘Idha mayaṃ, bhante, tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā, bhante ¶ , vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya ¶ palāyittha. Te mayaṃ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍāmā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṃ nu kho tumhākaṃ varaṃ ¶ – yaṃ vā tumhe itthiṃ gaveseyyātha, yaṃ vā attānaṃ gaveseyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṃ varaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ attānaṃ gaveseyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṃ vo desessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā ¶ vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha ¶ brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

37. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṃ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti – uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti. Tesu uruvelakassapo ¶ jaṭilo pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa ¶ , agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ¶ ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. ‘‘Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāra’’nti. ‘‘Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.

38. Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, disvāna dummano [dukkhī dummano (sī. syā.)] padhūpāyi [pakhūpāsi (ka.)]. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca ¶ cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ viya hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ. Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṃ parivāretvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassā ¶ rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa ¶ anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi – ‘‘ayaṃ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno [pariyādiṇṇo (ka.)] assa tejasā tejo’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyissati, natveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

‘‘Sace te kassapa agaru, viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī’’ti [aggisaraṇamhīti (sī. syā.)].

Sumanamanaso adhimano [avimano (katthaci), navimano (syā.)], manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi.

Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṃ te [te upaṭṭhāmi (itipi)] dhuvabhattenā’’ti.

40. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre ¶ aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ¶ , upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu ‘‘seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā’’ti. ‘‘Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

41. Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ¶ , upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena ¶ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi ¶ devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

42. Atha ¶ kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca ¶ paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

43. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti ¶ . Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti. Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati ¶ , mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa ¶ jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā ¶ rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi? Api ca mayaṃ taṃ sarāma – kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti? Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso [paṭiviṃso (sī.), paṭiviso (syā.)] ṭhapito’’ti. Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi’’nti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānissati ¶ , na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

44. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ [ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ (ka.)] ālambitvā ¶ uttareyya’’nti? Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato ¶ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā ¶ uttaratūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetūti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo ¶ , mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṃ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṃ idha pokkharaṇī. Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā. Kenimā silā upanikkhittā? Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṃ sākhā onatā’’ti. Idha me, kassapa, paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū’’ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū’’ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silā. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā ja mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū’’ti. Svāyaṃ āharahattho kakudho. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū’’ti ¶ . Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silāti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṃ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

Atha ¶ kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato ¶ kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmaha’’nti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ¶ ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ. Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi ¶ , tvaṃyeva taṃ [tvaṃyevetaṃ āharasi, tvaṃyevetaṃ (sī. syā.)] paribhuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.

45. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmahanti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo…pe… tassā avidūre āmalakī…pe… tassā avidūre harītakī…pe… tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ ¶ , kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṃ ¶ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ [sugandhikaṃ (ka.)]. (Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi, tvaṃyeva taṃ gaṇhā’’ti) [( ) sī. syā. potthakesu natthi]. ¶ Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

46. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṃ ¶ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī’’ti. ‘‘Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

47. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṃ ujjaletuṃ [jāletuṃ (sī.), ujjalituṃ (ka.)]. Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ ¶ ujjaletu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī’’ti. ‘‘Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

48. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṃ vijjhāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ vijjhāpetu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī’’ti. ‘‘Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

49. Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti. Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṃ ¶ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho ¶ mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

50. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi. Yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo [udakena otthaṭo (sī. syā.)] hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo – māheva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosīti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṃ yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ agamāsi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇā’’ti? ‘‘Ayamahamasmi [āma ahamasmi (syā.)], kassapā’’ti bhagavā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati [nappasahissati (sī.)], na ¶ tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.

51. Atha ¶ kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṃ bhavissati – ‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’nti; yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ jaṭilaṃ saṃvejeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘neva ca kho tvaṃ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno. Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. Tvaṃ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantīti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ ¶ , bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū’’ti. ‘‘Cirapaṭikā mayaṃ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṃ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissati, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma ¶ mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

52. Addasā ¶ kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘māheva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī’’ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaraṃ jānāthāti. Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā ¶ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

53. Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘māheva me bhātūnaṃ upasaggo ahosī’’ti. Jaṭile pāhesi ¶ – gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthāti. Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu ¶ sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṃsu, phāliyiṃsu; aggī na ujjaliyiṃsu, ujjaliyiṃsu; na vijjhāyiṃsu, vijjhāyiṃsu; pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti.

54. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṃ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

[saṃ. ni. 4.29] ‘‘Sabbaṃ ¶ ¶ , bhikkhave, ādittaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ ādittaṃ? Cakkhu ¶ ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Sotaṃ ādittaṃ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Ghānaṃ ādittaṃ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.

‘‘Evaṃ ¶ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati. Sotasmimpi ¶ nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati…pe… ghānasmimpi nibbindati ¶ ¶ , gandhesupi nibbindati…pe… jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati…pe… kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati…pe… manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmimpi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātī’’ti.

Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.

55. Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane [laṭṭhivanuyyāne (syā.)] suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro – samaṇo khalu ¶ bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṃ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ [bhavantaṃ (ka.)] gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā [bhagavāti (ka.)]. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ ¶ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti.

Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi [dvādasaniyutehi (yojanā)] māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi ¶ parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā ¶ appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ [dvādasaniyutānaṃ (yojanā)] māgadhikānaṃ ¶ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

56. Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato ¶ pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi; satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā ¶ cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva ekādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ bimbisārappamukhānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ ¶ paṭivedesi.

57. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi – ‘aho vata maṃ rajje abhisiñceyyu’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tassa ca me vijitaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā’ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tañcāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo ¶ assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘So ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseyyā’ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ ājāneyya’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto ¶ rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ [maṃ bhante (ka.)], bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā ¶ , svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti ¶ . Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

58. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno –

So dasasataparivāro [parivārako (ka.)] rājagahaṃ, pāvisi bhagavā’’ti.

Manussā ¶ sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘abhirūpo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṃ māṇavako. Kassa nu kho ayaṃ māṇavako’’ti? Evaṃ vutte sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

59. Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane ¶ nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa ¶ kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi [cūḷava. 307] – ‘‘kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya? Yaṃ assa gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ [appakiṇṇaṃ (sī. syā.), abbhokiṇṇaṃ (ka.)], rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ, manussarāhasseyyakaṃ, paṭisallānasāruppa’’nti. Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi – ‘‘idaṃ kho amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṃ ¶ atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhasseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyya’’nti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi – ‘‘etāhaṃ, bhante, veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma’’nti.

60. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sañcayo [sañjayo (sī. syā.)] paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Tehi katikā katā hoti – yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetūti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ ¶ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ¶ puccheyyaṃ – ‘kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti? Atha ¶ kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ, atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti? ‘‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī’’ti. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘hotu, āvuso –

Atha ¶ kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –

[apa. 1.1.286 therāpadānepi] ‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;

Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.

[apa. 1.1.289 therāpadānepi] Eseva ¶ dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;

61. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna sāriputtaṃ ¶ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kacci nu tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti. ‘‘Yathākathaṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti? ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, āvuso, addasaṃ assajiṃ ¶ bhikkhuṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvāna me etadahosi – ‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga’’nti. Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sammodiṃ, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti? ‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa ¶ pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī’ti. ‘Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī’ti ¶ . ‘Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī’’’ti ¶ . Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘hotu, āvuso,

Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ ¶ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.

62. Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema [apalokāma (ka)]. Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā te ¶ paribbājake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Mayaṃ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, mā ¶ agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā ¶ sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchi.

Addasā kho bhagavā [bhagavāte (ka)] sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca. Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuga’’nti.

Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ¶ , upasaṅkamitvā

Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.

63. Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṃ pabbājitaṃ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni [sañjeyyāni (sī.), sañjayāni (syā.)] pabbājitāni. Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā ¶ kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ carantīti. Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –

Sabbe sañcaye netvāna [sañjeyyake netvā (sī.)], kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṃ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti –

Dhammena nayamānānaṃ [nīyamānānaṃ (ka.)], kā usūyā [ussuyā (ka.)] vijānata’’nti.

Manussā ¶ dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti ¶ no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.

64. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā [idaṃ padaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti; manussānaṃ [te manussānaṃ (ka.)] bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane’’ti.

Assosuṃ ¶ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari ¶ bhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ ¶ upanāmenti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho ¶ bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma ¶ te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. Atha khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya [asantuṭṭhiyā (sī.), asantuṭṭhatāya (syā)] saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa [viriyārambhassa (sī. syā.)] vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

65. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṃ. Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati ¶ , saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo – ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī’ti. Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya [na vācāya (ka.)] viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti ¶ ¶ , na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo.

66. [cūḷava. 376 ādayo]‘‘Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

‘‘Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena ¶ dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo ¶ hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako [saudako (ka.)] dātabbo. Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.

‘‘Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo ¶ . Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ ¶ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ ¶ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace ¶ upajjhāyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na ¶ navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.

‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ ¶ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ [bhisibimbohanaṃ (sī. syā.)] nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena ¶ , asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā. Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā ¶ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā ¶ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā ¶ atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ¶ ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā ¶ thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā ¶ udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā ¶ . Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa ¶ kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ [niyasaṃ (ka.)] vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ ¶ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

‘‘Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ ¶ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ [rajetabbaṃ (sī. syā.)] hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena [rajentena (sī. syā.)] sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā [chettabbā (sī.), cheditabbā (ka.)], na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco [veyyāvaccaṃ (katthaci)] kātabbo ¶ , na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo; na ¶ upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā ¶ gāmo pavisitabbo; na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ; na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.

67. [cūḷava. 378 ādayo] ‘‘Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

‘‘Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro ¶ dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.

‘‘Sace ¶ saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ ¶ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ ¶ . Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ ¶ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ ¶ .

‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Udakepi ¶ saddhivihārikassa ¶ parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā. Jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.

‘‘Yasmiṃ ¶ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā ¶ pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ ¶ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato ¶ antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā ¶ vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

‘‘Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā ¶ . Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ¶ saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko ¶ abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

‘‘Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ dhoveyyāsīti ¶ , ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ ¶ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ, evaṃ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ. Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.

68. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantīti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena ¶ upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti ¶ . Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – ‘‘paṇāmemi ta’’nti vā, ‘‘māyidha paṭikkamī’’ti vā, ‘‘nīhara te pattacīvara’’nti vā, ‘‘nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo’’ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihārikoti.

Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya ¶ , āpatti dukkaṭassa ¶ . Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi ¶ nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimattā gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ ¶ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ ¶ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī’’ti.

69. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto ¶ dhamanisanthatagatto. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto’’ti? Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagattoti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi. Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ ¶ sarāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino. Tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehī’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante ¶ , taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājemi upasampādemī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṃ ¶ [upasampadaṃ (sī. syā.)]. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

70. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya ¶ .

‘‘Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

71. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsi, netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘nevāhaṃ āyasmante yāciṃ upasampādetha manti. Kissa maṃ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā’’ti? ¶ Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo ¶ . Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo. Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

72. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante ¶ , saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe….

‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

73. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā [adhiṭṭhitā (ka.)] hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Tasmiṃ ¶ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti. Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi ¶ , no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito’’ti ¶ ¶ ? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatīti. Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajitoti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya’’…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṃ – piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ. Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – vihāro ¶ , aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā. Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita’’nti.

74. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṃsu. So evamāha – ‘‘sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṃ [abhirameyyañcāhaṃ (sī.), abhirameyyaṃ svāhaṃ (ka.)]. Na dānāhaṃ, bhante, pabbajissāmi; jegucchā me nissayā ¶ paṭikūlā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ¶ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetunti ¶ .

75. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādenti. Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādesi. So vassaṃvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci tvaṃ appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā. Appakilamathena mayaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgatā’’ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti; atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Duvassohaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu kativasso’’ti? ‘‘Ekavasso, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ tāyaṃ bhikkhu hotī’’ti? ‘‘Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi ¶ nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasi. Atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṃ gaṇabandhikaṃ. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ ¶ vā bhiyyobhāvāya’’…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu’’nti.

76. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā. Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā. Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā. Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā ¶ paññavanto. Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo ¶ upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā ¶ saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavantoti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu’’nti.

77. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi ¶ kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ ¶ …pe… atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti…pe… vigarahitvā ¶ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṃ. Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṃ nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo. Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato ¶ nissāya vacchāmī’ti. ‘Sāhūti’ vā ‘lahūti’ vā ‘opāyika’nti vā ‘patirūpa’nti vā ‘pāsādikena sampādehī’ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo.

78. [cūḷava. 380 ādayo] ‘‘Antevāsikena ¶ , bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

‘‘Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṃ omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā ¶ . Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace ācariyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā ¶ pattaṃ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.

‘‘Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti ¶ , ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto ¶ nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena ¶ mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena ¶ jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.

‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena ¶ kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo ¶ ; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako ¶ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo ¶ . Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā ¶ . Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ ¶ . Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṃ udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ abbheyyāti ¶ . Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ ¶ ¶ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

‘‘Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace ācariyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo; na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā; na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo; na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena ¶ hotabbaṃ; na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo; na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ, na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.

79. [cūḷava. 381-382] ‘‘Ācariyena ¶ , bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –

‘‘Ācariyena ¶ , bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.

‘‘Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ ¶ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace antevāsiko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.

‘‘Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace ¶ piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe ¶ otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā ¶ patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

‘‘Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.

‘‘Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa ¶ gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.

‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ ¶ ; ¶ mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ otāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena ¶ uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.

‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace ¶ puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā ¶ thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.

‘‘Sace ¶ pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.

‘‘Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṃ ¶ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ ¶ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.

‘‘Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ dhoveyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ kareyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace ¶ antevāsikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ paceyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace ¶ antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ rajeyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.

80. Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti ¶ vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsikoti.

Tena kho pana samayena ¶ antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

81. ‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā ¶ hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā ¶ hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī’’ti.

82. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā ¶ . Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā. Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā. Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… ¶ te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ dassanti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti ¶ dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṃ dātu’’nti.

83. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi ¶ pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

‘‘Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā – upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā.

‘‘Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā – ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā’’.

84. ‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na asekkhena [na asekhena (ka.)] sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi ¶ samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā ¶ upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo ¶ dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na ¶ nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo ¶ , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi ¶ , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ ¶ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā ¶ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ [anabhiratiṃ (syā.), uppannaṃ anabhiratiṃ (ka.)] vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ [vinodetuṃ vā vinodāpetuṃ vā (sabbattha, vimativinodanī ṭīkā oloketabbā)] āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho ¶ , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na ¶ nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato ¶ vivecetuṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso ¶ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ ¶ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti.

85. ‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo ¶ . Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena ¶ samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato ¶ hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā ¶ na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe ¶ samādapetā; ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero ¶ upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ ¶ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi ¶ kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso ¶ hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena ¶ bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti, dasavasso ¶ vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi ¶ , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ ¶ , abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo ¶ , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti ¶ , anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti.

86. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo [yo so pasuraparibbājako aññatitthiyapubbo (ka.)] pajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ ¶ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ¶ ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – ‘‘buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti.

Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ ¶ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ. Sohaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ deti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa ¶ cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso. Khamati ¶ saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

87. ‘‘Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādhako. Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena ¶ gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, na alaṃ kātuṃ, na alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa ¶ avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. Evaṃ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṃ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ¶ ārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave ¶ , aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.

‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. Evaṃ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo.

‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṃ cīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṃ parivāso dātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino. Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati ¶ , so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. Imāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṃ āveṇikaṃ parihāraṃ dammī’’ti.

88. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro. Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo; rājā ca me māgadho seniyo ¶ bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo ¶ itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu; mayañca te dāsā; sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho tesaṃ manussānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī’’ti ¶ . Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti – gilānabhattaṃ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ detha, gilānabhesajjaṃ dethāti. Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṃ rājakiccaṃ parihāpesi.

89. Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso; sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati. Somhi [sohaṃ (bahūsu, vimativinodanīṭīkā oloketabbā)] arogo vibbhamissāmī’’ti ¶ . Atha kho so ¶ puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā ¶ pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Taṃ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. So arogo vibbhami. Addasā kho jīvako ¶ komārabhacco taṃ purisaṃ vibbhantaṃ, disvāna taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nanu tvaṃ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, ācariyā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī’’ti? Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā [bhaddantā (ka.)] pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti ¶ dukkaṭassā’’ti.

90. Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṃ uccinathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṃ. Atha kho abhiññātānaṃ abhiññātānaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavāma. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho tesaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho ¶ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṃ mayaṃ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe ¶ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ nu ¶ kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā’’ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño ¶ māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi – ‘‘yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājeti, kiṃ so pasavatī’’ti? ‘‘Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṃ chetabbaṃ, anussāvakassa [anusāvakassa (ka.)] jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā. Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

91. Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi ¶ , aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṃ karonti, dvārampi thakenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti ¶ khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

92. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ¶ anuññātaṃ hoti – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā kārāya baddho hoti. So kāraṃ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so kārabhedako coro. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime ¶ labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

93. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti – yattha passati, tattha hantabboti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so likhitako coro. Handa, naṃ hanāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ¶ ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

94. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na ¶ , bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

95. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

96. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so amhākaṃ iṇāyiko. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ¶ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

97. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu ¶ pabbajito hoti. Ayyakā [ayyikā (ka.), ayirakā (sī.)] passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so amhākaṃ dāso. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

98. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘api, bhante, evarūpaṃ dārakaṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? Bhikkhū ajānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘‘na jānāmā’’ti, apassaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘‘na passāmā’’ti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ¶ bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṃ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino. Jānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘na jānāmā’ti, passaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘na passāmā’ti. Ayaṃ dārako bhikkhūsu ¶ pabbajito’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū ¶ bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṃ apaloketuṃ bhaṇḍukammāyāti.

99. [idaṃ vatthu pāci. 402 ādayo] Tena ¶ kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti ¶ . Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti.

Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – ‘‘etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anāgāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ ¶ mātāpitaro – ‘‘sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā’’ti – anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ ¶ . Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati ¶ pivissatha, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati khādissatha; no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā’’ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti; senāsanaṃ uhadantipi ummihantipi.

Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ ¶ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti. Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, jānaṃ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.

100. Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ kulaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti. Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti. Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ¶ ekatova piṇḍāya caranti. Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi, tāta, dehi; mayhampi ¶ , tāta, dehī’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti ¶ khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ ¶ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti. Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti. Bhikkhū apasādenti. Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo’ti. Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyu’’nti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetunti? Ussahanti, bhagavāti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṃ dārakaṃ kākuḍḍepakaṃ pabbājetu’’nti.

101. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti – kaṇṭako ca mahako ca. Te aññamaññaṃ dūsesuṃ. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

102. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṃ vasi, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘āhundarikā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ disā andhakārā, na imesaṃ disā pakkhāyantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi ¶ – ‘‘gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṃ [apāpuraṇaṃ (ka.)] ādāya ¶ anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocehi – ‘‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’’ti. Evaṃ, bhante, ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi – ‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṃ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena ¶ nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Tattha ca no gantabbaṃ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṃ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. Sace amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma; no ce amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma. Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkāmi.

103. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkanto’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, abyattena yāvajīvaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato ¶ hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena. Asekkhena paññākkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti ¶ , hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā ¶ anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi ¶ , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atireka pañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

104. ‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato ¶ hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi ¶ , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto ¶ hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ ¶ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni ¶ honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.

‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso ¶ anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabba’’nti.

105. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘eso te, rāhula, pitā. Gacchassu [gacchassa (syā.)], dāyajjaṃ yācāhī’’ti. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena ¶ bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi – ‘‘dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehi; dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājemī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ¶ ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi ¶ dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajja’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājesi.

Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ ¶ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmī’’ti. ‘‘Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā’’ti. ‘‘Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajja’’nti. ‘‘Vadehi, gotamā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṃ rāhule. Puttapemaṃ ¶ , bhante, chaviṃ chindati, chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati, cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati, maṃsaṃ chetvā nhāruṃ chindati, nhāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati, aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṃ sakkaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā’ti. Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā ¶ paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṃ, yāvatake ¶ vā pana ussahati ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetunti.

106. Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho amhākaṃ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṃ – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī [veramaṇi, veramaṇiṃ (ka.)], adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, vikālabhojanā veramaṇī, naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī ¶ , uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitunti.

107. Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā ¶ asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātuṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātunti.

Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho daṇḍakammaṃ kātabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ sabbaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ alabhamānā pakkamantipi ¶ , vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṃ vadenti – ‘‘etha, bhante, yāguṃ pivatha; etha, bhante, bhattaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti. Sāmaṇerā evaṃ ¶ vadenti – ‘‘nāvuso, labbhā. Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

108. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye ¶ anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Upajjhāyā gavesanti – kathaṃ [kahaṃ (ka.)] nu kho amhākaṃ sāmaṇerā na dissantīti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. Therā sāmaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti ¶ . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā ¶ ti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako ¶ nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ dūsesi. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetuṃ. Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, majjapāyī hoti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, bhikkhunidūsako hoti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetunti.

109. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ āyasmanto dūsethā’’ti. Bhikkhū apasādenti – ‘‘nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho’’ti. So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ āvuso dūsethā’’ti. Sāmaṇerā apasādenti – ‘‘nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho’’ti. So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ, āvuso ¶ , dūsethā’’ti. Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṃ. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘paṇḍakā ¶ ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Yepi imesaṃ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti. Evaṃ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthibhaṇḍānaṃ ¶ assabhaṇḍānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

110. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṃ, na ca kilameyya’’nti? Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvaseyya’’nti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? Kiṃ etaṃ, āvuso, kativasso nāmāti? Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyoti? Kiṃ etaṃ ¶ , āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmāti? Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ pabbajitaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Theyyasaṃvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

111. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati ¶ harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya’’nti. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino ¶ sīlavanto ¶ kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya’’nti. Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Atha kho so ¶ nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkami. Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṃ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṃ vihāraṃ ahinā puṇṇaṃ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī’’ti? ‘‘Ayaṃ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhante, nāgo’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, āvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsī’’ti? Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ nāgaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye. Gaccha tvaṃ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṃ upavasa, evaṃ tvaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabhissasī’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ ¶ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkamati – ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya ¶ . Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo’’ti.

112. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati ¶ . Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti? Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino ¶ samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

113. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito, iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

114. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce ¶ corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti ¶ . Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca [sace ca, sacajja (aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pāṭhantarā)] mayaṃ gayheyyāma [gaṇheyyāma (ka.)], mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā’’ti ¶ . Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā’’ti? Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū. Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

115. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṃsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṃ. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu. Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti. Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu ‘‘sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṃ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu ‘‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā’’ti. Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave ¶ , anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

116. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So karotipi kārāpetipi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.

117. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṃ upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… tiracchānagatupajjhāyena ¶ ¶ upasampādenti…pe… mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo ¶ …pe… na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

118. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṃ upasampādenti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṃ upasampādenti ¶ . Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṃ upasampādenti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattaṃ paṭiharanti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne cīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattacīvaraṃ ¶ paṭiharanti. Naggā hatthesu ¶ piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti ¶ – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

119. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… hatthapādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… nāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aṅgulicchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aḷacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇḍaracchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… phaṇahatthakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… khujjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… vāmanaṃ pabbājenti…pe… galagaṇḍiṃ pabbājenti…pe… lakkhaṇāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… kasāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… likhitakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… sīpadiṃ pabbājenti…pe… pāparogiṃ pabbājenti…pe… parisadūsakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kāṇaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kuṇiṃ pabbājenti…pe… khañjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pakkhahataṃ pabbājenti…pe… chinniriyāpathaṃ pabbājenti…pe… jarādubbalaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhaṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… badhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthacchinno ¶ pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, nāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇanāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aṅgulicchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aḷacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇḍaracchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, phaṇahatthako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khujjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, vāmano pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, galagaṇḍī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato ¶ pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kasāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, likhitako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, sīpadī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pāparogī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, parisadūsako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kāṇo pabbājetabbo…pe… na ¶ , bhikkhave, kuṇī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khañjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pakkhahato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, chinniriyāpatho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, jarādubbalo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, badhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

120. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissayaṃ ¶ denti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissāya vasanti. Tepi nacirasseva alajjino honti pāpakābhikkhū. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabbaṃ. Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabba’nti. Kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ jāneyyāma lajjiṃ vā alajjiṃ vā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhapañcāhaṃ āgametuṃ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṃ jānāmīti.

121. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena ¶ vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggappaṭipanno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānamaggappaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.

Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etadahosi ¶ – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.

Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañca bhikkhu gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati. Tassa ca tasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo araññe viharāmi, mayhañca imasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññikena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṃ sallakkhentena nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṃ – yadā patirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tadā tassa nissāya vasissāmīti.

122. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato ānandassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – āgacchatu ānando imaṃ anussāvessatūti ¶ [anussāvessatīti (syā.)]. Āyasmā ānando evamāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṃ ¶ gahetuṃ, garu me thero’’ti ¶ . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gottenapi anussāvetunti.

123. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve ekānussāvane kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Therā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṃ, tañca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tveva nānupajjhāyenāti.

124. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno ahosi. Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti. Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno. Upasampanno nu khomhi, nanu kho upasampanno’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ ¶ , tadupādāya sāvassa jāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetunti.

125. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena terasa [tassa (ka.)] antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pucchitabbo – ‘‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi ¶ ? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo’’ti?

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti. Upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike ¶ dhamme pucchitunti.

Tattheva saṅghamajjhe anusāsanti. Upasampadāpekkhā tatheva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekamantaṃ anusāsitvā saṅghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, anusāsitabbo –

126. Paṭhamaṃ upajjhaṃ gāhāpetabbo. Upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā ¶ pattacīvaraṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ – ayaṃ te patto, ayaṃ saṅghāṭi, ayaṃ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṃ antaravāsako. Gaccha, amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhīti.

Bālā abyattā anusāsanti. Duranusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitunti.

Asammatā anusāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, asammatena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, sammatena anusāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo [sammanitabbo (ka.)] – attanā vā [attanāva (syā.)] attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.

Kathañca ¶ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyya’’nti. Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.

Kathañca pana parena paro sammannitabbo? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā’’ti ¶ . Evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo.

Tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Mā kho vitthāyi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. Evaṃ taṃ pucchissanti – ‘‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo’’ti?

Ekato āgacchanti. Na, bhikkhave, ekato āgantabbaṃ. Anusāsakena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho ¶ . Anusiṭṭho so mayā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā’’ti. Āgacchāhīti vattabbo.

Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṃ yācāpetabbo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ ¶ upādāya. Tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ ¶ , bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi ¶ saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ antarāyike dhamme puccheyya’’nti? Suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ pucchāmi. Santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthīti vattabbaṃ. Santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kileso soso apamāro, manussosi, purisosi, bhujissosi, aṇaṇosi, nasi rājabhaṭo, anuññātosi mātāpitūhi, paripuṇṇavīsativassosi, paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ, kiṃnāmosi, konāmo te upajjhāyoti? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

127. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena ¶ . Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Tatiyampi ¶ etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Upasampanno ¶ saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

128. Tāvadeva chāyā metabbā, utuppamāṇaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, divasabhāgo ¶ ācikkhitabbo, saṅgīti ācikkhitabbā ¶ , cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā [ācikkhitabbā, cattāri akaraṇīyāni ācikkhitabbāni. (ka.)] –

‘‘Piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ.

‘‘Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ.

‘‘Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā.

‘‘Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita’’nti.

129. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu. So pacchā ekakova āgacchanto antarāmagge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgañchi. Sā evamāha – ‘‘kiṃdāni pabbajitosī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, pabbajitomhī’’ti. ‘‘Dullabho kho pabbajitānaṃ methuno dhammo; ehi, methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā’’ti. So tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ ¶ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, evaṃ ciraṃ akāsī’’ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādetvā dutiyaṃ dātuṃ, cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṃ –

‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi. Yo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evameva bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ na ādātabbaṃ, antamaso tiṇasalākaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritatthāya, evameva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ ¶ akaraṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā na voropetabbo, antamaso kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeti, antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo ¶ . Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Upasampannena ¶ bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo, antamaso ‘suññāgāre abhiramāmī’ti. Yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati jhānaṃ vā vimokkhaṃ vā samādhiṃ vā samāpattiṃ vā maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā, evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīya’’nti.

130. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti ¶ , osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘passasi [passāhi (sī.)] taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sace passati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, pabbājetabbo ¶ . Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi ¶ taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. Sace paṭikaroti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭikaroti labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi ¶ taṃ ¶ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjehi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāseti.

Tasmā saṅgāhaṇāhetuṃ [saṅgāhanāhetuṃ (ka.)], uddānaṃ anupubbaso;

Vatthabbañca tathāddhānaṃ, yācamānena lakkhaṇā [pekkhanā (sabbattha)];

132. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. Te manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya. Te labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. Te manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya. Te labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. Yaṃnūna ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyu’’nti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. Te manussā ¶ upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya. Te labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṃ, labhanti pasādaṃ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṃ. Yaṃnūna ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyu’nti. Sādhu, bhante, ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ ¶ abhivādetvā ¶ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi ¶ – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitu’’nti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – bhagavatā anuññātā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitunti – cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdanti. Te manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdissanti, seyyathāpi mūgasūkarā. Nanu nāma sannipatitehi dhammo bhāsitabbo’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ ¶ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṃ bhāsitu’’nti.

133. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni, tāni nesaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyyaṃ. So nesaṃ bhavissati uposathakamma’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni, tāni nesaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyyaṃ. So nesaṃ bhavissati uposathakamma’nti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, uddisitabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

134. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa ¶ pattakallaṃ, saṅgho uposathaṃ kareyya, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya. Kiṃ saṅghassa pubbakiccaṃ? Pārisuddhiṃ āyasmanto ārocetha ¶ . Pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi. Taṃ sabbeva santā sādhukaṃ suṇoma manasi karoma. Yassa siyā āpatti ¶ , so āvikareyya. Asantiyā āpattiyā tuṇhī bhavitabbaṃ. Tuṇhībhāvena kho panāyasmante ¶ parisuddhāti vedissāmi. Yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṃ hoti, evamevaṃ [evameva (ka)] evarūpāya parisāya yāvatatiyaṃ anussāvitaṃ hoti. Yo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṃ anussāviyamāne saramāno santiṃ āpattiṃ nāvikareyya, sampajānamusāvādassa hoti. Sampajānamusāvādo kho panāyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā. Tasmā, saramānena bhikkhunā āpannena visuddhāpekkhena santī āpatti āvikātabbā; āvikatā hissa phāsu hotī’’ti.

135. Pātimokkhanti ādimetaṃ mukhametaṃ pamukhametaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. Tena vuccati pātimokkhanti. Āyasmantoti piyavacanametaṃ garuvacanametaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ āyasmantoti. Uddisissāmīti ācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi ¶ uttāniṃ karissāmi [uttānī karissāmi (sī. syā.)] pakāsessāmi. Tanti pātimokkhaṃ vuccati. Sabbeva santāti yāvatikā tassā parisāya therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca, ete vuccanti sabbeva santāti. Sādhukaṃ suṇomāti aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā [sabbaṃ cetasā (syā. ka.)] samannāharāma. Manasi karomāti ekaggacittā avikkhittacittā avisāhaṭacittā nisāmema. Yassa siyā āpattīti therassa vā navassa vā majjhimassa vā, pañcannaṃ vā āpattikkhandhānaṃ aññatarā āpatti, sattannaṃ vā āpattikkhandhānaṃ aññatarā āpatti. So āvikareyyāti so deseyya, so vivareyya, so uttāniṃ kareyya, so pakāseyya saṅghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. Asantī nāma āpatti anajjhāpannā vā hoti, āpajjitvā vā vuṭṭhitā. Tuṇhī bhavitabbanti adhivāsetabbaṃ na byāharitabbaṃ. Parisuddhāti vedissāmīti jānissāmi dhāressāmi. Yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṃ hotīti yathā ekena eko puṭṭho byākareyya, evameva tassā parisāya jānitabbaṃ maṃ pucchatīti. Evarūpā nāma parisā ¶ bhikkhuparisā vuccati. Yāvatatiyaṃ anussāvitaṃ hotīti sakimpi anussāvitaṃ hoti, dutiyampi anussāvitaṃ hoti, tatiyampi anussāvitaṃ ¶ hoti. Saramānoti jānamāno sañjānamāno. Santī nāma āpatti ajjhāpannā vā hoti, āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā. Nāvikareyyāti na deseyya, na vivareyya, na uttāniṃ kareyya, na pakāseyya saṅghamajjhe ¶ vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. Sampajānamusāvādassa hotīti. Sampajānamusāvāde kiṃ hoti? Dukkaṭaṃ hoti. Antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatāti. Kissa antarāyiko? Paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, tatiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, catutthassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ nekkhammānaṃ nissaraṇānaṃ pavivekānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ adhigamāya ¶ antarāyiko. Tasmāti taṅkāraṇā. Saramānenāti jānamānena sañjānamānena. Visuddhāpekkhenāti vuṭṭhātukāmena visujjhitukāmena. Santī nāma āpatti ajjhāpannā vā hoti, āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā. Āvikātabbāti āvikātabbā saṅghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā. Āvikatā hissa phāsu hotīti. Kissa phāsu hoti? Paṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, tatiyassa jhānassa ¶ adhigamāya phāsu hoti, catutthassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ nekkhammānaṃ nissaraṇānaṃ pavivekānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ adhigamāya phāsu hotīti.

136. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – bhagavatā pātimokkhuddeso anuññātoti – devasikaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, devasikaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathe pātimokkhaṃ uddisitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – bhagavatā uposathe pātimokkhuddeso anuññātoti – pakkhassa tikkhattuṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti, cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, pakkhassa tikkhattuṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sakiṃ pakkhassa cātuddase vā pannarase vā pātimokkhaṃ uddisitunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yathāparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti sakāya sakāya parisāya. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yathāparisāya ¶ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ sakāya sakāya parisāya. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samaggānaṃ uposathakammanti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘samaggānaṃ uposathakamma’nti. Kittāvatā ¶ nu kho sāmaggī hoti, yāvatā ekāvāso, udāhu sabbā pathavī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāsoti.

137. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākappino rājagahe viharati maddakucchimhi migadāye. Atha kho āyasmato mahākappinassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ uposathaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ saṅghakammaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, atha khvāhaṃ visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato mahākappinassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito maddakucchimhi migadāye āyasmato mahākappinassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Āyasmāpi kho mahākappino bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ mahākappinaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘nanu te, kappina, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ uposathaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, gaccheyyaṃ vāhaṃ saṅghakammaṃ na vā gaccheyyaṃ, atha khvāhaṃ visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tumhe ce brāhmaṇā uposathaṃ na sakkarissatha na ¶ garukarissatha [na garuṃ karissatha (ka.)] na mānessatha na pūjessatha, atha ko carahi uposathaṃ sakkarissati garukarissati mānessati pūjessati? Gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, uposathaṃ, mā no agamāsi. Gaccha tvaṃ saṅghakammaṃ, mā no agamāsī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā mahākappino ¶ bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ mahākappinaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – maddakucchimhi migadāye āyasmato mahākappinassa sammukhe antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi.

138. Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāso’ti, kittāvatā nu kho ekāvāso hotī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sīmaṃ sammannituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā – paṭhamaṃ nimittā kittetabbā – pabbatanimittaṃ, pāsāṇanimittaṃ, vananimittaṃ, rukkhanimittaṃ, magganimittaṃ, vammikanimittaṃ, nadīnimittaṃ, udakanimittaṃ. Nimitte kittetvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

139. ‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho ¶ . Yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṃ sammanneyya samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ [ekūposathaṃ (ka.)]. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā. Saṅgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṃ sammannati samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ. Yassāyasmato khamati etehi nimittehi sīmāya sammuti [sammati (syā.)] samānasaṃvāsāya ekuposathāya, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Sammatā sīmā saṅghena etehi nimittehi samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

140. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – bhagavatā sīmāsammuti anuññātāti – atimahatiyo sīmāyo sammannanti, catuyojanikāpi pañcayojanikāpi chayojanikāpi. Bhikkhū uposathaṃ āgacchantā uddissamānepi pātimokkhe āgacchanti, uddiṭṭhamattepi āgacchanti, antarāpi ¶ parivasanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, atimahatī sīmā sammannitabbā, catuyojanikā vā pañcayojanikā vā chayojanikā vā. Yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiyojanaparamaṃ sīmaṃ sammannitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nadīpārasīmaṃ [nadīpāraṃ sīmaṃ (sī. syā.)] sammannanti. Uposathaṃ āgacchantā bhikkhūpi vuyhanti, pattāpi vuyhanti ¶ , cīvarānipi vuyhanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, nadīpārasīmā sammannitabbā. Yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yatthassa dhuvanāvā vā dhuvasetu vā, evarūpaṃ nadīpārasīmaṃ sammannitunti.

141. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupariveṇiyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ ¶ uddisanti asaṅketena. Āgantukā bhikkhū na jānanti – ‘‘kattha vā ajjuposatho karīyissatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, anupariveṇiyaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ asaṅketena. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāraṃ sammannitvā uposathaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ saṅgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā ¶ guhaṃ vā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa uposathāgārassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo vihāro uposathāgāraṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammatāni honti. Bhikkhū ubhayattha sannipatanti – ‘‘idha uposatho karīyissati, idha uposatho karīyissatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, ekasmiṃ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammannitabbāni. Yo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekaṃ samūhanitvā [samuhanitvā (ka.)] ekattha uposathaṃ kātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samūhantabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ samūhaneyya [samuhaneyya (ka.)]. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ samūhanati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa uposathāgārassa samugghāto, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Samūhataṃ saṅghena itthannāmaṃ uposathāgāraṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

142. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse atikhuddakaṃ uposathāgāraṃ sammataṃ hoti, tadahuposathe mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito hoti. Bhikkhū asammatāya bhūmiyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṃ ¶ assosuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘uposathāgāraṃ sammannitvā ¶ uposatho kātabbo’ti, mayañcamhā asammatāya bhūmiyā nisinno pātimokkhaṃ assumhā, kato nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho, akato ¶ nu kho’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sammatāya vā, bhikkhave, bhūmiyā nisinnā asammatāya vā yato pātimokkhaṃ suṇāti, katovassa uposatho. Tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho yāva mahantaṃ uposathappamukhaṃ [uposathamukhaṃ (syā.)] ākaṅkhati, tāva mahantaṃ uposathappamukhaṃ sammannatu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ nimittā kittetabbā. Nimitte kittetvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā. Saṅgho etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato ¶ khamati etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Sammataṃ saṅghena etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe navakā bhikkhū paṭhamataraṃ sannipatitvā – ‘‘na tāva therā āgacchantī’’ti – pakkamiṃsu. Uposatho vikāle ahosi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe therehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ sannipatitunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena rājagahe sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti. Tattha bhikkhū vivadanti – ‘‘amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho karīyatu, amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho karīyatū’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti. Tattha bhikkhū vivadanti – ‘‘amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho karīyatu, amhākaṃ āvāse uposatho karīyatū’’ti. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi sabbeheva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo. Yattha vā pana thero bhikkhu viharati, tattha sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo, na tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

143. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo andhakavindā rājagahaṃ uposathaṃ āgacchanto antarāmagge nadiṃ taranto manaṃ vūḷho ahosi, cīvarānissa [tena cīvarānissa (ka.)] allāni. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa te, āvuso, cīvarāni allānī’’ti? ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, āvuso, andhakavindā rājagahaṃ uposathaṃ āgacchanto antarāmagge nadiṃ taranto manamhi vūḷho. Tena me cīvarāni allānī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā sā, bhikkhave, saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannatu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā. Byattena ¶ bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Yā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya [avippavāsassa (syā.)] sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Sammatā sā sīmā saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāsā [avippavāso (syā.)]. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti anuññātāti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipanti. Tāni cīvarāni nassantipi ḍayhantipi undūrehipi khajjanti. Bhikkhū duccoḷā honti lūkhacīvarā. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tumhe, āvuso, duccoḷā lūkhacīvarā’’ti? ‘‘Idha mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti anuññātāti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipimhā ¶ . Tāni cīvarāni naṭṭhānipi daḍḍhānipi, undūrehipi khāyitāni, tena mayaṃ duccoḷā lūkhacīvarā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā sā, bhikkhave, saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannatu, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

144. ‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Yā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammanneyya, ṭhapetvā gāmañca ¶ gāmūpacārañca. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ sammannati, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca. Yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya [avippavāsassa (syā.)] sammuti, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Sammatā sā ¶ sīmā saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāsā [avippavāso (syā.)], ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

‘‘Sīmaṃ, bhikkhave, sammannantena paṭhamaṃ samānasaṃvāsasīmā [samānasaṃvāsā sīmā (syā.)] sammannitabbā ¶ , pacchā ticīvarena avippavāso sammannitabbo. Sīmaṃ, bhikkhave, samūhanantena paṭhamaṃ ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo, pacchā samānasaṃvāsasīmā samūhantabbā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

145. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yo so saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho taṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ samūhaneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yo so saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, saṅgho taṃ ticīvarena avippavāsaṃ samūhanati. Yassāyasmato khamati etassa ticīvarena avippavāsassa samugghāto, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Samūhato so saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāso. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sīmā [samānasaṃvāsā sīmā (syā.)]. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

146. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā ¶ , yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho taṃ sīmaṃ samūhaneyya samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṃ ¶ sīmaṃ samūhanati samānasaṃvāsaṃ ekuposathaṃ. Yassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya samānasaṃvāsāya ekuposathāya samugghāto, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Samūhatā sā sīmā saṅghena samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

147. Asammatāya ¶ , bhikkhave, sīmāya aṭṭhapitāya, yaṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharati, yā tassa vā gāmassa gāmasīmā, nigamassa ¶ vā nigamasīmā, ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ¶ ekuposathā. Agāmake ce, bhikkhave, araññe samantā sattabbhantarā, ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathā. Sabbā, bhikkhave, nadī asīmā; sabbo samuddo asīmo; sabbo jātassaro asīmo. Nadiyā vā, bhikkhave, samudde vā jātassare vā yaṃ majjhimassa purisassa samantā udakukkhepā, ayaṃ tattha samānasaṃvāsā ekuposathāti.

148. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya sīmaṃ sambhindanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yesaṃ, bhikkhave, sīmā paṭhamaṃ sammatā tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dhammikaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. Yesaṃ, bhikkhave, sīmā pacchā sammatā tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sīmāya sīmā sambhinditabbā. Yo sambhindeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya sīmaṃ ajjhottharanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yesaṃ, bhikkhave, sīmā paṭhamaṃ sammatā tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ dhammikaṃ akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ. Yesaṃ, bhikkhave, sīmā pacchā sammatā tesaṃ taṃ kammaṃ adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sīmāya sīmā ajjhottharitabbā. Yo ajjhotthareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sīmaṃ sammannantena sīmantarikaṃ ṭhapetvā sīmaṃ sammannitunti.

149. Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho uposathā’’ti? Bhagavato ¶ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Dveme, bhikkhave, uposathā – cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve uposathāti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho uposathakammānī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, uposathakammāni ¶ – adhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, adhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, dhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, dhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammanti. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ adhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ, kātabbaṃ. Na ca mayā evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ adhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ ¶ uposathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Na ca mayā evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ dhammena vaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Na ca mayā evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ dhammena samaggaṃ uposathakammaṃ, evarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, uposathakammaṃ kātabbaṃ, evarūpañca mayā uposathakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ uposathakammaṃ karissāma yadidaṃ dhammena samagganti – evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanti.

150. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho pātimokkhuddesā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Pañcime, bhikkhave, pātimokkhuddesā – nidānaṃ uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ ¶ paṭhamo pātimokkhuddeso. Nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ dutiyo pātimokkhuddeso. Nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṅghādisese uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tatiyo pātimokkhuddeso. Nidānaṃ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṅghādisese uddisitvā dve aniyate uddisitvā avasesaṃ sutena sāvetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ catuttho pātimokkhuddeso. Vitthāreneva pañcamo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca pātimokkhuddesāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū – bhagavatā saṃkhittena pātimokkhuddeso anuññātoti – sabbakālaṃ saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe savarabhayaṃ [saṃcarabhayaṃ (syā.)] ahosi. Bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu vitthārena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sati antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ¶ asatipi antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, asati antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sati antarāye saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. Tatrime antarāyā – rājantarāyo, corantarāyo, agyantarāyo, udakantarāyo, manussantarāyo, amanussantarāyo ¶ , vāḷantarāyo, sarīsapantarāyo, jīvitantarāyo, brahmacariyantarāyoti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpesu antarāyesu saṃkhittena pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, asati antarāye vitthārenāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā dhammaṃ bhāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena dhammo bhāsitabbo. Yo bhāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsituṃ paraṃ vā ajjhesitunti.

151. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṃ pucchanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe asammatena vinayo pucchitabbo. Yo puccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṃ pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo – attanā vā [attanāva (syā.)] attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo. Kathañca ¶ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’’nti. Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.

Kathañca parena paro sammannitabbo? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyā’’ti. Evaṃ parena paro sammannitabboti.

Tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṃ pucchanti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatenapi parisaṃ oloketvā puggalaṃ tulayitvā vinayaṃ pucchitunti.

152. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṃ vissajjenti [vissajjanti (ka.)]. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe asammatena vinayo vissajjetabbo. Yo vissajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṃ vissajjetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbaṃ. Attanā vā [attanāva (syā.)] attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo. Kathañca ¶ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ ¶ itthannāmena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti. Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.

Kathañca parena paro sammannitabbo? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyyā’’ti. Evaṃ parena paro sammannitabboti.

Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṃ vissajjenti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatenapi parisaṃ oloketvā puggalaṃ tulayitvā vinayaṃ vissajjetunti.

153. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, anokāsakato bhikkhu āpattiyā codetabbo. Yo codeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetuṃ – karotu āyasmā okāsaṃ, ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmoti.

Tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codenti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, katepi okāse puggalaṃ tulayitvā āpattiyā codetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā ¶ bhikkhū – puramhākaṃ pesalā bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpentīti – paṭikacceva suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe okāsaṃ kārāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe okāso kārāpetabbo. Yo kārāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puggalaṃ tulayitvā okāsaṃ kātu [kārāpetuṃ (syā.)] nti.

154. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe adhammakammaṃ karonti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Karontiyeva adhammakammaṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkositunti.

Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, diṭṭhimpi āvikātunti. Tesaṃyeva santike diṭṭhiṃ āvikaronti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhi pañcahi paṭikkosituṃ, dvīhi tīhi diṭṭhiṃ āvikātuṃ, ekena adhiṭṭhātuṃ – ‘na metaṃ khamatī’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe pātimokkhaṃ ¶ uddisamānā sañcicca na sāventi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, pātimokkhuddesakena sañcicca na sāvetabbaṃ. Yo na sāveyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī saṅghassa pātimokkhuddesako hoti kākassarako. Atha kho āyasmato udāyissa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘pātimokkhuddesakena sāvetabba’nti, ahañcamhi kākassarako, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pātimokkhuddesakena vāyamituṃ – ‘kathaṃ sāveyya’nti. Vāyamantassa anāpattīti.

Tena kho pana samayena devadatto sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therādhikaṃ [therādheyyaṃ (aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ)] pātimokkhanti.

155. Atha ¶ ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena codanāvatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena codanāvatthu tadavasari. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti ¶ . Tattha thero bhikkhu bālo hoti abyatto. So na jānāti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā, pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘therādhikaṃ pātimokkha’nti, ayañca amhākaṃ thero bālo abyatto, na jānāti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā, pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yo tattha bhikkhu byatto paṭibalo tassādheyyaṃ pātimokkhanti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā. Te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā, pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Te theraṃ ajjhesiṃsu – ‘‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkha’’nti. So evamāha – ‘‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ theraṃ ajjhesiṃsu – ‘‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkha’’nti. Sopi evamāha – ‘‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ theraṃ ajjhesiṃsu – ‘‘uddisatu ¶ , bhante, thero pātimokkha’’nti. Sopi evamāha – ‘‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’’ti. Eteneva upāyena yāva saṅghanavakaṃ ajjhesiṃsu – ‘‘uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkha’’nti. Sopi evamāha – ‘‘na me, bhante, vattatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā. Te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā, pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Te theraṃ ajjhesanti – ‘‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkha’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ theraṃ ajjhesanti – ‘‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkha’’nti. Sopi evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ ¶ theraṃ ajjhesanti – ‘‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkha’’nti. Sopi evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’’ti. Eteneva upāyena yāva saṅghanavakaṃ ajjhesanti – ‘‘uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkha’’nti. Sopi evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na me, bhante, vattatī’’ti. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi ¶ eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo – gacchāvuso, saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna āgacchāhīti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho pāhetabbo’’ti? Bhagavato ¶ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetunti. Therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na gacchanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, therena ¶ āṇattena agilānena na gantabbaṃ. Yo na gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

156. Atha kho bhagavā codanāvatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgañchi.

Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti – ‘‘katimī, bhante, pakkhassā’’ti? Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, jānāmā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘pakkhagaṇanamattamampime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṃ panime aññaṃ kiñci kalyāṇaṃ jānissantī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pakkhagaṇanaṃ uggahetunti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho pakkhagaṇanā uggahetabbā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbeheva pakkhagaṇanaṃ uggahetunti.

157. Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti – ‘‘kīvatikā, bhante, bhikkhū’’ti? Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, jānāmā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘aññamaññampime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṃ panime aññaṃ kiñci ¶ kalyāṇaṃ jānissantī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū gaṇetunti.

Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kadā nu kho bhikkhū gaṇetabbā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe nāmaggena [nāmamattena (syā.), gaṇamaggena (ka.)] gaṇetuṃ, salākaṃ vā gāhetunti.

158. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajānantā ajjuposathoti dūraṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya caranti. Te uddissamānepi pātimokkhe āgacchanti, uddiṭṭhamattepi āgacchanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārocetuṃ ‘ajjuposatho’ti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ārocetabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā kālavato ārocetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro thero kālavato nassarati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhattakālepi ārocetunti.

Bhattakālepi nassarati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ kālaṃ sarati, taṃ kālaṃ ārocetunti.

159. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse uposathāgāraṃ uklāpaṃ hoti. Āgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi ¶ nāma āvāsikā bhikkhū uposathāgāraṃ na sammajjissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāraṃ sammajjitunti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho uposathāgāraṃ sammajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetunti.

Therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na sammajjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na sammajjitabbaṃ. Yo na sammajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

160. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena uposathāgāre āsanaṃ apaññattaṃ hoti. Bhikkhū chamāyaṃ ¶ nisīdanti, gattānipi cīvarānipi paṃsukitāni honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāre āsanaṃ paññapetunti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho uposathāgāre āsanaṃ paññapetabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetunti.

Therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na paññapenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na paññapetabbaṃ. Yo na paññapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

161. Tena kho pana samayena uposathāgāre padīpo na hoti. Bhikkhū andhakāre kāyampi cīvarampi akkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāre padīpaṃ ¶ kātunti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho uposathāgāre padīpo kātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetunti.

Therena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na padīpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na padīpetabbo. Yo na padīpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

162. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse āvāsikā bhikkhū neva pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpenti, na paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpenti. Āgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āvāsikā bhikkhū neva pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti, na paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave ¶ , pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetunti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabba’’nti ¶ ? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpetunti.

Therena ¶ āṇattā navā bhikkhū na upaṭṭhāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Yo na upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

163. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bālā abyattā disaṃgamikā ¶ ācariyupajjhāye na āpucchiṃsu [na āpucchiṃsu (ka.)]. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sambahulā bhikkhū bālā abyattā disaṃgamikā ācariyupajjhāye na āpucchanti [na āpucchanti (ka.)]. Te [tehi (ka.)], bhikkhave, ācariyupajjhāyehi pucchitabbā – ‘‘kahaṃ gamissatha, kena saddhiṃ gamissathā’’ti? Te ce, bhikkhave, bālā abyattā aññe bāle abyatte apadiseyyuṃ, na, bhikkhave, ācariyupajjhāyehi anujānitabbā. Anujāneyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te ca, bhikkhave, bālā abyattā ananuññātā ācariyupajjhāyehi gaccheyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā. Te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā, pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Tattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi so bhikkhu saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo upalāpetabbo upaṭṭhāpetabbo cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mukhodakena. No ce saṅgaṇheyyuṃ anuggaṇheyyuṃ upalāpeyyuṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mukhodakena, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā bhikkhū ¶ viharanti bālā abyattā. Te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā, pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo ¶ – ‘‘gacchāvuso, saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi ¶ sabbeheva yattha jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā, so āvāso gantabbo ¶ . No ce gaccheyyuṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti bālā abyattā. Te na jānanti uposathaṃ vā uposathakammaṃ vā pātimokkhaṃ vā pātimokkhuddesaṃ vā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo – ‘‘gacchāvuso, saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṃ pāhetabbo – ‘‘gacchāvuso, saṃkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, na, bhikkhave, tehi bhikkhūhi tasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ vasitabbaṃ. Vaseyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

164. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sannipatatha, bhikkhave, saṅgho uposathaṃ karissatī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘atthi, bhante, bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato’’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā pārisuddhiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā – tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘pārisuddhiṃ dammi, pārisuddhiṃ me hara, pārisuddhiṃ me ārocehī’’ti. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pārisuddhi. Na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā hoti pārisuddhi. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, so, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṅghamajjhe ānetvā uposatho kātabbo. Sace, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘sace kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatī’’ti, na, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu ṭhānā cāvetabbo. Saṅghena tattha gantvā uposatho ¶ kātabbo. Na tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo. Kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Pārisuddhihārako ¶ ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā tattheva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi. Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā tattheva vibbhamati,…pe… kālaṃ karoti – sāmaṇero paṭijānāti ¶ – sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti – antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako ¶ paṭijānāti – ummattako paṭijānāti – khittacitto paṭijānāti – vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti – āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti – āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti – pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti – paṇḍako paṭijānāti – theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti – titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti – tiracchānagato paṭijānāti – mātughātako paṭijānāti – pitughātako paṭijānāti – arahantaghātako paṭijānāti – bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti – saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti – lohituppādako paṭijānāti – ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi.

Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarāmagge pakkamati, anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarāmagge vibbhamati,…pe… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.

Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto vibbhamati,…pe… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.

Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto sutto na āroceti, pamatto na āroceti, samāpanno na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. Pārisuddhihārakassa anāpatti.

Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave ¶ , dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto sañcicca na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi. Pārisuddhihārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

165. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sannipatatha, bhikkhave, saṅgho kammaṃ karissatī’’ti ¶ . Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘atthi, bhante, bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato’’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā chandaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo. Tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘chandaṃ dammi, chandaṃ me hara, chandaṃ me ārocehī’’ti. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinno hoti chando. Na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinno hoti chando. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, so, bhikkhave ¶ , gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṅghamajjhe ānetvā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘sace kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatī’’ti, na, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu ṭhānā cāvetabbo. Saṅghena tattha gantvā kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Na tveva vaggena saṅghena kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Chandahārako ¶ ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande tattheva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbo chando. Chandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande tattheva vibbhamati…pe… kālaṃkaroti – sāmaṇero paṭijānāti – sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti – antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti – ummattako paṭijānāti – khittacitto paṭijānāti – vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti – āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti – āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti – pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti – paṇḍako paṭijānāti – theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti – titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti – tiracchānagato paṭijānāti – mātughātako paṭijānāti – pitughātako paṭijānāti – arahantaghātako paṭijānāti – bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti – saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti – lohituppādako paṭijānāti – ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbo chando.

Chandahārako ¶ ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande antarāmagge pakkamati, anāhaṭo hoti chando. Chandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande antarāmagge vibbhamati…pe… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭo hoti chando.

Chandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭo hoti chando. Chandahārako ¶ ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto vibbhamati…pe… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, āhaṭo hoti chando.

Chandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne ¶ chande saṅghappatto sutto na āroceti, pamatto na āroceti, samāpanno na āroceti, āhaṭo hoti chando. Chandahārakassa anāpatti.

Chandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto sañcicca na āroceti, āhaṭo hoti chando. Chandahārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe pārisuddhiṃ dentena chandampi dātuṃ, santi saṅghassa karaṇīyanti.

166. Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ tadahuposathe ñātakā gaṇhiṃsuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ tadahuposathe ñātakā gaṇhanti. Te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu uposathaṃ karotī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pārisuddhiṃ detī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha, yāva saṅgho uposathaṃ karotī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, na tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo. Kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ tadahuposathe rājāno gaṇhanti,…pe… corā gaṇhanti – dhuttā ¶ gaṇhanti – bhikkhupaccatthikā gaṇhanti, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu uposathaṃ karotī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pārisuddhiṃ detī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te bhikkhupaccatthikā ¶ bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha, yāva saṅgho uposathaṃ karotī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, na tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo. Kareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

167. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sannipatatha, bhikkhave, atthi saṅghassa karaṇīya’’nti. Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘atthi, bhante, gaggo nāma bhikkhu ummattako, so anāgato’’ti.

‘‘Dveme, bhikkhave, ummattakā – atthi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ummattako saratipi uposathaṃ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṃ napi sarati, atthi neva sarati; āgacchatipi uposathaṃ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṃ napi āgacchati, atthi neva āgacchati. Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ ummattako saratipi uposathaṃ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṃ napi sarati, āgacchatipi uposathaṃ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṃ ¶ napi āgacchati, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa ummattakassa ummattakasammuttiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Gaggo bhikkhu ummattako – saratipi uposathaṃ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṃ napi sarati, āgacchatipi uposathaṃ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṃ napi āgacchati. Saṅgho gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṃ ¶ deti. Sareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṃ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṃ na vā sareyyaṃ, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena, vinā vā gaggena uposathaṃ karissati, saṅghakammaṃ karissati. Yassāyasmato khamati gaggassa bhikkhuno ¶ ummattakassa ummattakasammutiyā dānaṃ – sareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṃ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṃ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena, vinā vā gaggena uposathaṃ karissati, saṅghakammaṃ karissati, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammuti. Sareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṃ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṃ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena vinā vā gaggena uposathaṃ karissati, saṅghakammaṃ karissati. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

168. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe cattāro bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘uposatho kātabbo’ti, mayañcamhā cattāro janā, kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ¶ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe tayo bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, mayañcamhā tayo ¶ janā, kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –

‘‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā. Ajjuposatho pannaraso. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kareyyāmā’’ti.

Therena ¶ bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘parisuddho ahaṃ, āvuso; parisuddhoti maṃ dhāretha. Parisuddho ahaṃ, āvuso; parisuddhoti maṃ dhāretha. Parisuddho ahaṃ, āvuso; parisuddhoti maṃ dhārethā’’ti.

Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘parisuddho ahaṃ, bhante; parisuddhoti maṃ dhāretha. Parisuddho ahaṃ, bhante; parisuddhoti maṃ dhāretha. Parisuddho ahaṃ, bhante; parisuddhoti maṃ dhārethā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe dve bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. Mayañcamhā dve janā. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ ¶ . Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā navo bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘parisuddho ahaṃ, āvuso; parisuddhoti maṃ dhārehi. Parisuddho ahaṃ, āvuso; parisuddhoti ¶ maṃ dhārehi. Parisuddho ahaṃ, āvuso; parisuddhoti maṃ dhārehī’’ti.

Navakena ¶ bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā thero bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘parisuddho ahaṃ, bhante; parisuddhoti maṃ dhāretha. Parisuddho ahaṃ, bhante; parisuddhoti maṃ dhāretha. Parisuddho ahaṃ, bhante; parisuddhoti maṃ dhārethā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe eko bhikkhu viharati. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ catunnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ, tiṇṇannaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ. Ahañcamhi ekako. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā uposatho kātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe eko bhikkhu viharati. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā yattha bhikkhū paṭikkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā, maṇḍape vā, rukkhamūle vā, so deso sammajjitvā ¶ pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ ¶ paññapetvā padīpaṃ katvā nisīditabbaṃ. Sace aññe bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṃ uposatho kātabbo. No ce āgacchanti, ajja me uposathoti adhiṭṭhātabbo. No ce adhiṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā tīhi pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddiseyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha tayo bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā dvīhi pārisuddhiuposatho kātabbo. Kareyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṃ āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbo. Adhiṭṭhaheyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

169. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadahuposathe āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo’ti. Ahañcamhi āpattiṃ āpanno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahuposathe āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā ¶ añjaliṃ paggahetvā ¶ evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī’’ti. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘passasī’’ti. ‘‘Āma ¶ passāmī’’ti. ‘‘Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahuposathe āpattiyā vematiko hoti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko; yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmī’’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabboti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ desenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā. Yo deseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇhanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. Yo paṭiggaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

170. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiṃ sarati. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo’ti. Ahañcamhi āpattiṃ āpanno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne ¶ āpattiṃ sarati. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sāmanto bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Ito vuṭṭhahitvā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmī’’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ, na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiyā vematiko hoti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sāmanto bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo ¶ – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko. Yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmī’’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṃ sotabbaṃ; na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabboti.

171. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā, na sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā’ti ¶ . Ayañca sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo – gacchāvuso, taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā ¶ āgaccha; mayaṃ te santike āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmāti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Yadā aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ suddhaṃ anāpattikaṃ passissati, tadā tassa santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatī’’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ, na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sabbo saṅgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko hoti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ sabbo saṅgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko. Yadā nibbematiko bhavissati, tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatī’’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ; na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassūpagato saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo – gacchāvuso, taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā āgaccha; mayaṃ te santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmāti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṃ pāhetabbo – gacchāvuso, taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā āgaccha; mayaṃ te santike taṃ ¶ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmāti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. So na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmagottaṃ. Tattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Tamenaṃ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yo nu kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, kiṃ nāma ¶ so āpattiṃ āpajjatī’’ti? So evamāha – ‘‘yo kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. Imaṃ nāma tvaṃ, āvuso, āpattiṃ āpanno; paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. So evamāha – ‘‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ekova imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno; ayaṃ sabbo ¶ saṅgho imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ te, āvuso, karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā. Iṅgha, tvaṃ, āvuso, sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhāhī’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘yo kira, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. Imaṃ nāma tumhe, āvuso, āpattiṃ āpannā; paṭikarotha taṃ āpatti’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū na icchiṃsu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena ¶ taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. So na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmagottaṃ. Tattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo ¶ vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Tamenaṃ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘yo nu kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, kiṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjatī’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘yo kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati. Imaṃ nāma tvaṃ, āvuso, āpattiṃ āpanno; paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ekova imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Ayaṃ sabbo saṅgho imaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno’’ti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘kiṃ te, āvuso, karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā. Iṅgha, tvaṃ, āvuso, sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhāhī’’ti. So ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘yo kira, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti imaṃ nāma so āpattiṃ āpajjati, imaṃ nāma tumhe āvuso āpattiṃ āpannā, paṭikarotha taṃ āpatti’’nti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṃ āpattiṃ ¶ paṭikareyyuṃ, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭikareyyuṃ, na te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tena bhikkhunā akāmā vacanīyāti.

172. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jāniṃsu ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti ¶ . Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ akaṃsu, pātimokkhaṃ uddisiṃsu. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchiṃsu bahutarā. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe ¶ āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino ¶ vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ ¶ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino ¶ vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi ¶ uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya ¶ parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā ¶ . Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā ¶ bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggāsaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā ¶ bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ anāpatti.

173. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti ¶ , pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti ¶ bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti, te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā ¶ . Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatāti te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe…pe… avuṭṭhitāya ¶ parisāya…pe… ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya ¶ parisāya athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā…pe… samasamā…pe… thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

174. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te, kappati nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ na nu kho kappatīti, vematikā ¶ uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti, te ‘‘kappati nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ, na nu kho kappatī’’ti, vematikā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū ¶ anāgatāti, te kappati nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ, na nu kho kappatīti, vematikā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te, ‘‘kappati nu kho amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ na nu kho kappatī’’ti, vematikā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe,…pe… avuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā…pe… samasamā…pe… thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

175. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ ¶ uposatho kātuṃ nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti, kukkuccapakatā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti, kukkuccapakatā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ, nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti, kukkuccapakatā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave ¶ , aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ uposatho kātuṃ nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti, kukkuccapakatā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe,…pe… avuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā…pe… samasamā ¶ …pe… thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

176. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa ¶ .

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, avasesaṃ sotabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti ¶ . Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe ¶ āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ ¶ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Tehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Uddiṭṭhaṃ suuddiṭṭhaṃ, tesaṃ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā. Uddesakānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

177. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantī’’ti ¶ …pe… te na jānanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā’’ti…pe… te na passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamante ¶ …pe… te na passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkante…pe… te na suṇanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantī’’ti…pe… te na suṇanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā’’ti…pe….

Āvāsikena āvāsikā ekasatapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā peyyālamukhena satta tikasatāni honti.

178. Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cātuddaso hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. Sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṃ cātuddaso. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. Sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭipado hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi ¶ āgantukānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī. Āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kātabbo. Sace samasamā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī. Āgantukehi nissīmaṃ ¶ gantvā uposatho kātabbo. Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṃ ¶

Pāṭipado. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ ¶ vā gantabbaṃ. Sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī. Āvāsikehi nissīmaṃ gantvā uposatho kātabbo.

179. Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ, āvāsikaliṅgaṃ, āvāsikanimittaṃ, āvāsikuddesaṃ, supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ, bhisibibbohanaṃ, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ, pariveṇaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ; passitvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato ¶ uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā – ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū suṇanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ, āvāsikaliṅgaṃ, āvāsikanimittaṃ, āvāsikuddesaṃ, caṅkamantānaṃ padasaddaṃ, sajjhāyasaddaṃ, ukkāsitasaddaṃ, khipitasaddaṃ; sutvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṃ ¶ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā – ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ, āgantukaliṅgaṃ, āgantukanimittaṃ, āgantukuddesaṃ, aññātakaṃ pattaṃ, aññātakaṃ ¶ cīvaraṃ, aññātakaṃ nisīdanaṃ, pādānaṃ dhotaṃ, udakanissekaṃ; passitvā ¶ vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā – ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū suṇanti āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ, āgantukaliṅgaṃ, āgantukanimittaṃ, āgantukuddesaṃ, āgacchantānaṃ padasaddaṃ, upāhanapapphoṭanasaddaṃ, ukkāsitasaddaṃ, khipitasaddaṃ; sutvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā – ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete ¶ , ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa ¶ .

180. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. Te samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti; samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. Te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti; nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. Te samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti; samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti ¶ ; anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. Te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti; nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ uposathaṃ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṃ karonti. Anāpatti.

181. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave ¶ , tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.

Na ¶ , bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave ¶ , tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe ¶ sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe ¶ sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe ¶ sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.

182. Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā – ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti. Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā – ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti.

Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko ¶ āvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko anāvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā – ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti.

Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko anāvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā – ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti.

183. Na, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na sikkhamānāya…pe… na sāmaṇerassa ¶ …pe… na sāmaṇeriyā…pe… na sikkhāpaccakkhātakassa…pe… na antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Na ¶ āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. Na āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya…pe… na pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo.

Na paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na theyyasaṃvāsakassa…pe… ¶ na titthiyapakkantakassa…pe… na tiracchānagatassa…pe… ¶ na mātughātakassa…pe… na pitughātakassa…pe… na arahantaghātakassa…pe… na bhikkhunidūsakassa…pe… na saṅghabhedakassa…pe… na lohituppādakassa…pe… na ubhatobyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddisitabbaṃ. Yo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Na, bhikkhave, pārivāsikapārisuddhidānena uposatho kātabbo, aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya. Na ca, bhikkhave, anuposathe uposatho kātabbo, aññatra saṅghasāmaggiyāti.

184. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassāvāso apaññatto hoti. Teidha bhikkhū hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṃ carissanti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādentā. Ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṃ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti. Ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṃ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti [saṅkāsayissanti (sī. syā.)]. Ime pana samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṃ caranti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādentā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassaṃ upagantu’’nti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kadā nu kho vassaṃ upagantabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassāne vassaṃ upagantunti.

Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho vassūpanāyikā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ

Ārocesuṃ. Dvemā, bhikkhave, vassūpanāyikā – purimikā, pacchimikā. Aparajjugatāya āsāḷhiyā purimikā upagantabbā, māsagatāya āsāḷhiyā pacchimikā upagantabbā – imā kho, bhikkhave, dve vassūpanāyikāti.

185. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṃ upagantvā antarāvassaṃ cārikaṃ caranti. Manussā tatheva ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi ¶ nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṃ carissanti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādentā. Ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṃ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti. Ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṃ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti. Ime pana samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṃ caranti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādentā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ¶ vassaṃ upagantvā antarāvassaṃ cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti? Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, vassaṃ upagantvā purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā. Yo pakkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

186. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū na icchanti vassaṃ upagantuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, vassaṃ na upagantabbaṃ. Yo na upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tadahu vassūpanāyikāya vassaṃ anupagantukāmā sañcicca āvāsaṃ atikkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu vassūpanāyikāya vassaṃ anupagantukāmena sañcicca āvāso atikkamitabbo. Yo atikkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhitukāmo

Bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – yadi panāyyā āgame juṇhe vassaṃ upagaccheyyunti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rājūnaṃ anuvattitunti.

187. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi ¶ ¶ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade udenena upāsakena saṅghaṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti. So bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso, paññattaṃ ‘na vassaṃ upagantvā purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā’ti. Āgametu udeno upāsako, yāva bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti. Vassaṃvuṭṭhā āgamissanti. Sace panassa accāyikaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, tattheva āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike vihāraṃ patiṭṭhāpetū’’ti. Udeno upāsako ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā mayā pahite na āgacchissanti. Ahañhi dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū udenassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tveva appahite. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā, upāsakassa, upāsikāya – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṃ sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo’’.

188. Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena ¶ saṅghaṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena saṅghaṃ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti…pe… pāsādo kārāpito hoti… hammiyaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti… kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… vaccakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti ¶ … caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti ¶ … udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti… jantāgharaṃ kārāpitaṃ ¶ hoti… jantāgharasālā kārāpitā hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti… ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena sambahule bhikkhū uddissa…pe… ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti… aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti… pāsādo kārāpito hoti ¶ … hammiyaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti… kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… vaccakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti… caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti… udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti… jantāgharaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… jantāgharasālā kārāpitā hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti… ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ uddissa…pe… sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa…pe… ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa…pe… sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa…pe… ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa…pe… sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa…pe… ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa…pe… sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa…pe… ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti…pe… aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti… pāsādo kārāpito hoti… hammiyaṃ ¶ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti ¶ … kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti… caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti… udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti… ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ ¶ , dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

189. Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena attano atthāya nivesanaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti…pe… sayanigharaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… udosito kārāpito hoti… aṭṭo kārāpito hoti… māḷo kārāpito hoti… āpaṇo kārāpito hoti… āpaṇasālā kārāpitā hoti… pāsādo kārāpito hoti… hammiyaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti… rasavatī kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti… caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti… udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti ¶ … ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti… puttassa vā vāreyyaṃ hoti… dhītuyā vā vāreyyaṃ hoti… gilāno vā hoti… abhiññātaṃ vā suttantaṃ bhaṇati. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, imaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti, purāyaṃ suttanto ¶ na palujjatī’ti. Aññataraṃ vā panassa kiccaṃ hoti – karaṇīyaṃ vā, so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

190. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya saṅghaṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya saṅghaṃ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti…pe… pāsādo kārāpito hoti… hammiyaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti… kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… vaccakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti… caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti… udapānasālā ¶ kārāpitā hoti… jantāgharaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… jantāgharasālā kārāpitā ¶ hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti… ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya sambahule bhikkhū uddissa…pe… ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa…pe… bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ uddissa…pe… sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa…pe… ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa…pe… sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa…pe… ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa…pe… sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa…pe… ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa…pe… sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa…pe… ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa…pe….

191. Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya attano atthāya nivesanaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti…pe… sayanigharaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… udosito kārāpito hoti… aṭṭo kārāpito hoti… māḷo kārāpito hoti… āpaṇo kārāpito hoti… āpaṇasālā kārāpitā hoti… pāsādo kārāpito hoti… hammiyaṃ ¶ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti… rasavatī kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti… caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti ¶ … udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti… ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti… puttassa vā vāreyyaṃ hoti… dhītuyā vā vāreyyaṃ hoti… gilānā vā hoti… abhiññātaṃ vā suttantaṃ bhaṇati. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu ayyā, imaṃ suttantaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti, purāyaṃ suttanto palujjatī’’ti. Aññataraṃ vā panassā kiccaṃ hoti karaṇīyaṃ vā, sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

192. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṅghaṃ uddissa…pe… bhikkhuniyā saṅghaṃ uddissa… sikkhamānāya saṅghaṃ uddissa… sāmaṇerena saṅghaṃ uddissa… sāmaṇeriyā saṅghaṃ uddissa ¶ … sambahule bhikkhū uddissa… ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa… bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ uddissa… sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa… ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uddissa… sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa… ekaṃ sikkhamānaṃ uddissa… sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa… ekaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ uddissa… sambahulā ¶ sāmaṇeriyo uddissa… ekaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ uddissa… attano atthāya vihāro kārāpito hoti…pe… aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti… pāsādo kārāpito hoti… hammiyaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti… guhā kārāpitā hoti… pariveṇaṃ kārāpitaṃ hoti ¶ … koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti… upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti… aggisālā kārāpitā hoti… kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti… caṅkamo kārāpito hoti… caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti… udapāno kārāpito hoti… udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti… pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti… maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti… ārāmo kārāpito hoti… ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṃ hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya… ‘‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṃ, dhammañca sotuṃ, bhikkhū ca passitu’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabboti.

193. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. So bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṃ, pageva pahite. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṃ pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṃ, pageva pahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilāno hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva ¶ pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa anabhirati uppannā hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘anabhirati me uppannā, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘anabhirataṃ vūpakāsessāmi vā, vūpakāsāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘kukkuccaṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘kukkuccaṃ vinodessāmi vā, vinodāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ vivecessāmi vā, vivecāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṃ vāssa karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho. So ¶ ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno parivāsāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘parivāsadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi mūlāya paṭikassanāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattāraho hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi mānattāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘mānattadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbhānāraho hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya ¶ – ‘‘ahañhi abbhānāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘abbhānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi ¶ vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa saṅgho kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṃ vā, niyassaṃ vā, pabbājanīyaṃ vā, paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā, ukkhepanīyaṃ vā. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘saṅgho me kammaṃ kattukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘kinti nu ¶ kho saṅgho kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya ‘‘saṅgho me kammaṃ akāsi, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘kinti nu kho sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

194. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī gilānā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā ¶ pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā anabhirati uppannā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘anabhirati me uppannā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘anabhirataṃ vūpakāsessāmi vā, vūpakāsāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘kukkuccaṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva ¶ pahite – ‘‘kukkuccaṃ vinodessāmi vā, vinodāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ me uppannaṃ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ vivecessāmi vā, vivecāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṃ vāssā karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannā hoti mānattārahā. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi garudhammaṃ ¶ ajjhāpannā mānattārahā ¶ , āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘mānattadānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī mūlāya paṭikassanārahā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi mūlāya paṭikassanārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘mūlāya paṭikassanaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī abbhānārahā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi abbhānārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ ¶ , bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘abbhānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā saṅgho kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti – tajjanīyaṃ vā, niyassaṃ vā, pabbājanīyaṃ vā, paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā, ukkhepanīyaṃ vā. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘saṅgho me kammaṃ kattukāmo, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘kinti nu kho saṅgho kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Kataṃ ¶ vā panassā hoti saṅghena kammaṃ – tajjanīyaṃ vā ¶ , niyassaṃ vā, pabbājanīyaṃ vā, paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā, ukkhepanīyaṃ vā. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘saṅgho me kammaṃ akāsi, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘kinti nu kho sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

195. Idha pana, bhikkhave, sikkhamānā gilānā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti – gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sikkhamānāya ¶ anabhirati uppannā hoti…pe… sikkhamānāya kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sikkhamānāya diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sikkhamānāya sikkhā kupitā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘sikkhā me kupitā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘sikkhāsamādānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sikkhamānā upasampajjitukāmā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi upasampajjitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā ¶ , icchāmi ayyānaṃ ¶ āgata’’nti gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – upasampadaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmīti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

196. Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇero gilāno hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū ¶ , icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerassa anabhirati uppannā hoti…pe… sāmaṇerassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sāmaṇerassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sāmaṇero vassaṃ pucchitukāmo hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi vassaṃ pucchitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘pucchissāmi vā, ācikkhissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇero upasampajjitukāmo hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi upasampajjitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘upasampadaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi ¶ vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

197. Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerī gilānā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti ¶ , gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇeriyā anabhirati uppannā hoti…pe… sāmaṇeriyā kukkuccaṃ ¶ uppannaṃ hoti… sāmaṇeriyā diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sāmaṇerī vassaṃ pucchitukāmā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi vassaṃ pucchitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘pucchissāmi vā, ācikkhissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerī sikkhaṃ samādiyitukāmā hoti. Sā ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi sikkhaṃ samādiyitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘sikkhāsamādānaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabboti.

198. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātā gilānā hoti. Sā puttassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgata’’nti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṃ, na tveva appahite; pañcannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṃ, pageva pahiteti. Ayañca me mātā gilānā, sā ca anupāsikā, kathaṃ ¶ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṃ, pageva pahite. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā, mātuyā ca pitussa ca – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṃ sattannaṃ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṃ, pageva pahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa mātā gilānā hoti. Sā ce puttassa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa ¶ pitā gilāno hoti. So ce puttassa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite – ‘‘gilānabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṃ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’’ti. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

199 . Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa bhātā gilāno hoti. So ce bhātuno santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchatu me bhātā, icchāmi bhātuno āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave ¶ , sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa bhaginī gilānā hoti. Sā ce bhātuno santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchatu me bhātā, icchāmi bhātuno āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa ñātako gilāno hoti. So ce bhikkhussa santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchatu bhadanto, icchāmi bhadantassa āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhugatiko gilāno hoti. So ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya – ‘‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi bhadantānaṃ āgata’’nti, gantabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabbo.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena saṅghassa vihāro undriyati. Aññatarena upāsakena araññe bhaṇḍaṃ chedāpitaṃ hoti. So bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sace bhadantā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ āvahāpeyyuṃ, dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhaṇḍa’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghakaraṇīyena gantuṃ. Sattāhaṃ sannivatto kātabboti.

200. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassūpagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti. Gaṇhiṃsupi paripātiṃsupi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti. Gaṇhantipi paripātentipi. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū sarīsapehi ubbāḷhā honti. Ḍaṃsantipi paripātentipi. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa ¶ .

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū corehi ubbāḷhā honti. Vilumpantipi ākoṭentipi. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū pisācehi ubbāḷhā honti. Āvisantipi hanantipi [ojampi haranti (sī.), harantipi (syā.)]. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo agginā daḍḍho hoti. Bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṃ agginā daḍḍhaṃ hoti. Bhikkhū senāsanena kilamanti. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo udakena ¶ vūḷho hoti. Bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ senāsanaṃ udakena vūḷhaṃ hoti. Bhikkhū senāsanena kilamanti. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassāti.

201. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassūpagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gāmo corehi vuṭṭhāsi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena gāmo tena gantunti.

Gāmo ¶ dvedhā bhijjittha. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena bahutarā tena gantunti.

Bahutarā assaddhā honti appasannā. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena saddhā pasannā tena gantunti.

Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassūpagatā bhikkhū na labhiṃsu lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū na labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, na labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti ¶ vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni ¶ , na labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni, labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni, na labhanti patirūpaṃ upaṭṭhākaṃ. Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagataṃ bhikkhuṃ itthī nimanteti – ‘‘ehi, bhante, hiraññaṃ vā te demi, suvaṇṇaṃ vā te demi, khettaṃ vā te demi, vatthuṃ vā te demi, gāvuṃ vā te demi, gāviṃ vā te demi, dāsaṃ vā te demi, dāsiṃ vā te demi, dhītaraṃ vā te demi bhariyatthāya, ahaṃ vā te bhariyā homi, aññaṃ vā te bhariyaṃ ānemī’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti, ‘lahuparivattaṃ kho cittaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagataṃ bhikkhuṃ vesī nimanteti…pe… thullakumārī nimanteti… paṇḍako nimanteti… ñātakā nimantenti… rājāno nimantenti… corā nimantenti… dhuttā nimantenti – ‘‘ehi, bhante, hiraññaṃ vā te dema, suvaṇṇaṃ vā te dema, khettaṃ vā te dema, vatthuṃ vā te dema ¶ , gāvuṃ vā te dema, gāviṃ vā te dema, dāsaṃ vā te dema, dāsiṃ vā te dema, dhītaraṃ vā te dema bhariyatthāya, aññaṃ vā te bhariyaṃ ānemā’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti, ‘lahuparivattaṃ kho cittaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu assāmikaṃ nidhiṃ passati. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti, ‘lahuparivattaṃ kho cittaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

202. Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu passati sambahule bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamante. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti, ‘garuko kho saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; mā mayi sammukhībhūte saṅgho bhijjī’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘asukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti, ‘garuko kho saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; mā mayi sammukhībhūte saṅgho bhijjī’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘asukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘te kho me bhikkhū mittā. Tyāhaṃ vakkhāmi ‘garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; māyasmantānaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti ¶ me vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘asukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya ¶ parakkamantī’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘te kho me bhikkhū na mittā; api ca ye tesaṃ mittā, te me mittā. Tyāhaṃ vakkhāmi. Te vuttā te vakkhanti ‘garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; māyasmantānaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti tesaṃ vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘asukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṅgho bhinno’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘te kho me bhikkhū mittā. Tyāhaṃ vakkhāmi ‘garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; māyasmantānaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti me vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘asukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṅgho bhinno’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘te kho me bhikkhū na mittā; api ca, ye tesaṃ mittā te me mittā. Tyāhaṃ vakkhāmi. Te vuttā te vakkhanti ‘garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; māyasmantānaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti tesaṃ vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti ¶ , sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu ¶ suṇāti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā. Tāhaṃ vakkhāmi ‘garuko kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; mā bhaginīnaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti me vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā. Api ca, yā tāsaṃ mittā, tā me mittā. Tāhaṃ vakkhāmi. Tā vuttā tā vakkhanti ‘garuko ¶ kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā. Mā bhaginīnaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti tāsaṃ vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassati.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṅgho bhinno’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā. Tāhaṃ vakkhāmi ‘garuko kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā. Mā bhaginīnaṃ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti me vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassati.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ kira āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṅgho bhinno’’ti. Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṃ hoti – ‘‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā. Api ca, yā tāsaṃ mittā tā me mittā. Tāhaṃ vakkhāmi. Tā vuttā tā vakkhanti ‘garuko kho, bhaginiyo [ayyāyo (sī.)], saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā; mā bhaginīnaṃ [ayyānaṃ (sī.)] saṅghabhedo ruccitthā’ti. Karissanti tāsaṃ vacanaṃ, sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissantī’’ti, pakkamitabbaṃ. Anāpatti vassacchedassāti.

203. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vaje vassaṃ upagantukāmo ¶ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaje vassaṃ upagantunti. Vajo vuṭṭhāsi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena vajo tena gantunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya satthena gantukāmo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthe vassaṃ upagantunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāvāya gantukāmo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāvāya vassaṃ upagantunti.

204. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhasusire vassaṃ upagacchanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi pisācillikā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, rukkhasusire ¶ vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṃ upagacchanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi migaluddakā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vassaṃ upagacchanti. Deve vassante rukkhamūlampi ¶ nibbakosampi upadhāvanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ajjhokāse vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū asenāsanikā vassaṃ upagacchanti. Sītenapi kilamanti, uṇhenapi kilamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, asenāsanikena vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chavakuṭikāya vassaṃ upagacchanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi chavaḍāhakā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, chavakuṭikāya vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chatte vassaṃ upagacchanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi gopālakā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, chatte vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū ¶ cāṭiyā vassaṃ upagacchanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi titthiyā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, cāṭiyā vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

205. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā saṅghena evarūpā katikā katā hoti – antarāvassaṃ na pabbājetabbanti. Visākhāya migāramātuyā nattā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘saṅghena kho, āvuso, evarūpā katikā katā ‘antarāvassaṃ na pabbājetabba’nti. Āgamehi, āvuso, yāva bhikkhū vassaṃ vasanti. Vassaṃvuṭṭhā pabbājessantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā visākhāya migāramātuyā nattāraṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ehi, dāni, āvuso, pabbajāhī’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘sacāhaṃ, bhante, pabbajito assaṃ, abhirameyyāmahaṃ [abhirameyyaṃ cāhaṃ (sī.)]. Na dānāhaṃ, bhante, pabbajissāmī’’ti. Visākhā migāramātā ¶ ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā evarūpaṃ katikaṃ karissanti ‘na antarāvassaṃ pabbājetabba’nti. Kaṃ kālaṃ dhammo na caritabbo’’ti? Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū visākhāya migāramātuyā ujjhāyantiyā khiyyantiyā vipācentiyā. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, evarūpā katikā kātabbā – ‘na antarāvassaṃ pabbājetabba’nti. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

206. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā upanandena sakyaputtena ¶ rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto addasa antarāmagge dve āvāse bahucīvarake. Tassa etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vaseyyaṃ. Evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ [bahucīvaraṃ (ka.)] uppajjissatī’’ti. So tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasi. Rājā pasenadi kosalo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando sakyaputto amhākaṃ vassāvāsaṃ paṭissuṇitvā visaṃvādessati. Nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū rañño pasenadissa kosalassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā ¶ upanando sakyaputto ¶ rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭissuṇitvā visaṃvādessati. Nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ upanandaṃ sakyaputtaṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭissuṇitvā visaṃvādesī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāsaṃ paṭissuṇitvā visaṃvādessasi. Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena ¶ musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

207. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto passati antarāmagge dve āvāse bahucīvarake. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vaseyyaṃ. Evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatī’’ti. So tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade [pāṭipadena (ka.)] vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So tadaheva akaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto ¶ bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ ¶ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ bahiddhā vītināmeti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati ¶ . So taṃ sattāhaṃ anto sannivattaṃ karoti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave ¶ , bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti ¶ , pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So sattāhaṃ anāgatāya pavāraṇāya sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṃ āvāsaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati…pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati…pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati…pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ bahiddhā vītināmeti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe… ¶ so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ anto sannivattaṃ karoti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ¶ ca anāpatti…pe… so sattāhaṃ anāgatāya pavāraṇāya sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṃ āvāsaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

208. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So tadaheva akaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati ¶ . Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ ¶ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ bahiddhā vītināmeti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ anto sannivattaṃ karoti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So sattāhaṃ anāgatāya komudiyā cātumāsiniyā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṃ āvāsaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati…pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati ¶ …pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati…pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ bahiddhā vītināmeti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe… so dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati. So taṃ sattāhaṃ ¶ anto sannivattaṃ karoti. Tassa bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṃ upeti, senāsanaṃ paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjati. So sattāhaṃ anāgatāya komudiyā cātumāsiniyā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati. Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṃ āvāsaṃ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpattīti.

Rājā corā dhuttā nidhi, bhedaaṭṭhavidhena [bhedā aṭṭhavidhena (sī. syā.)] ca;

Dvīhatīhā ca puna ca [dvīhatīhaṃ vasitvāna (sī.)], sattāhakaraṇīyena ca.

209. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ neva ālapeyyāma na sallapeyyāma – yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya so āsanaṃ paññapeyya, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipeyya, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeyya, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya; yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya, sacassa bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkheyya bhuñjeyya, no ce ākaṅkheyya appaharite vā chaḍḍeyya, appāṇake vā udake opilāpeyya; so āsanaṃ uddhareyya, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeyya, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeyya, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ paṭisāmeyya, bhattaggaṃ sammajjeyya; yo passeyya pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeyya; sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeyya; na tveva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindeyya – evaṃ kho mayaṃ samaggā ¶ sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ neva ālapiṃsu, na sallapiṃsu. Yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, so āsanaṃ paññapeti, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti ¶ . Yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkhati bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati appaharite vā chaḍḍeti, appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti; so āsanaṃ uddharati, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ ¶ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ ¶ sammajjati. Yo passati pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti. Sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeti, na tveva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindati.

Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sāvatthi tena pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena yena sāvatthi jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ ¶ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā. Samaggā ca mayaṃ, bhante, sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā’’ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti. Kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti. Atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘yathākathaṃ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti.

Idha mayaṃ, bhante, sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchimhā. Tesaṃ no, bhante, amhākaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca ¶ piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā’’ti. Tesaṃ no, bhante, amhākaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ neva ālapeyyāma na sallapeyyāma – yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya so āsanaṃ paññapeyya, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ ¶ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipeyya, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeyya, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya; yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkameyya, sacassa bhuttāvaseso ¶ , sace ākaṅkheyya bhuñjeyya, no ce ākaṅkheyya appaharite vā chaḍḍeyya, appāṇake vā udake opilāpeyya; so āsanaṃ uddhareyya, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeyya ¶ , avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeyya, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ paṭisāmeyya, bhattaggaṃ sammajjeyya; yo passeyya pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeyya; sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeyya; na tveva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindeyya – evaṃ kho mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma, na ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho mayaṃ, bhante, aññamaññaṃ neva ālapimhā na sallavimhā. Yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati so āsanaṃ paññapeti, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkhati bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati appaharite vā chaḍḍeti, appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti, so āsanaṃ uddharati, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ ¶ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. Yo passati pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti. Sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpeti, na tveva tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindati. Evaṃ kho mayaṃ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhāti.

Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘aphāsuññeva [aphāsukaññeva (sī.)] kirame [kirime (ka.)], bhikkhave, moghapurisā vuṭṭhā [vutthā (ka.)] samānā phāsumhā [phāsukamhā (sī.)] vuṭṭhāti paṭijānanti. Pasusaṃvāsaññeva kirame, bhikkhave, moghapurisā vuṭṭhā samānā phāsumhā vuṭṭhāti paṭijānanti. Eḷakasaṃvāsaññeva kirame, bhikkhave, moghapurisā vuṭṭhā samānā phāsumhā vuṭṭhāti paṭijānanti. Sapattasaṃvāsaññeva kirame, bhikkhave, moghapurisā vuṭṭhā samānā phāsumhā vuṭṭhāti paṭijānanti. Kathañhi nāmime, bhikkhave, moghapurisā mūgabbataṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyissa’’nti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ ¶ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – na, bhikkhave, mūgabbataṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyitabbaṃ. Yo samādiyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretuṃ – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Sā vo bhavissati aññamaññānulomatā āpattivuṭṭhānatā vinayapurekkhāratā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pavāretabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo ¶ –

210. ‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Ajja pavāraṇā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti.

Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, āvuso, pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi, āvuso, saṅghaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Tatiyampi, āvuso, saṅghaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, pavāremi diṭṭhena ¶ vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ…pe… tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

211. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchanti. Ye te bhikkhū ¶ appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi ¶ buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchissa’’nti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, theresu bhikkhūsu ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnesu pavārayamānesu āsanesu acchitabbaṃ. Yo accheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbeheva ukkuṭikaṃ nisinnehi pavāretu’’nti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro thero jarādubbalo yāva sabbe pavārentīti [yāva sabbe pavārenti (syā.)] ukkuṭikaṃ nisinno āgamayamāno mucchito papati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadamantarā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdituṃ yāva pavāreti, pavāretvā āsane nisīditunti.

212. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho pavāraṇā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Dvemā, bhikkhave, pavāraṇā – cātuddasikā ca pannarasikā ca. Imā kho, bhikkhave, dve pavāraṇāti.

Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho pavāraṇakammānī’’ti? [pavāraṇākammānīti (syā.)] Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, pavāraṇakammāni – adhammena vaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, adhammena samaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, dhammena vaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, dhammena samaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ adhammena vaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ca mayā evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ adhammena samaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ca mayā evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ dhammena vaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ca mayā evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ dhammena samaggaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ, evarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, pavāraṇakammaṃ kātabbaṃ; evarūpañca mayā pavāraṇakammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ pavāraṇakammaṃ karissāma yadidaṃ dhammena samagganti, evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbanti.

213. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sannipatatha, bhikkhave. Saṅgho pavāressatī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘atthi, bhante, bhikkhu gilāno ¶ , so anāgato’’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā pavāraṇaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā – tena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ ¶ upasaṅkamitvā ¶ ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘pavāraṇaṃ dammi, pavāraṇaṃ me hara, pavāraṇaṃ me ārocehi, mamatthāya pavārehī’’ti kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pavāraṇā; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā hoti pavāraṇā. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, so, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṅghamajjhe ānetvā pavāretabbaṃ. Sace, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho mayaṃ gilānaṃ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissatī’’ti na, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu ṭhānā cāvetabbo. Saṅghena tattha gantvā pavāretabbaṃ; na tveva vaggena saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Pavāraṇahārako [pavāraṇāhārako (syā.)] ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya tattheva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbā pavāraṇā. Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya tattheva vibbhamati…pe… kālaṃkaroti… sāmaṇero paṭijānāti… sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti… antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti… ummattako paṭijānāti… khittacitto paṭijānāti… vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti… āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti… āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti… pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti… paṇḍako ¶ paṭijānāti… theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti… titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti… tiracchānagato paṭijānāti… mātughātako paṭijānāti… pitughātako paṭijānāti… arahantaghātako paṭijānāti… bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti… saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti ¶ … lohituppādako paṭijānāti… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbā pavāraṇā.

Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya antarāmagge pakkamati, anāhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā. Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya antarāmagge vibbhamati…pe… kālaṃkaroti… sāmaṇero paṭijānāti… sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti… antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti… ummattako paṭijānāti… khittacitto paṭijānāti… vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti… āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti… āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti… pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ¶ ukkhittako paṭijānāti… paṇḍako paṭijānāti… theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti… titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti… tiracchānagato paṭijānāti… mātughātako paṭijānāti… pitughātako paṭijānāti… arahantaghātako paṭijānāti… bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti… saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti… lohituppādako paṭijānāti… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā.

Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya saṅghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā. Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya saṅghappatto vibbhamati…pe… kālaṃkaroti… sāmaṇero paṭijānāti… sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti… antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti… ummattako paṭijānāti… khittacitto paṭijānāti… vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti… āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti… āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti… pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti… paṇḍako paṭijānāti… theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti… titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti… tiracchānagato paṭijānāti… mātughātako paṭijānāti… pitughātako paṭijānāti… arahantaghātako paṭijānāti… bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti… saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti… lohituppādako paṭijānāti… ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, āhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā.

Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya saṅghappatto sutto nāroceti, āhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā. Pavāraṇahārakassa anāpatti ¶ . Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pavāraṇāya saṅghappatto pamatto nāroceti…pe… samāpanno nāroceti, āhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā. Pavāraṇahārakassa anāpatti.

Pavāraṇahārako ce, bhikkhave ¶ , dinnāya pavāraṇāya saṅghappatto sañcicca nāroceti, āhaṭā hoti pavāraṇā. Pavāraṇahārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ dentena chandampi dātuṃ, santi saṅghassa karaṇīyanti.

214. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya ñātakā gaṇhiṃsu. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya ñātakā gaṇhanti. Te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāretī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāraṇaṃ detī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha, yāva saṅgho pavāretī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, na tveva vaggena saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ tadahu pavāraṇāya rājāno gaṇhanti…pe… corā gaṇhanti ¶ … dhuttā gaṇhanti… bhikkhupaccatthikā gaṇhanti. Te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ muñcatha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāretī’’ti ¶ . Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ ekamantaṃ hotha, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu pavāraṇaṃ detī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘iṅgha, tumhe āyasmanto imaṃ bhikkhuṃ muhuttaṃ nissīmaṃ netha, yāva saṅgho pavāretī’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, na ¶ tveva vaggena saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāreyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

215. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya pañca bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘saṅghena pavāretabba’nti. Mayañcamhā pañca janā. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ saṅghe pavāretunti.

216. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya cattāro bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṅghe pavāretunti. Mayañcamhā cattāro janā. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pavāretabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –

‘‘Suṇantu me āyasmanto. Ajja pavāraṇā. Yadāyasmantānaṃ ¶ pattakallaṃ, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāreyyāmā’’ti.

Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi…pe… tatiyampi ahaṃ, āvuso, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi…pe… tatiyampi ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya ¶ vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya tayo bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṅghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. Mayañcamhā tayo janā. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pavāretabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –

‘‘Suṇantu ¶ me āyasmantā. Ajja pavāraṇā. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, mayaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāreyyāmā’’ti.

Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmantā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi…pe… tatiyampi ahaṃ, āvuso, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmantā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmantā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi…pe… ¶ tatiyampi ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmante pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadantu maṃ āyasmantā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti ¶ .

217. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya dve bhikkhū viharanti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṅghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, tiṇṇaṃ ¶ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. Mayañcamhā dve janā. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi pavāretabba’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pavāretabbaṃ. Therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā navo bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, āyasmantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadatu maṃ āyasmā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi…pe… tatiyampi ahaṃ, āvuso, āyasmantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadatu maṃ āyasmā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā ¶ añjaliṃ paggahetvā thero bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadatu maṃ āyasmā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmi. Dutiyampi…pe… tatiyampi ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmantaṃ pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena ¶ vā parisaṅkāya vā. Vadatu maṃ āyasmā anukampaṃ upādāya. Passanto paṭikarissāmī’’ti.

218. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya eko bhikkhu viharati. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā anuññātaṃ pañcannaṃ saṅghe pavāretuṃ, catunnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, tiṇṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ, dvinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ pavāretuṃ. Ahañcamhi ekako. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā pavāretabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya eko bhikkhu viharati. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā yattha bhikkhū paṭikkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā maṇḍape vā rukkhamūle vā, so deso sammajjitvā pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṃ paññapetvā padīpaṃ katvā nisīditabbaṃ. Sace aññe bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṃ pavāretabbaṃ; no ce āgacchanti, ‘ajja me pavāraṇā’ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. No ce adhiṭṭheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Tatra ¶ , bhikkhave, yattha ¶ pañca bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā

Catūhi saṅghe pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā tīhi aññamaññaṃ pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha tayo bhikkhū viharanti, na ¶ ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā dvīhi aññamaññaṃ pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāreyyuṃ ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pavāraṇaṃ āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Adhiṭṭheyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

219. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na sāpattikena pavāretabba’nti. Ahañcamhi āpattiṃ āpanno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ [ārocesi (ka.)].

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, taṃ paṭidesemī’’ti. Tena vattabbo – ‘‘passasī’’ti. Āma passāmīti. Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsīti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya āpattiyā vematiko hoti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ¶ ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko; yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmī’’ti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ; na tveva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabboti.

220. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiṃ sarati. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na sāpattikena pavāretabba’nti. Ahañcamhi āpattiṃ āpanno. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiṃ sarati. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sāmanto bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Ito vuṭṭhahitvā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmī’’ti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ; na tveva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pavārayamāno āpattiyā vematiko hoti. Tena, bhikkhave,

Bhikkhunā sāmanto bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso, itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko; yadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmī’’ti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ; na tveva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabboti.

221. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā, na sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā’ti. Ayañca sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṃ pāhetabbo – gacchāvuso, taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikaritvā āgaccha, mayaṃ te santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissāmāti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Yadā aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ suddhaṃ anāpattikaṃ passissati tadā tassa santike taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatī’’ti vatvā pavāretabbaṃ; na tveva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabbo.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sabbo saṅgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko hoti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ sabbo saṅgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko. Yadā nibbematiko bhavissati tadā taṃ āpattiṃ paṭikarissatī’’ti vatvā, pavāretabbaṃ, na tveva tappaccayā pavāraṇāya antarāyo kātabboti.

222. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jāniṃsu ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavāresuṃ. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchiṃsu bahutarā. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca ¶ vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino ¶ vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā ¶ vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi ¶ pavāritamatte athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino ¶ vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ ¶ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi ¶ pavāritamatte, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi ¶ pavāritamatte, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ anāpatti.

223. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū ¶ āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte,…pe… avuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā…pe… samasamā…pe… thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

224. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā ¶ āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappati nu kho amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, na nu kho kappatī’’ti vematikā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappati nu kho amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, na nu kho kappatī’’ti vematikā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappati nu kho amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, na nu kho kappatī’’ti vematikā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappati nu kho amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, na nu kho kappatī’’ti vematikā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte…pe… avuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā ¶ bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā…pe… samasamā…pe… thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

225. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva ¶ amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti kukkuccapakatā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti kukkuccapakatā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti kukkuccapakatā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi [avasesehi tesaṃ santike (ka.)] pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Idha ¶ ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘kappateva amhākaṃ pavāretuṃ, nāmhākaṃ na kappatī’’ti kukkuccapakatā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte,…pe… avuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya…pe… sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā…pe… samasamā…pe… thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti dukkaṭassa.

226. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya ¶ sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā ¶ . Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete ¶ , ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāriyamāne athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, avasesehi pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā, tehi bhikkhave bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ, pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū ¶ āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi ¶ pavāritamatte, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā. Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā

Bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te jānanti ‘‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’’ti. Te ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Tehi pavāritamatte, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā. Pavāritā suppavāritā, tesaṃ santike pavāretabbaṃ. Pavāritānaṃ āpatti thullaccayassa.

227. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti, pañca vā atirekā vā. Te na jānanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantī’’ti…pe… te na jānanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā’’ti…pe… te na passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ ¶ okkamante…pe… te na passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkante…pe… te na suṇanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkamantī’’ti…pe… te na suṇanti ‘‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṃ okkantā’’ti…pe….

Āvāsikena ¶ āvāsikā ekasatapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā, peyyālamukhena satta tikasatāni honti.

228. Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cātuddaso hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. Sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ. Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ anuvattitabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭipado hoti, āgantukānaṃ pannaraso. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī; āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā pavāretabbaṃ. Sace samasamā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ ¶ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī; āgantukehi nissīmaṃ gantvā pavāretabbaṃ ¶ . Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā, nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṃ pāṭipado. Sace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā, nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. Sace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ sāmaggī vā dātabbā, nissīmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ. Sace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṃ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī; āvāsikehi nissīmaṃ gantvā pavāretabbaṃ.

229. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ, āvāsikaliṅgaṃ, āvāsikanimittaṃ, āvāsikuddesaṃ, suppaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ bhisibibbohanaṃ, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ sapaṭṭhitaṃ, pariveṇaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ; passitvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū, natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti, avicinitvā pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe… te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā na passanti, apassitvā pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā – ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti – bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū suṇanti āvāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āvāsikākāraṃ, āvāsikaliṅgaṃ, āvāsikanimittaṃ, āvāsikuddesaṃ, caṅkamantānaṃ padasaddaṃ, sajjhāyasaddaṃ, ukkāsitasaddaṃ, khipitasaddaṃ; sutvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū, natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti, avicinitvā pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā na passanti, apassitvā pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā ¶ pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te ¶ vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā ‘‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’’ti bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ, āgantukaliṅgaṃ, āgantukanimittaṃ, āgantukuddesaṃ, aññātakaṃ pattaṃ, aññātakaṃ cīvaraṃ, aññātakaṃ nisīdanaṃ, pādānaṃ dhotaṃ, udakanissekaṃ; passitvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū, natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti, avicinitvā pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā ¶ vicinanti, vicinitvā na passanti, apassitvā pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā ¶ passanti, passitvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā – nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi atthoti – bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū suṇanti āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukākāraṃ,

Āgantukaliṅgaṃ, āgantukanimittaṃ, āgantukuddesaṃ, āgacchantānaṃ padasaddaṃ, upāhanapapphoṭanasaddaṃ, ukkāsitasaddaṃ, khipitasaddaṃ; sutvā vematikā honti – ‘‘atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū, natthi nu kho’’ti. Te vematikā na vicinanti, avicinitvā pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā na passanti, apassitvā pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te vematikā vicinanti, vicinitvā passanti, passitvā – nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi atthoti – bhedapurekkhārā pavārenti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.

230. Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. Te samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ ¶ ¶ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā ekato pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. Te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ekato pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsake. Te samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, samānasaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā ekato pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā nābhivitaranti, anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Anāpatti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsake. Te nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhanti, nānāsaṃvāsakadiṭṭhiṃ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti, apucchitvā ¶ ekato pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṃ pavārenti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa. Te pucchanti, pucchitvā abhivitaranti, abhivitaritvā ekato pavārenti. Anāpatti.

231. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā.

Na ¶ , bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā ¶ āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā.

Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā.

Vā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā. Na, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṃvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena, aññatra antarāyā.

232. Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso ¶ , yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti. Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti.

Gantabbo ¶ , bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko anāvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti.

Gantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko

Āvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko anāvāso…pe… sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṃvāsakā, yaṃ jaññā ‘‘sakkomi ajjeva gantu’’nti.

233. Na, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na, bhikkhave, sikkhamānāya…pe… na sāmaṇerassa…pe… na sāmaṇeriyā…pe… na sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakassa…pe… na antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa ¶ .

Na ¶ āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. Na āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa…pe… na pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo.

Na paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na theyyasaṃvāsakassa…pe… na titthiyapakkantakassa…pe… na tiracchānagatassa…pe… na mātughātakassa…pe… na pitughātakassa…pe… na arahantaghātakassa…pe… na bhikkhunidūsakassa ¶ …pe… na saṅghabhedakassa…pe… na lohituppādakassa ¶ …pe… na ubhatobyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

Na, bhikkhave, pārivāsikapavāraṇādānena pavāretabbaṃ, aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya. Na ca, bhikkhave, appavāraṇāya pavāretabbaṃ, aññatra saṅghasāmaggiyāti.

234. Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya savarabhayaṃ ahosi. Bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu tevācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvevācikaṃ pavāretunti.

Bāḷhataraṃ savarabhayaṃ ahosi. Bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu dvevācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekavācikaṃ pavāretunti.

Bāḷhataraṃ savarabhayaṃ ahosi. Bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu ekavācikaṃ pavāretuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samānavassikaṃ pavāretunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ ¶ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya manussehi dānaṃ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. Tatra ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘manussehi dānaṃ ¶ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissatī’’ti, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Manussehi dānaṃ ¶ dentehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho dvevācikaṃ, ekavācikaṃ, samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhūhi dhammaṃ bhaṇantehi…pe… suttantikehi suttantaṃ saṅgāyantehi… vinayadharehi vinayaṃ vinicchinantehi… dhammakathikehi dhammaṃ sākacchantehi… bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ karontehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā hoti. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ karontehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissatī’’ti, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Bhikkhūhi kalahaṃ karontehi yebhuyyena ratti khepitā. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho dvevācikaṃ, ekavācikaṃ, samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu ¶ janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito hoti ¶ , parittañca anovassikaṃ [anovassakaṃ (ka.)] hoti, mahā ca megho uggato hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito, parittañca anovassikaṃ, mahā ca megho uggato. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ megho pavassissati. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito hoti, parittañca anovassikaṃ hoti, mahā ca megho uggato hoti. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito, parittañca anovassikaṃ, mahā ca megho uggato. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ megho pavassissatī’’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito, parittañca anovassikaṃ, mahā ca megho uggato. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho ¶ bhavissati, athāyaṃ megho pavassissati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho dvevācikaṃ, ekavācikaṃ, samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṃ āvāse tadahu pavāraṇāya rājantarāyo hoti…pe… corantarāyo hoti… agyantarāyo hoti… udakantarāyo ¶ hoti… manussantarāyo hoti… amanussantarāyo hoti… vāḷantarāyo hoti… sarīsapantarāyo hoti… jīvitantarāyo hoti… brahmacariyantarāyo hoti. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, brahmacariyantarāyo ¶ . Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo bhavissatī’’ti, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ brahmacariyantarāyo. Sace saṅgho tevācikaṃ pavāressati, appavāritova saṅgho bhavissati, athāyaṃ ¶ brahmacariyantarāyo bhavissati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho dvevācikaṃ, ekavācikaṃ, samānavassikaṃ pavāreyyā’’ti.

235. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sāpattikā pavārenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sāpattikena pavāretabbaṃ. Yo pavāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yo sāpattiko pavāreti, tassa okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū okāsaṃ kārāpiyamānā na icchanti okāsaṃ kātuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, okāsaṃ akarontassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ṭhapetabbā. Tadahu pavāraṇāya cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṃ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāharitabbaṃ – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo puggalo sāpattiko ¶ . Tassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi. Na tasmiṃ sammukhībhūte pavāretabba’’nti. Ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – puramhākaṃ pesalā bhikkhū pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapentīti – paṭikacceva suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapenti, pavāritānampi pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, suddhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāpattikānaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe pavāraṇā ṭhapetabbā. Yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na, bhikkhave, pavāritānampi pavāraṇā ṭhapetabbā. Yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

236. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā, evaṃ aṭṭhapitā. Kathañca, bhikkhave, aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā? Tevācikāya ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya pariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. Dvevācikāya ce, bhikkhave,… ekavācikāya ce, bhikkhave,… samānavassikāya ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya pariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti ¶ , aṭṭhapitā ¶ hoti pavāraṇā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.

Kathañca, bhikkhave, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā? Tevācikāya, ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya apariyositāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. Dvevācikāya ce, bhikkhave,… ekavācikāya ce, bhikkhave,… samānavassikāya ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya bhāsitāya lapitāya apariyositāya ¶ pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ṭhapitā hoti pavāraṇā.

237. Idha pana, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. Taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti, ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā aparisuddhakāyasamācāro, aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, aparisuddhājīvo, bālo, abyatto, na paṭibalo anuyuñjīyamāno anuyogaṃ dātu’’nti, ‘alaṃ, bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ, mā kalahaṃ, mā viggahaṃ, mā vivāda’nti omadditvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. Taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti, ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro, aparisuddhavacīsamācāro, aparisuddhājīvo, bālo, abyatto, na paṭibalo anuyuñjīyamāno anuyogaṃ ¶ dātu’’nti, ‘alaṃ, bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ, mā kalahaṃ, mā viggahaṃ, mā vivāda’nti omadditvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. Taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti, ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro ¶ , parisuddhavacīsamācāro, parisuddhājīvo, bālo, abyatto ¶ , na paṭibalo anuyuñjīyamāno anuyogaṃ dātu’’nti, ‘alaṃ, bhikkhu, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ, mā kalahaṃ, mā viggahaṃ, mā vivāda’nti omadditvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, tadahu pavāraṇāya bhikkhu bhikkhussa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti. Taṃ ce bhikkhuṃ aññe bhikkhū jānanti, ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā parisuddhakāyasamācāro, parisuddhavacīsamācāro, parisuddhājīvo, paṇḍito, byatto, paṭibalo anuyuñjīyamāno anuyogaṃ dātu’’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo, ‘‘yaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kimhi naṃ ṭhapesi, sīlavipattiyā vā ṭhapesi, ācāravipattiyā vā ṭhapesi, diṭṭhivipattiyā ¶ vā ṭhapesī’’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘sīlavipattiyā vā ṭhapemi, ācāravipattiyā vā ṭhapemi, diṭṭhivipattiyā vā ṭhapemī’’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘jānāsi panāyasmā sīlavipattiṃ, jānāsi ācāravipattiṃ, jānāsi diṭṭhivipatti’’nti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘jānāmi kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sīlavipattiṃ, jānāmi ācāravipattiṃ, jānāmi diṭṭhivipatti’’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘katamā panāvuso, sīlavipatti, katamā ācāravipatti, katamā diṭṭhivipattī’’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘cattāri pārājikāni, terasa saṅghādisesā, ayaṃ sīlavipatti; thullaccayaṃ, pācittiyaṃ, pāṭidesanīyaṃ, dukkaṭaṃ, dubbhāsitaṃ, ayaṃ ācāravipatti; micchādiṭṭhi, antaggāhikādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ diṭṭhivipattī’’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho tvaṃ ¶ , āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, diṭṭhena vā ṭhapesi, sutena vā ṭhapesi, parisaṅkāya vā ṭhapesī’’ti? So ce ¶ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘diṭṭhena vā ṭhapemi, sutena vā ṭhapemi, parisaṅkāya vā ṭhapemī’’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno diṭṭhena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ te diṭṭhaṃ, kinti te diṭṭhaṃ, kadā te diṭṭhaṃ, kattha te diṭṭhaṃ, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, thullaccayaṃ… pācittiyaṃ… pāṭidesanīyaṃ… dukkaṭaṃ… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho, kattha ca tvaṃ ahosi, kattha cāyaṃ bhikkhu ahosi, kiñca tvaṃ karosi, kiñcāyaṃ bhikkhu karotī’’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno diṭṭhena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, apica sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemī’’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno ¶ sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ te sutaṃ, kinti te sutaṃ, kadā te sutaṃ, kattha te sutaṃ, pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannoti sutaṃ, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannoti sutaṃ, thullaccayaṃ… pācittiyaṃ… pāṭidesanīyaṃ… dukkaṭaṃ… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannoti sutaṃ, bhikkhussa sutaṃ, bhikkhuniyā sutaṃ, sikkhamānāya sutaṃ, sāmaṇerassa sutaṃ, sāmaṇeriyā sutaṃ, upāsakassa sutaṃ, upāsikāya sutaṃ, rājūnaṃ sutaṃ, rājamahāmattānaṃ sutaṃ, titthiyānaṃ sutaṃ, titthiyasāvakānaṃ suta’’nti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno sutena pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi ¶ , apica parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemī’’ti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho tvaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapesi, kiṃ parisaṅkasi, kinti parisaṅkasi, kadā parisaṅkasi, kattha parisaṅkasi, pārājikaṃ ¶ ajjhāpannoti parisaṅkasi, saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannoti parisaṅkasi, thullaccayaṃ… pācittiyaṃ… pāṭidesanīyaṃ… dukkaṭaṃ… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannoti parisaṅkasi, bhikkhussa sutvā parisaṅkasi, bhikkhuniyā sutvā parisaṅkasi, sikkhamānāya sutvā parisaṅkasi, sāmaṇerassa sutvā parisaṅkasi, sāmaṇeriyā sutvā parisaṅkasi, upāsakassa sutvā parisaṅkasi, upāsikāya sutvā parisaṅkasi, rājūnaṃ sutvā parisaṅkasi, rājamahāmattānaṃ sutvā parisaṅkasi, titthiyānaṃ sutvā parisaṅkasi, titthiyasāvakānaṃ sutvā parisaṅkasī’’ti? So ce evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, imassa bhikkhuno parisaṅkāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemi, api ca ahampi na jānāmi kena panāhaṃ imassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapemī’’ti. So ce, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu anuyogena viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ cittaṃ na ārādheti, ananuvādo cudito bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya. So ce, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu anuyogena viññūnaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ cittaṃ ārādheti, sānuvādo cudito bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya. So ce, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, saṅghādisesaṃ āropetvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. So ¶ ce, bhikkhave, codako bhikkhu amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. So ce, bhikkhave, codako, bhikkhu amūlakena thullaccayena… pācittiyena… pāṭidesanīyena… dukkaṭena… dubbhāsitena anuddhaṃsitaṃ paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā ¶ saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. So ¶ ce, bhikkhave, cudito bhikkhu pārājikaṃ ajjhāpannoti paṭijānāti, nāsetvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. So ce, bhikkhave, cudito bhikkhu saṅghādisesaṃ ajjhāpannoti paṭijānāti, saṅghādisesaṃ āropetvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ. So ce, bhikkhave, cudito bhikkhu thullaccayaṃ… pācittiyaṃ… pāṭidesanīyaṃ… dukkaṭaṃ… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpannoti paṭijānāti, yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghena pavāretabbaṃ.

238. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. Ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū saṅghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino, tehi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ekamantaṃ apanetvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho so, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno, sāssa yathādhammaṃ paṭikatā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya thullaccayaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. Ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū pācittiyadiṭṭhino ¶ honti…pe… ekacce bhikkhū ¶ thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū pāṭidesanīyadiṭṭhino honti… ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū dukkaṭadiṭṭhino honti… ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti. Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino, tehi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ekamantaṃ apanetvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho so, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno, sāssa yathādhammaṃ paṭikatā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya pācittiyaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti…pe… pāṭidesanīyaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti… dukkaṭaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti… dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. Ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū saṅghādisesadiṭṭhino honti. Ye ¶ te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino, tehi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ekamantaṃ ¶ apanetvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho so, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno, sāssa yathādhammaṃ paṭikatā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti. Ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū thullaccayadiṭṭhino honti…pe… ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū pācittiyadiṭṭhino ¶ honti… ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū pāṭidesanīyadiṭṭhino honti… ekacce bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino honti, ekacce bhikkhū dukkaṭadiṭṭhino honti. Ye te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dubbhāsitadiṭṭhino, tehi so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ekamantaṃ apanetvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘yaṃ kho so, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno, sāssa yathādhammaṃ paṭikatā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti.

239. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ vatthu paññāyati, na puggalo. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, vatthuṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, visuddhānaṃ pavāraṇā paññattā. Sace vatthu paññāyati, na puggalo, idāneva naṃ vadehī’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ puggalo paññāyati, na vatthu. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, puggalaṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, samaggānaṃ pavāraṇā paññattā. Sace puggalo paññāyati, na vatthu, idāneva naṃ vadehī’’ti.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahu pavāraṇāya saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ vatthu ca puggalo ca paññāyati. Yadi ¶ saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, vatthuñca ¶ puggalañca ¶ ṭhapetvā saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, visuddhānañca samaggānañca pavāraṇā paññattā. Sace vatthu ca puggalo ca paññāyati, idāneva naṃ vadehī’’ti.

Pubbe ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya vatthu paññāyati, pacchā puggalo, kallaṃ vacanāya. Pubbe ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya ¶ puggalo paññāyati, pacchā vatthu, kallaṃ vacanāya. Pubbe ce, bhikkhave, pavāraṇāya vatthu ca puggalo ca paññāyati, taṃ ce katāya pavāraṇāya ukkoṭeti, ukkoṭanakaṃ pācittiyanti.

240. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tesaṃ sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu – mayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapessāmāti. Assosuṃ kho te bhikkhū – ‘‘amhākaṃ kira sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagatā – mayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapessāmā’’ti. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabbanti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchanti. Tesaṃ sāmantā aññe bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā ¶ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā vassaṃ upagacchanti – mayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ pavāraṇāya pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapessāmāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tehi bhikkhūhi dve tayo uposathe cātuddasike kātuṃ – kathaṃ mayaṃ tehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṃ pavāreyyāmāti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchanti, tehi, bhikkhave, āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi lahuṃ lahuṃ sannipatitvā pavāretabbaṃ, pavāretvā vattabbā – ‘‘pavāritā ¶ kho mayaṃ, āvuso; yathāyasmantā maññanti tathā ¶ karontū’’ti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā asaṃvihitā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchanti, tehi, bhikkhave, āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, pānīyena paripucchitabbā; tesaṃ vikkhitvā [vikkhipāpetvā (paṭivisodhakānaṃ mati), ācikkhitvā (ka.)] nissīmaṃ gantvā pavāretabbaṃ, pavāretvā vattabbā – ‘‘pavāritā kho mayaṃ, āvuso; yathāyasmantā maññanti tathā karontū’’ti. Evañcetaṃ labhetha, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhetha, āvāsikena bhikkhunā byattena paṭibalena āvāsikā bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –

‘‘Suṇantu me, āyasmanto [āyasmantā (ka.)], āvāsikā. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ kareyyāma, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāma ¶ , āgame kāḷe pavāreyyāmā’’ti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā ¶ vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘sādhāvuso, idāneva no pavārethā’’ti, te evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘anissarā kho tumhe, āvuso, amhākaṃ pavāraṇāya; na tāva mayaṃ pavāreyyāmā’’ti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā taṃ kāḷaṃ anuvaseyyuṃ, āvāsikena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā byattena paṭibalena āvāsikā bhikkhū ñāpetabbā –

‘‘Suṇantu me, āyasmanto, āvāsikā. Yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ kareyyāma, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāma, āgame juṇhe pavāreyyāmā’’ti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘sādhāvuso, idāneva no pavāreyyāthā’’ti, te evamassu vacanīyā – ‘‘anissarā kho tumhe, āvuso, amhākaṃ pavāraṇāya, na tāva mayaṃ pavāreyyāmā’’ti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā ¶ tampi juṇhaṃ anuvaseyyuṃ, tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi sabbeheva āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā akāmā pavāretabbaṃ.

Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne gilāno agilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘āyasmā kho gilāno. Gilāno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. Āgamehi, āvuso, yāva arogo hosi. Arogo ākaṅkhamāno ¶ codessasī’’ti. Evañce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pācittiyaṃ. Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne ¶ agilāno gilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu gilāno. Gilāno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. Āgamehi, āvuso, yāvāyaṃ bhikkhu arogo hoti. Arogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasī’’ti. Evañce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pācittiyaṃ. Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne gilāno gilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘āyasmantā kho gilānā. Gilāno ca ananuyogakkhamo vutto bhagavatā. Āgamehi, āvuso, yāva arogā hotha. Arogo arogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasī’’ti [yāva arogo hoti, arogaṃ ākaṅkhamāno codessasīti (ka.)]. Evañce vuccamāno codeti, anādariye pācittiyaṃ. Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne agilāno agilānassa pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṅghena samanuyuñjitvā samanugāhitvā [samanubhāsitvā (sī.)] yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghena pavāretabbanti.

241. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū ¶ kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tesaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘amhākaṃ kho samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato. Sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma ¶ , siyāpi ¶ bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ. Evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāma. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchanti. Tesaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato hoti. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘amhākaṃ kho samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato. Sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma, siyāpi bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ. Evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāmā’’ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tehi bhikkhūhi pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ kātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo. Sabbeheva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ – sannipatitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato. Sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma, siyāpi bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ. Evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāma. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ kareyya, idāni uposathaṃ kareyya, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya, āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāreyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Amhākaṃ samaggānaṃ sammodamānānaṃ avivadamānānaṃ viharataṃ ¶ aññataro phāsuvihāro adhigato. Sace mayaṃ idāni pavāressāma, siyāpi bhikkhū pavāretvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyuṃ. Evaṃ mayaṃ imamhā phāsuvihārā paribāhirā bhavissāma. Saṅgho pavāraṇāsaṅgahaṃ karoti, idāni uposathaṃ karissati, pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati. Yassāyasmato khamati pavāraṇāsaṅgahassa karaṇaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ karissati, pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Kato ¶ saṅghena pavāraṇāsaṅgaho, idāni uposathaṃ karissati, pātimokkhaṃ uddisissati, āgame juṇhe komudiyā cātumāsiniyā pavāressati. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi kate pavāraṇāsaṅgahe aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso, janapadacārikaṃ pakkamituṃ; atthi me janapade karaṇīya’’nti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘sādhāvuso, pavāretvā gacchāhī’’ti. So ce ¶ , bhikkhave, bhikkhu pavārayamāno aññatarassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘anissaro kho me tvaṃ, āvuso, pavāraṇāya, na tāvāhaṃ pavāressāmī’’ti. Tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavārayamānassa aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, ubho saṅghena samanuyuñjitvā samanugāhitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetabbā. So ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu janapade taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā ¶ punadeva anto komudiyā cātumāsiniyā taṃ āvāsaṃ āgacchati, tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ṭhapeti, so evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘anissaro kho me tvaṃ, āvuso, pavāraṇāya; pavārito aha’’nti. Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi pavāriyamāne so bhikkhu aññatarassa bhikkhuno pavāraṇaṃ ¶ ṭhapeti, ubho saṅghena samanuyuñjitvā samanugāhitvā yathādhammaṃ kārāpetvā saṅghena pavāretabbanti.

Pavārentā paṇāmañca [pavārentāsane dve ca (sī. syā.)], kammaṃ gilānañātakā;

Gantabbaṃ ¶ na nisinnāya, chandadāne pavāraṇā [chandadānapavāraṇā (ka.)].

242. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro asītiyā gāmasahassesu issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti. Tena kho pana samayena campāyaṃ soṇo nāma koḷiviso [koḷivīso (sī.)] seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. Tassa pādatalesu lomāni jātāni honti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni sannipātāpetvā kenacideva karaṇīyena soṇassa koḷivisassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – āgacchatu soṇo, icchāmi soṇassa āgatanti. Atha kho soṇassa koḷivisassa mātāpitaro soṇaṃ koḷivisaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘rājā te, tāta soṇa, pāde dakkhitukāmo. Mā kho tvaṃ, tāta soṇa, yena rājā tena pāde abhippasāreyyāsi. Rañño purato pallaṅkena nisīda. Nisinnassa te rājā pāde dakkhissatī’’ti. Atha kho soṇaṃ koḷivisaṃ sivikāya ānesuṃ. Atha kho soṇo koḷiviso yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ abhivādetvā rañño purato pallaṅkena nisīdi. Addasā ¶ kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro soṇassa koḷivisassa pādatalesu lomāni jātāni. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni diṭṭhadhammike atthe anusāsitvā uyyojesi – ‘‘tumhe khvattha, bhaṇe, mayā diṭṭhadhammike atthe anusāsitā; gacchatha, taṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatha; so no bhagavā samparāyike atthe anusāsissatī’’ti.

Atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā sāgato bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yenāyasmā sāgato tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ¶ sāgataṃ etadavocuṃ ¶ ¶ – ‘‘imāni, bhante, asīti gāmikasahassāni idhūpasaṅkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya; sādhu mayaṃ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṃ idheva tāva hotha, yāvāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ paṭivedemī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ purato pekkhamānānaṃ pāṭikāya nimujjitvā bhagavato purato ummujjitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāni, bhante, asīti gāmikasahassāni idhūpasaṅkantāni bhagavantaṃ dassanāya; yassa dāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, sāgata, vihārapacchāyāyaṃ āsanaṃ paññapehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā sāgato ¶ bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā pīṭhaṃ gahetvā bhagavato purato nimujjitvā tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ purato pekkhamānānaṃ pāṭikāya ummujjitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ āsanaṃ paññapeti. Atha kho bhagavā vihārā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni āyasmantaṃyeva sāgataṃ samannāharanti, no tathā bhagavantaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ, sāgata, bhiyyosomattāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā sāgato bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā ākāse antalikkhe caṅkamatipi, tiṭṭhatipi, nisīdatipi, seyyampi kappeti, dhūmāyatipi [dhūpāyatipi (sī.), padhūpāyatipi (syā.)] pajjalatipi, antaradhāyatipi. Atha kho āyasmā sāgato ākāse antalikkhe anekavihitaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā; sāvakohamasmi. Satthā me, bhante, bhagavā; sāvakohamasmī’’ti. Atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho! Abbhutaṃ vata bho! Sāvakopi nāma evaṃ mahiddhiko bhavissati, evaṃ mahānubhāvo, aho nūna satthā’’ti bhagavantaṃyeva samannāharanti, no ¶ tathā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ ¶ , kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte, muducitte, vinīvaraṇacitte, udaggacitte, pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evamevaṃ tesaṃ asītiyā gāmikasahassānaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ ¶ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – ‘‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma. Dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti.

243. Atha kho soṇassa koḷivisassa etadahosi ‘‘yathā yathā kho ahaṃ ¶ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ; yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’’nti. Atha kho tāni asīti gāmikasahassāni bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamisuṃ. Atha kho soṇo koḷiviso acirapakkantesu tesu asītiyā gāmikasahassesu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho soṇo koḷiviso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yathā yathāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Icchāmahaṃ, bhante, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā ¶ kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Pabbājetu maṃ, bhante, bhagavā’’ti. Alattha kho soṇo koḷiviso bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirupasampanno ca ¶ panāyasmā soṇo sītavane viharati. Tassa accāraddhavīriyassa caṅkamato pādā bhijjiṃsu. Caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo hoti, seyyathāpi gavāghātanaṃ. [ito paraṃ yāva imassa vatthussa avasānaṃ tāva pāṭho a. ni. 6.55 ādayo] Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘ye ¶ kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro. Atha ca pana me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati. Saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā; sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ, puññāni ca kātuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ, puññāni ca kareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – seyyathāpi ¶ nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito sītavane pāturahosi. Atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yenāyasmato soṇassa caṅkamo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa caṅkamaṃ lohitena phuṭaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kassa nvāyaṃ, bhikkhave, caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo, seyyathāpi gavāghātana’’nti? ‘‘Āyasmato, bhante, soṇassa accāraddhavīriyassa caṅkamato pādā bhijjiṃsu. Tassāyaṃ caṅkamo lohitena phuṭo, seyyathāpi gavāghātana’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā yenāyasmato soṇassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho soṇo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘nanu te, soṇa, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘ye kho keci bhagavato sāvakā āraddhavīriyā viharanti, ahaṃ ¶ tesaṃ aññataro. Atha ca pana me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati. Saṃvijjanti kho pana me kule bhogā; sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ, puññāni ca kātuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ, puññāni ca kareyya’’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, soṇa, kusalo tvaṃ pubbe agārikabhūto vīṇāya tantissare’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti, kammaññā vā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo atisithilā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti, kammaññā vā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo neva accāyatā honti nātisithilā, same guṇe patiṭṭhitā, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti, kammaññā vā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, soṇa, accāraddhavīriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati ¶ , atilīnavīriyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. Tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa, vīriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhaha, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjha, tattha ca nimittaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso ¶ sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – sītavane āyasmato soṇassa sammukhe antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo aparena samayena vīriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhāsi, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjhi, tattha ca nimittaṃ ¶ aggahesi. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo, eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto, na cirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti – tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abhiññāsi. Aññataro ca panāyasmā soṇo arahataṃ ahosi.

244. Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa arahattappattassa etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhagavato santike aññaṃ byākareyya’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – yo so, bhante, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaññojano ¶ sammadaññā vimutto, so chaṭṭhānāni adhimutto hoti – nekkhammādhimutto hoti, pavivekādhimutto hoti, abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti ¶ , asammohādhimutto hoti.

‘‘Siyā kho pana, bhante, idhekaccassa āyasmato evamassa – ‘kevalaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ nūna ayamāyasmā nissāya nekkhammādhimutto’ti, na kho panetaṃ, bhante, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Khīṇāsavo, bhante, bhikkhu, vusitavā, katakaraṇīyo, karaṇīyamattānaṃ asamanupassanto katassa vā paṭicayaṃ khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā nekkhammādhimutto hoti.

‘‘Siyā kho pana, bhante, idhekaccassa āyasmato evamassa – ‘lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nūna ayamāyasmā nikāmayamāno ¶ pavivekādhimutto’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, bhante, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Khīṇāsavo, bhante, bhikkhu, vusitavā, katakaraṇīyo, karaṇīyamattānaṃ [karaṇīyaṃ attano (aṅguttarapāḷiyaṃ)] asamanupassanto katassa vā paṭicayaṃ, khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā pavivekādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā pavivekādhimutto hoti.

‘‘Siyā kho pana, bhante, idhekaccassa āyasmato evamassa – ‘sīlabbataparāmāsaṃ nūna ayamāyasmā sārato paccāgacchanto abyāpajjādhimutto’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, bhante, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Khīṇāsavo, bhante, bhikkhu, vusitavā, katakaraṇīyo, karaṇīyamattānaṃ asamanupassanto ¶ katassa vā paṭicayaṃ, khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā abyāpajjādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā abyāpajjādhimutto ¶ hoti.

‘‘Khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā upādānakkhayādhimutto hoti.

‘‘Khayā ¶ rāgassa vītarāgattā taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā taṇhakkhayādhimutto hoti.

‘‘Khayā rāgassa vītarāgattā asammohādhimutto hoti, khayā dosassa vītadosattā asammohādhimutto hoti, khayā mohassa vītamohattā asammohādhimutto hoti.

‘‘Evaṃ sammā vimuttacittassa, bhante, bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti. Amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti, ṭhitaṃ, āneñjappattaṃ, vayañcassānupassati. Bhusā cepi sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā… manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti; amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti, ṭhitaṃ, āneñjappattaṃ, vayañcassānupassati. Seyyathāpi, bhante, selo pabbato acchiddo asusiro ekagghano, puratthimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṃ saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya; pacchimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā ¶ vātavuṭṭhi…pe… uttarāya cepi disāya…pe… dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṃ saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya, evameva kho, bhante, evaṃ sammā vimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti; amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti, ṭhitaṃ, āneñjappattaṃ, vayañcassānupassati. Bhusā cepi sotaviññeyyā saddā…pe… ghānaviññeyyā gandhā… jivhāviññeyyā rasā… kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā… manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti; amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti, ṭhitaṃ, āneñjappattaṃ, vayañcassānupassatī’’ti.

245. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kulaputtā aññaṃ byākaronti, attho ca vutto, attā ca anupanīto. Atha ca, panidhekacce moghapurisā hasamānakaṃ, maññe, aññaṃ byākaronti, te pacchā vighātaṃ āpajjantī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tvaṃ khosi, soṇa, sukhumālo. Anujānāmi te, soṇa, ekapalāsikaṃ upāhana’’nti. ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, bhante, asītisakaṭavāhe hiraññaṃ ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, sattahatthikañca anīkaṃ. Athāhaṃ bhante ekapalāsikaṃ ce upāhanaṃ pariharissāmi, tassa me bhavissanti vattāro ‘soṇo koḷiviso asītisakaṭavāhe hiraññaṃ ohāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, sattahatthikañca anīkaṃ. So dānāyaṃ ekapalāsikāsu upāhanāsu satto’ti. Sace bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghassa anujānissati ahampi paribhuñjissāmi; no ce bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghassa anujānissati, ahampi na paribhuñjissāmī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū ¶ āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekapalāsikaṃ upāhanaṃ. Na, bhikkhave, diguṇā upāhanā dhāretabbā. Na tiguṇā upāhanā dhāretabbā. Na guṇaṅguṇūpāhanā [gaṇaṅgaṇūpāhanā (bahūsu)] dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

246. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabbanīlikā upāhanāyo dhārenti…pe… sabbapītikā upāhanāyo dhārenti… sabbalohitikā upāhanāyo dhārenti… sabbamañjiṭṭhikā ¶ [sabbamañjeṭṭhikā (ka.)] upāhanāyo dhārenti ¶ … sabbakaṇhā upāhanāyo dhārenti… sabbamahāraṅgarattā upāhanāyo dhārenti… sabbamahānāmarattā upāhanāyo dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti, ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabbanīlikā upāhanā dhāretabbā…pe… na sabbapītikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na sabbalohitikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na sabbamañjiṭṭhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na sabbakaṇhā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na sabbamahāraṅgarattā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na sabbamahānāmarattā upāhanā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā ¶ bhikkhū nīlakavaddhikā [vaṭṭikā (sī.)] upāhanāyo dhārenti, pītakavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, lohitakavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, mañjiṭṭhikavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, kaṇhavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, mahāraṅgarattavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, mahānāmarattavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti, ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, nīlakavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā…pe… na pītakavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na lohitakavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na mañjiṭṭhikavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na ¶ kaṇhavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na mahāraṅgarattavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na mahānāmarattavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū khallakabaddhā […bandhā (ka.)] upāhanāyo dhārenti…pe… puṭabaddhā upāhanāyo dhārenti, pāliguṇṭhimā upāhanāyo dhārenti, tūlapuṇṇikā upāhanāyo dhārenti ¶ , tittirapattikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, meṇḍavisāṇavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, ajavisāṇavaddhikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, vicchikāḷikā upāhanāyo dhārenti, morapiñcha [morapiñja (sī. syā.)] parisibbitā upāhanāyo dhārenti, citrā upāhanāyo dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti, ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave ¶ , khallakabaddhā upāhanā dhāretabbā…pe… na puṭabaddhā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na pāliguṇṭhimā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na tūlapuṇṇikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na tittirapattikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na meṇḍavisāṇavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na ajavisāṇavaddhikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na vicchikāḷikā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na morapiñchaparisibbitā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na citrā upāhanā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīhacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti…pe… byagghacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo ¶ dhārenti, dīpicammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, ajinacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, uddacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, majjāracammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, kāḷakacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanāyo dhārenti, luvakacammaparikkhaṭā [ulūkacammaparikkhaṭā (yojanā)] upāhanāyo dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti, ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sīhacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā…pe… na byagghacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na dīpicammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na ajinacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na uddacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na majjāracammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na kāḷakacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā, na luvakacammaparikkhaṭā upāhanā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

247. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, aññatarena bhikkhunā pacchāsamaṇena. Atha kho so bhikkhu khañjamāno bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Addasā kho aññataro upāsako guṇaṅguṇūpāhanā ārohitvā bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvā upāhanā ārohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ ¶ abhivādetvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa, bhante, ayyo khañjatī’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘Pādā me, āvuso, phalitā’’ti [phālitāti (ka.)]. ‘‘Handa, bhante, upāhanāyo’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ ¶ , āvuso, paṭikkhittā bhagavatā guṇaṅguṇūpāhanā’’ti. ‘‘Gaṇhāhetā, bhikkhu, upāhanāyo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, omukkaṃ guṇaṅguṇūpāhanaṃ. Na, bhikkhave, navā guṇaṅguṇūpāhanā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

248. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā ajjhokāse anupāhano caṅkamati. Satthā anupāhano caṅkamatīti, therāpi bhikkhū anupāhanā caṅkamanti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhū, satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne, theresupi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu, saupāhanā caṅkamanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū, satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne, theresupi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu, saupāhanā caṅkamissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū, satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne, theresupi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu, saupāhanā caṅkamantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā, satthari anupāhane caṅkamamāne, theresupi bhikkhūsu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu, saupāhanā caṅkamissanti. Ime hi nāma, bhikkhave ¶ , gihī odātavatthavasanakā abhijīvanikassa sippassa kāraṇā ācariyesu sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttikā viharissanti. Idha kho taṃ, bhikkhave, sobhetha, yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā ācariyesu ācariyamattesu upajjhāyesu upajjhāyamattesu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā [sagāravā saggatissā sabhāgavuttikā (ka.)] vihareyyātha. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ācariyesu ācariyamattesu upajjhāyesu upajjhāyamattesu anupāhanesu caṅkamamānesu saupāhanena caṅkamitabbaṃ. Yo caṅkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa ¶ . Na ca, bhikkhave, ajjhārāme upāhanā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

249. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno pādakhilābādho hoti. Taṃ bhikkhū pariggahetvā uccārampi passāvampi nikkhāmenti. Addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccārampi ¶ passāvampi nikkhāmente, disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ imassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Imassa, bhante, āyasmato pādakhilābādho; imaṃ mayaṃ pariggahetvā uccārampi passāvampi nikkhāmemā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ ¶ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa pādā vā dukkhā, pādā vā phalitā, pādakhilo vā ābādho [pādakhilābādho vā (syā.)] upāhanaṃ dhāretu’’nti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū adhotehi pādehi mañcampi pīṭhampi abhiruhanti; cīvarampi senāsanampi dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ‘idāni mañcaṃ vā pīṭhaṃ vā abhiruhissāmī’’ti upāhanaṃ dhāretunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rattiyā uposathaggampi sannisajjampi gacchantā andhakāre khāṇumpi kaṇṭakampi akkamanti; pādā dukkhā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ajjhārāme upāhanaṃ dhāretuṃ, ukkaṃ, padīpaṃ, kattaradaṇḍanti.

250. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhiruhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamanti, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā khaṭakhaṭasaddā, anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathentā, seyyathidaṃ [imā tiracchānakathāyo pāci. 508; dī. ni. 1.7; ma. ni. 2.223; saṃ. ni. 5.1080; a. ni. 10.69 ādayo] – rājakathaṃ, corakathaṃ, mahāmattakathaṃ, senākathaṃ, bhayakathaṃ, yuddhakathaṃ, annakathaṃ, pānakathaṃ, vatthakathaṃ, sayanakathaṃ, mālākathaṃ, gandhakathaṃ, ñātikathaṃ, yānakathaṃ, gāmakathaṃ, nigamakathaṃ, nagarakathaṃ, janapadakathaṃ, itthikathaṃ [itthikathaṃ purisakathaṃ (ka.)], sūrakathaṃ, visikhākathaṃ, kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ ¶ , pubbapetakathaṃ, nānattakathaṃ, lokakkhāyikaṃ, samuddakkhāyikaṃ, itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā; kīṭakampi akkamitvā mārenti, bhikkhūpi samādhimhā cāventi. Ye ¶ te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā ¶ paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhiruhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamissanti, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā khaṭakhaṭasaddā anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathentā, seyyathidaṃ – rājakathaṃ, corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā, kīṭakampi akkamitvā māressanti, bhikkhūpi samādhimhā cāvessantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya kaṭṭhapādukāyo abhiruhitvā ajjhokāse caṅkamanti, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā khaṭakhaṭasaddā, anekavihitaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ kathentā, seyyathidaṃ, – rājakathaṃ, corakathaṃ…pe… itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vā, kīṭakampi akkamitvā mārenti, bhikkhūpi samādhimhā ¶ cāventī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, kaṭṭhapādukā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – bhagavatā kaṭṭhapādukā paṭikkhittāti – tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhārenti; tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā ¶ tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhāressanti; tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti; ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhārenti; tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyantī’’ti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā tālataruṇe chedāpetvā tālapattapādukāyo dhāressanti; tāni tālataruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. Jīvasaññino hi, bhikkhave, manussā rukkhasmiṃ. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ ¶ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tālapattapādukā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ‘bhagavatā tālapattapādukā paṭikkhittā’ti veḷutaruṇe chedāpetvā veḷupattapādukāyo dhārenti. Tāni veḷutaruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā veḷutaruṇe chedāpetvā veḷupattapādukāyo dhāressanti. Tāni veḷutaruṇāni chinnāni milāyanti. Ekindriyaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ ¶ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… jīvasaññino hi, bhikkhave, manussā rukkhasmiṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, veḷupattapādukā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

251. Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bhaddiyaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bhaddiyaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. Tena kho ¶ pana samayena bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi, muñjapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi, pabbajapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi, hintālapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi, kamalapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi, kambalapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi, riñcanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyuttā viharissanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi, muñjapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi, pabbajapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi, hintālapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi, kamalapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi, kambalapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi, riñcissanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipañña’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato ¶ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhaddiyā bhikkhū anekavihitaṃ pādukamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karontipi kārāpentipi…pe… riñcanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ ¶ adhipañña’’nti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā anekavihitaṃ pādukamaṇḍanānuyogamanuyuttā viharissanti, tiṇapādukaṃ karissantipi kārāpessantipi…pe… riñcissanti uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tiṇapādukā dhāretabbā, na muñjapādukā dhāretabbā, na pabbajapādukā dhāretabbā, na hintālapādukā dhāretabbā, na kamalapādukā dhāretabbā ¶ , na kambalapādukā dhāretabbā, na sovaṇṇamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na rūpiyamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na maṇimayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na veḷuriyamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na ¶ phalikamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na kaṃsamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na kācamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na tipumayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na sīsamayā pādukā dhāretabbā, na tambalohamayā pādukā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, kāci saṅkamaniyā pādukā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tisso pādukā dhuvaṭṭhāniyā asaṅkamaniyāyo – vaccapādukaṃ, passāvapādukaṃ, ācamanapāduka’’nti.

252. Atha kho bhagavā bhaddiye yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū ¶ aciravatiyā nadiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesupi gaṇhanti, kaṇṇesupi gaṇhanti, gīvāyapi gaṇhanti, cheppāpi gaṇhanti, piṭṭhimpi abhiruhanti, rattacittāpi aṅgajātaṃ chupanti, vacchatarimpi ogāhetvā mārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā gāvīnaṃ tarantīnaṃ visāṇesupi gahessanti…pe… seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ ¶ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave,…pe… saccaṃ bhagavāti…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, gāvīnaṃ visāṇesu gahetabbaṃ, na kaṇṇesu gahetabbaṃ, na gīvāya gahetabbaṃ, na cheppāya gahetabbaṃ, na piṭṭhi abhiruhitabbā ¶ . Yo abhiruheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, rattacittena aṅgajātaṃ chupitabbaṃ. Yo chupeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. Na vacchatarī māretabbā. Yo māreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.

253. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yānena yāyanti, itthiyuttenapi purisantarena, purisayuttenapi itthantarena. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi gaṅgāmahiyāyā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yānena yāyitabbaṃ ¶ . Yo yāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarāmagge gilāno hoti. Atha kho so bhikkhu maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo gamissatī’’ti? ‘‘Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ, āvuso, gamissāmi bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Ehi, bhante, gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, āvuso, sakkomi, gilānomhī’’ti. ‘‘Ehi, bhante, yānaṃ abhiruhā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā yāna’’nti kukkuccāyanto yānaṃ nābhiruhi. Atha kho so bhikkhu sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa yānanti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘itthiyuttaṃ nu kho purisayuttaṃ nu kho’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, purisayuttaṃ hatthavaṭṭakanti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno yānugghātena bāḷhataraṃ aphāsu ahosi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sivikaṃ pāṭaṅkinti.

254. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāsayanamahāsayanāni dhārenti, seyyathidaṃ – āsandiṃ, pallaṅkaṃ, gonakaṃ, cittakaṃ, paṭikaṃ, paṭalikaṃ, tūlikaṃ, vikatikaṃ, uddhalomiṃ [undalomiṃ (ka.), uddalomiṃ (ka.)], ekantalomiṃ, kaṭṭissaṃ, koseyyaṃ ¶ , kuttakaṃ, hatthattharaṃ, assattharaṃ, rathattharaṃ, ajinapaveṇiṃ, kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ, sauttaracchadaṃ, ubhatolohitakūpadhānanti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, uccāsayanamahāsayanāni dhāretabbāni, seyyathidaṃ – āsandi, pallaṅko, gonako, cittako, paṭikā, paṭalikā, tūlikā, vikatikā, uddhalomi, ekantalomi, kaṭṭissaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kuttakaṃ, hatthattharaṃ, assattharaṃ, rathattharaṃ, ajinapaveṇi, kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇaṃ, sauttaracchadaṃ, ubhatolohitakūpadhānaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

255. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – bhagavatā uccāsayanamahāsayanāni paṭikkhittānīti – mahācammāni dhārenti, sīhacammaṃ byagghacammaṃ dīpicammaṃ. Tāni mañcappamāṇenapi chinnāni honti, pīṭhappamāṇenapi chinnāni honti, antopi mañce paññattāni honti, bahipi mañce paññattāni honti, antopi pīṭhe paññattāni honti, bahipi pīṭhe paññattāni honti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, mahācammāni dhāretabbāni, sīhacammaṃ byagghacammaṃ dīpicammaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – bhagavatā mahācammāni paṭikkhittānīti – gocammāni dhārenti. Tāni mañcappamāṇenapi chinnāni honti, pīṭhappamāṇenapi chinnāni honti, antopi mañce paññattāni honti, bahipi mañce paññattāni honti, antopi pīṭhe paññattāni honti, bahipi pīṭhe paññattāni honti. Aññataropi pāpabhikkhu aññatarassa pāpupāsakassa kulūpako hoti. Atha kho so pāpabhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa pāpupāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho so ¶ pāpupāsako yena so pāpabhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ¶ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena tassa pāpupāsakassa vacchako hoti taruṇako abhirūpo dassanīyo ¶ pāsādiko citro, seyyathāpi dīpicchāpo. Atha kho so pāpabhikkhu taṃ vacchakaṃ sakkaccaṃ upanijjhāyati. Atha kho so pāpupāsako taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa, bhante, ayyo imaṃ vacchakaṃ sakkaccaṃ upanijjhāyatī’’ti? ‘‘Attho me, āvuso, imassa vacchakassa cammenā’’ti. Atha kho so pāpupāsako taṃ vacchakaṃ vadhitvā cammaṃ vidhunitvā tassa pāpabhikkhuno pādāsi. Atha kho so pāpabhikkhu taṃ cammaṃ saṅghāṭiyā paṭicchādetvā agamāsi. Atha kho sā gāvī vacchagiddhinī taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tyāyaṃ, āvuso, gāvī piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhī’’ti? ‘‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, na jānāmi kena [kenaci (ka.)] myāyaṃ gāvī piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena tassa pāpabhikkhuno saṅghāṭi lohitena makkhitā hoti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ pana te, āvuso, saṅghāṭi kiṃ katā’’ti? Atha kho so pāpabhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, pāṇātipāte samādapesī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhu pāṇātipāte samādapessati, nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena pāṇātipāto garahito, pāṇātipātā veramaṇī pasatthā’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ pāpabhikkhuṃ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, pāṇātipāte samādapesī’’ti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, pāṇātipāte samādapessasi, nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena pāṇātipāto garahito, pāṇātipātā veramaṇī pasatthā. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pāṇātipāte samādapetabbaṃ. Yo samādapeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. Na, bhikkhave, gocammaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, kiñci cammaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

256. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena manussānaṃ mañcampi pīṭhampi cammonaddhāni honti, cammavinaddhāni. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nābhinisīdanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gihivikataṃ abhinisīdituṃ, na tveva abhinipajjitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena vihārā cammavaddhehi ogumphiyanti [ogumbhiyanti (ka.)]. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā nābhinisīdanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bandhanamattaṃ abhinisīditunti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saupāhanā gāmaṃ pavisanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, saupāhanena ¶ gāmo pavisitabbo. Yo paviseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, na sakkoti vinā upāhanena gāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā saupāhanena gāmaṃ pavisitunti.

257. [udā. 46 sokasuttena saṃsanditvā passitabbaṃ] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare [kururaghare (ka.)] papatake [papāte (sī. syā.) pavatthe (udā. 46)] pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmato mahākaccānassa upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yathā yathāhaṃ, bhante, ayyena mahākaccānena dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Icchāmahaṃ, bhante, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ ¶ . Pabbājetu maṃ, bhante, ayyo mahākaccāno’’ti. ( ) [(evaṃ vutte āyasmā mahākaccāyano soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ kuṭikaṇṇaṃ etadavoca) (syā. udā. 46)] ‘‘Dukkaraṃ kho, soṇa, yāvajīvaṃ ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Iṅgha, tvaṃ, soṇa ¶ , tattheva agārikabhūto buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ anuyuñja, kālayuttaṃ ekaseyyaṃ ekabhattaṃ brahmacariya’’nti. Atha kho soṇassa upāsakassa kuṭikaṇṇassa yo ahosi pabbajjābhisaṅkhāro so paṭippassambhi. Dutiyampi kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo ¶ …pe… tatiyampi kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho soṇo upāsako kuṭikaṇṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yathā yathāhaṃ, bhante, ayyena mahākaccānena dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Icchāmahaṃ, bhante, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. Pabbājetu maṃ, bhante, ayyo mahākaccāno’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ¶ mahākaccāno soṇaṃ upāsakaṃ kuṭikaṇṇaṃ pabbājesi. Tena kho pana samayena avantidakkhiṇāpatho appabhikkhuko hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākaccāno tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena tato tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ upasampādesi.

Atha kho āyasmato soṇassa vassaṃvuṭṭhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘sutoyeva kho me so bhagavā ediso ca ediso cāti, na ca mayā sammukhā ¶ diṭṭho, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyyā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā soṇo āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa ¶ paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘suto yeva kho me so bhagavā ediso ca ediso cāti, na ca mayā sammukhā diṭṭho, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujāneyyā’ti; gaccheyyāhaṃ, bhante, taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, sace maṃ upajjhāyo anujānātī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, soṇa. Gaccha tvaṃ, soṇa, taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ. Dakkhissasi tvaṃ, soṇa, taṃ bhagavantaṃ pāsādikaṃ pasādanīyaṃ santindriyaṃ santamānasaṃ uttamadamathasamathaṃ amanuppattaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ yatindriyaṃ nāgaṃ. Tena hi tvaṃ, soṇa, mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda – ‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, āyasmā mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘‘avantidakkhiṇāpatho, bhante, appabhikkhuko, tiṇṇaṃ me vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena tato tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā upasampadaṃ alatthaṃ; appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe ¶ appatarena gaṇena upasampadaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭakahatā; appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe ¶ guṇaṅguṇūpāhanaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā; appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe dhuvanahānaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ¶ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhante, majjhimesu janapadesu eragū moragū majjārū [majjhārū (ka.)] jantū, evameva kho, bhante, avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ; appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni anujāneyya, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. Etarahi, bhante, manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti – ‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā’’’ti. Te āgantvā ārocenti – ‘itthannāmehi te, āvuso, manussehi cīvaraṃ dinna’nti te kukkuccāyantā na sādiyanti – ‘mā no nissaggiyaṃ ahosī’ti; appeva nāma bhagavā cīvare pariyāyaṃ ācikkheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā soṇo āyasmato mahākaccānassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya ¶ yena sāvatthi tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena sāvatthi jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ¶ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘imassa, ānanda, āgantukassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘‘yassa kho maṃ bhagavā āṇāpeti, ‘imassa, ānanda, āgantukassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paññāpehī’ti, icchati bhagavā tena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthuṃ, icchati bhagavā āyasmatā soṇena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vatthu’’nti – yasmiṃ vihāre bhagavā viharati tasmiṃ vihāre āyasmato soṇassa senāsanaṃ paññāpesi.

258. Atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattiṃ ajjhokāse vītināmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Āyasmāpi kho soṇo bahudeva rattiṃ ajjhokāse vītināmetvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ ajjhesi – ‘‘paṭibhātu taṃ, bhikkhu, dhammo bhāsitu’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā sabbāneva aṭṭhakavaggikāni sarena abhāsi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhānumodi – ‘‘sādhu, sādhu, bhikkhu. Suggahitāni kho te, bhikkhu, aṭṭhakavaggikāni ¶ , sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni. Kalyāṇiyāpi vācāya samannāgato, vissaṭṭhāya, anelagalāya [aneḷagalāya (ka.)], atthassa viññāpaniyā. Kativassosi tvaṃ, bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Ekavassohaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, evaṃ ciraṃ akāsī’’ti? ‘‘Ciraṃ diṭṭho me, bhante, kāmesu ādīnavo, api ca sambādhā ¶ gharāvāsā bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

[udā. 46 udānepi] ‘‘Disvā ¶ ādīnavaṃ loke, ñatvā dhammaṃ nirūpadhiṃ;

Atha kho āyasmā soṇo – paṭisammodati kho maṃ bhagavā, ayaṃ khvassa kālo yaṃ me upajjhāyo paridassīti – uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, āyasmā mahākaccāno bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, evañca vadeti avantidakkhiṇāpatho, bhante, appabhikkhuko. Tiṇṇaṃ me vassānaṃ accayena kicchena kasirena tato tato dasavaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā upasampadaṃ alatthaṃ, appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe appatarena gaṇena upasampadaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭakahatā; appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe guṇaṅguṇūpāhanaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā, appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe dhuvanahānaṃ anujāneyya. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhante, cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhante, majjhimesu janapadesu eragū moragū majjārū jantū ¶ , evameva kho, bhante, avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ; appeva nāma bhagavā avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni anujāneyya, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. Etarahi, bhante, manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti – ‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā’ti. Te āgantvā ārocenti – ‘itthannāmehi te, āvuso, manussehi cīvaraṃ dinna’nti. Te kukkuccāyantā na sādiyanti – ‘mā no nissaggiyaṃ ahosī’ti; appeva nāma bhagavā cīvare pariyāyaṃ ācikkheyyā’’ti.

259. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘avantidakkhiṇāpatho, bhikkhave, appabhikkhuko. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadaṃ. Tatrime paccantimā janapadā – puratthimāya disāya gajaṅgalaṃ [kajaṅgalaṃ (sī. syā.)] nāma nigamo, tassa parena mahāsālā, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe; puratthimadakkhiṇāya disāya sallavatī [salalavatī (sī.)] nāma nadī, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe; dakkhiṇāya disāya setakaṇṇikaṃ nāma nigamo, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe; pacchimāya disāya thūṇaṃ nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe; uttarāya ¶ disāya usīraddhajo nāma pabbato, tato parā paccantimā janapadā, orato majjhe ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpesu paccantimesu ¶ janapadesu vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadaṃ. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhikkhave, kaṇhuttarā bhūmi kharā gokaṇṭakahatā. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu guṇaṅguṇūpāhanaṃ. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhikkhave, nahānagarukā manussā udakasuddhikā. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu dhuvanahānaṃ. Avantidakkhiṇāpathe, bhikkhave, cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ ¶ migacammaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, majjhimesu janapadesu eragū moragū majjārū jantū, evameva kho, bhikkhave, avantidakkhiṇāpathe cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu cammāni attharaṇāni, eḷakacammaṃ ajacammaṃ migacammaṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, manussā nissīmagatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ denti – ‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sādituṃ, na tāva taṃ gaṇanūpagaṃ yāva na hatthaṃ gacchatī’’ti.

260. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgupi pītā uggacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ uggacchati. Te tena kisā honti, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā. Addasā kho bhagavā te bhikkhū kise lūkhe dubbaṇṇe uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāte dhamanisanthatagatte, disvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, ānanda, etarahi bhikkhū kisā, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā’’ti? ‘‘Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgupi pītā uggacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ uggacchati. Te tena kisā honti, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘etarahi kho bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgupi pītā uggacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ uggacchati. Te tena kisā honti, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā. Kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhesajjaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, yaṃ bhesajjañceva assa bhesajjasammatañca lokassa, āhāratthañca phareyya, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyyā’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘imāni kho pañca bhesajjāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇitaṃ; bhesajjāni ceva bhesajjasammatāni ca lokassa, āhāratthañca pharanti, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imāni pañca bhesajjāni anujāneyyaṃ, kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘etarahi kho bhikkhūnaṃ sāradikena ābādhena ¶ phuṭṭhānaṃ yāgupi pītā uggacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ uggacchati. Te tena kisā honti, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā. Kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhesajjaṃ anujāneyyaṃ, yaṃ bhesajjañceva assa bhesajjasammatañca lokassa, āhāratthañca ¶ phareyya, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyyā’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘imāni kho pañca bhesajjāni ¶ , seyyathidaṃ – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇitaṃ; bhesajjāni ceva bhesajjasammatāni ca lokassa, āhāratthañca pharanti, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ imāni pañca bhesajjāni anujāneyyaṃ, kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’nti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’’nti.

261. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjanti. Tesaṃ yānipi tāni pākatikāni lūkhāni bhojanāni tānipi nacchādenti, pageva senesitāni [senesikāni (sī. syā.), senehikāni (yojanā)]. Te tena ceva sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhā, iminā ca bhattācchādakena [bhattācchannakena (ka.)], tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā honti, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā. Addasā kho bhagavā te bhikkhū bhiyyosomattāya kise lūkhe dubbaṇṇe uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāte dhamanisanthatagatte, disvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, ānanda, etarahi bhikkhū bhiyyosomattāya kisā, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā’’ti? ‘‘Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhū tāni ca pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjanti. Tesaṃ yānipi tāni pākatikāni lūkhāni bhojanāni tānipi nacchādenti, pageva senesikāni. Te tena ceva sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhā, iminā ca bhattācchādakena, tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā, lūkhā, dubbaṇṇā, uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā, dhamanisanthatagattā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni pañca bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā kālepi vikālepi paribhuñjitu’’nti.

262. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni – acchavasaṃ, macchavasaṃ, susukāvasaṃ ¶ , sūkaravasaṃ, gadrabhavasaṃ – kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ [nipakkaṃ (ka.)] kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ. Vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ ¶ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattīti.

263. Tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mūlehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, mūlāni bhesajjāni – haliddiṃ, siṅgiveraṃ, vacaṃ, vacatthaṃ [vacatthaṃ (sī. syā.)], ativisaṃ, kaṭukarohiṇiṃ, usīraṃ, bhaddamuttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūlāni bhesajjāni, neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni – paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ; sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. Asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana ¶ samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mūlehi bhesajjehi piṭṭhehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nisadaṃ nisadapotakanti.

Tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kasāvehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvāni [kasāvabhesajjāni (ka.)] bhesajjāni – nimbakasāvaṃ, kuṭajakasāvaṃ, paṭolakasāvaṃ, phaggavakasāvaṃ, nattamālakasāvaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi kasāvāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni – paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ; sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. Asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṇṇehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave ¶ , paṇṇāni bhesajjāni – nimbapaṇṇaṃ, kuṭajapaṇṇaṃ, paṭolapaṇṇaṃ, sulasipaṇṇaṃ, kappāsapaṇṇaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi paṇṇāni bhesajjāni, neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti…pe….

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ phalehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, phalāni ¶ bhesajjāni – bilaṅgaṃ, pippaliṃ, maricaṃ, harītakaṃ, vibhītakaṃ, āmalakaṃ, goṭṭhaphalaṃ [goṭhaphalaṃ (syā.), koṭṭhaphalaṃ (ka.)], yāni vā panaññānipi atthi phalāni bhesajjāni, neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti…pe….

Tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ jatūhi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, jatūni bhesajjāni – hiṅguṃ, hiṅgujatuṃ, hiṅgusipāṭikaṃ, takaṃ, takapattiṃ, takapaṇṇiṃ ¶ , sajjulasaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi jatūni bhesajjāni, neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti…pe….

Tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ loṇehi bhesajjehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, loṇāni bhesajjāni – sāmuddaṃ, kāḷaloṇaṃ, sindhavaṃ, ubbhidaṃ [ubbhiraṃ (ka.)], bilaṃ [biḷālaṃ (sī.)], yāni vā panaññānipi atthi loṇāni bhesajjāni, neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni – paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ; sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. Asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

264. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upajjhāyassa ¶ āyasmato belaṭṭhasīsassa thullakacchābādho hoti. Tassa lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti, tāni bhikkhū udakena temetvā temetvā apakaḍḍhanti. Addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni udakena temetvā temetvā apakaḍḍhante, disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ imassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Imassa, bhante, āyasmato thullakacchābādho, lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti, tāni mayaṃ udakena temetvā temetvā apakaḍḍhāmā’’ti ¶ . Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā, piḷakā vā, assāvo vā, thullakacchu vā ābādho, kāyo vā duggandho, cuṇṇāni bhesajjāni; agilānassa chakaṇaṃ mattikaṃ rajananippakkaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udukkhalaṃ musala’’nti.

Tena kho pana samayena gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cuṇṇehi bhesajjehi cālitehi attho hoti ¶ . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cuṇṇacālininti. Saṇhehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dussacālininti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno amanussikābādho hoti. Taṃ ācariyupajjhāyā upaṭṭhahantā nāsakkhiṃsu arogaṃ kātuṃ. So sūkarasūnaṃ gantvā āmakamaṃsaṃ khādi, āmakalohitaṃ pivi ¶ . Tassa so amanussikābādho paṭippassambhi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakalohitanti.

265. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno cakkhurogābādho hoti. Taṃ bhikkhū pariggahetvā uccārampi passāvampi nikkhāmenti. Addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ pariggahetvā uccārampi passāvampi nikkhāmente, disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ imassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Imassa, bhante, āyasmato cakkhurogābādho. Imaṃ mayaṃ pariggahetvā uccārampi passāvampi nikkhāmemā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanaṃ – kāḷañjanaṃ, rasañjanaṃ, sotañjanaṃ, gerukaṃ, kapalla’’nti. Añjanūpapisanehi attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, candanaṃ, tagaraṃ, kāḷānusāriyaṃ, tālīsaṃ, bhaddamuttakanti. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū piṭṭhāni añjanāni carukesupi [thālakesupi (sī. syā.)] sarāvakesupi nikkhipanti; tiṇacuṇṇehipi paṃsukehipi okiriyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjaninti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā añjaniyo dhārenti – sovaṇṇamayaṃ, rūpiyamayaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti ¶ khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā añjanī dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ, dantamayaṃ, visāṇamayaṃ, naḷamayaṃ, veḷumayaṃ, kaṭṭhamayaṃ, jatumayaṃ, phalamayaṃ, lohamayaṃ, saṅkhanābhimayanti.

Tena kho pana samayena añjaniyo apārutā honti, tiṇacuṇṇehipi paṃsukehipi okiriyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, apidhānanti. Apidhānaṃ nipatati ¶ . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitunti. Añjanī phalati [nipatati (ka.)]. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttakena sibbetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aṅguliyā añjanti, akkhīni dukkhāni honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanisalākanti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā añjanisalākāyo dhārenti – sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. Manussā ¶ ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti, ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā añjanisalākā dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimayanti.

Tena kho pana samayena añjanisalākā bhūmiyaṃ patitā pharusā hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, salākaṭhāniyanti [salākodhāniyanti (sī. syā.)].

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū añjanimpi añjanisalākampi hatthena pariharanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanitthavikanti. Aṃsabaddhako na hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttakanti.

266. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmato pilindavacchassa sīsābhitāpo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, muddhani telakanti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, natthukammanti. Natthu galati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, natthukaraṇinti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacā natthukaraṇiyo dhārenti – sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti, ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā natthukaraṇī dhāretabbā. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimayanti. Natthuṃ visamaṃ āsiñcanti [natthu visamaṃ āsiñciyati (sī. syā.)]. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave ¶ , yamakanatthukaraṇinti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmaṃ pātunti. Taññeva vaṭṭiṃ ālimpetvā pivanti ¶ , kaṇṭho dahati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmanettanti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvacāni dhūmanettāni dhārenti – sovaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhoginoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacāni dhūmanettāni dhāretabbāni. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimayanti.

Tena kho pana samayena dhūmanettāni apārutāni honti, pāṇakā pavisanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, apidhānanti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dhūmanettāni hatthena pariharanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmanettathavikanti. Ekato ghaṃsiyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yamakathavikanti. Aṃsabaddhako na hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttakanti.

267. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmato pilindavacchassa vātābādho ¶ hoti. Vejjā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘telaṃ pacitabba’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, telapākanti. Tasmiṃ kho pana telapāke majjaṃ pakkhipitabbaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, telapāke majjaṃ pakkhipitunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atipakkhittamajjāni [atikhittamajjāni (ka.)] telāni pacanti, tāni pivitvā majjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pātabbaṃ. Yo piveyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ telapāke majjassa na vaṇṇo na gandho na raso paññāyati, evarūpaṃ majjapakkhittaṃ telaṃ pātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ bahuṃ atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pakkaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho atipakkhittamajje tele paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato pilindavacchassa bahutaraṃ telaṃ pakkaṃ hoti, telabhājanaṃ na vijjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīṇi tumbāni – lohatumbaṃ, kaṭṭhatumbaṃ, phalatumbanti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato pilindavacchassa aṅgavāto hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sedakammanti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sambhārasedanti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mahāsedanti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhaṅgodakanti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udakakoṭṭhakanti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmato pilindavacchassa pabbavāto hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, lohitaṃ ¶ mocetunti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, lohitaṃ mocetvā visāṇena gāhetunti [gahetunti (sī. syā.)].

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato pilindavacchassa pādā phalitā [phālitā (ka.)] honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pādabbhañjananti. Nakkhamaniyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno gaṇḍābādho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthakammanti. Kasāvodakena attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvodakanti. Tilakakkena attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tilakakkanti. Kabaḷikāya attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kabaḷikanti. Vaṇabandhanacoḷena attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaṇabandhanacoḷanti. Vaṇo kaṇḍuvati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāsapakuṭṭena [sāsapakuḍḍena (sī. syā.)] phositunti. Vaṇo kilijjittha. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, dhūmaṃ ¶ kātunti. Vaḍḍhamaṃsaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, loṇasakkharikāya chinditunti. Vaṇo na ruhati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaṇatelanti. Telaṃ galati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, vikāsikaṃ sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikammanti.

268. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ahinā daṭṭho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cattāri mahāvikaṭāni dātuṃ – gūthaṃ, muttaṃ, chārikaṃ, mattikanti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘appaṭiggahitāni nu kho udāhu paṭiggahetabbānī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sati kappiyakārake paṭiggahāpetuṃ, asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjitunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarena bhikkhunā visaṃ pītaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi bhikkhave gūthaṃ pāyetunti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘appaṭiggahitaṃ nu kho udāhu paṭiggahetabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ karonto paṭiggaṇhāti, sveva paṭiggaho kato, na puna [kato pana (?)] paṭiggahetabboti.

269. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno gharadinnakābādho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sītāloḷiṃ pāyetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu duṭṭhagahaṇiko hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āmisakhāraṃ pāyetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṇḍurogābādho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, muttaharītakaṃ pāyetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno chavidosābādho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gandhālepaṃ kātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu abhisannakāyo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, virecanaṃ pātunti. Acchakañjiyā attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, acchakañjinti. Akaṭayūsena attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, akaṭayūsanti. Kaṭākaṭena attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṭākaṭanti. Paṭicchādanīyena attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭicchādanīyanti.

270. [idaṃ vatthu pārā. 618 ādayo] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā pilindavaccho rājagahe pabbhāraṃ sodhāpeti leṇaṃ kattukāmo. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo ¶ bimbisāro yenāyasmā pilindavaccho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ ¶ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, thero kārāpetī’’ti? ‘‘Pabbhāraṃ, mahārāja, sodhāpemi, leṇaṃ kattukāmo’’ti. ‘‘Attho, bhante, ayyassa ¶ ārāmikenā’’ti? ‘‘Na kho, mahārāja, bhagavatā ārāmiko anuññāto’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchitvā mama āroceyyāthā’’ti. ‘Evaṃ, mahārājā’ti kho āyasmā pilindavaccho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosi. Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi, samādapesi, samuttejesi, sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro āyasmatā pilindavacchena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho bhagavato santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘rājā, bhante, māgadho seniyo bimbisāro ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo. Kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāmika’’nti. Dutiyampi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yenāyasmā pilindavaccho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ ¶ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘anuññāto, bhante, bhagavatā ārāmiko’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, ayyassa ārāmikaṃ dammī’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro ¶ āyasmato pilindavacchassa ārāmikaṃ paṭissutvā, vissaritvā, cirena satiṃ paṭilabhitvā, aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yo mayā, bhaṇe, ayyassa ārāmiko paṭissuto, dinno so ārāmiko’’ti? ‘‘Na kho, deva, ayyassa ārāmiko dinno’’ti. ‘‘Kīva ciraṃ nu kho, bhaṇe, ito [ito ratti (syā.)] hi taṃ hotī’’ti? Atha kho so ¶ mahāmatto rattiyo gaṇetvā [vigaṇetvā (sī.)] rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pañca, deva, rattisatānī’’ti. Tena hi, bhaṇe, ayyassa pañca ārāmikasatāni dehīti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho so mahāmatto rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paṭissutvā āyasmato pilindavacchassa pañca ārāmikasatāni pādāsi, pāṭiyekko gāmo nivisi. ‘Ārāmikagāmakoti’pi naṃ āhaṃsu ¶ , ‘pilindagāmako’tipi naṃ āhaṃsu.

271. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā pilindavaccho tasmiṃ gāmake kulūpako hoti. Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya pilindagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāmake ussavo hoti. Dārakā alaṅkatā mālākitā kīḷanti. Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho pilindagāmake ¶ sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena aññatarassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena tassā ārāmikiniyā dhītā aññe dārake alaṅkate mālākite passitvā rodati – ‘mālaṃ me detha, alaṅkāraṃ me dethā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissāyaṃ dārikā rodatī’’ti? ‘‘Ayaṃ, bhante, dārikā aññe dārake alaṅkate mālākite passitvā rodati – ‘mālaṃ me detha, alaṅkāraṃ me dethā’ti. Kuto amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ mālā, kuto alaṅkāro’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho aññataraṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handimaṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñcā’’ti. Atha kho sā ārāmikinī taṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñci. Sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā, dassanīyā, pāsādikā; natthi tādisā raññopi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. Manussā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘amukassa, deva, ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā, dassanīyā, pāsādikā; natthi tādisā devassapi ¶ antepure suvaṇṇamālā; kuto tassa duggatassa? Nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā’’ti.

Atha ¶ kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpesi. Dutiyampi ¶ kho āyasmā pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya pilindagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena tassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paṭivissake pucchi – ‘‘kahaṃ imaṃ ārāmikakulaṃ gata’’nti? ‘‘Etissā, bhante, suvaṇṇamālāya kāraṇā raññā bandhāpita’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yenāyasmā pilindavaccho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ¶ rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ āyasmā pilindavaccho etadavoca – ‘‘kissa, mahārāja, ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpita’’nti? ‘‘Tassa, bhante, ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā, dassanīyā, pāsādikā; natthi tādisā amhākampi antepure suvaṇṇamālā; kuto tassa duggatassa? Nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā pilindavaccho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa pāsādaṃ suvaṇṇanti adhimucci; so ahosi sabbasovaṇṇamayo. ‘‘Idaṃ pana te, mahārāja, tāva bahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ kuto’’ti? ‘Aññātaṃ, bhante, ayyasseveso ¶ iddhānubhāvo’ti taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ muñcāpesi.

Manussā ‘‘ayyena kira pilindavacchena sarājikāya parisāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassita’’nti attamanā abhippasannā āyasmato pilindavacchassa pañca bhesajjāni abhihariṃsu, seyyathidaṃ – sappiṃ, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhuṃ [sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu (ka.)], phāṇitaṃ. Pakatiyāpi ca āyasmā pilindavaccho lābhī hoti pañcannaṃ bhesajjānaṃ; laddhaṃ laddhaṃ parisāya vissajjeti. Parisā cassa hoti bāhullikā; laddhaṃ laddhaṃ kolambepi [koḷumbepi (ka.)], ghaṭepi, pūretvā paṭisāmeti; parissāvanānipi, thavikāyopi, pūretvā vātapānesu laggeti. Tāni olīnavilīnāni tiṭṭhanti. Undūrehipi vihārā okiṇṇavikiṇṇā honti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘antokoṭṭhāgārikā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā ¶ , seyyathāpi rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti ¶ vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū te anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ bhagavāti…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ paṭisāyanīyāni bhesajjāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇitaṃ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni. Taṃ atikkāmayato yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.

272. Atha kho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā ¶ yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Addasā kho āyasmā kaṅkhārevato antarāmagge guḷakaraṇaṃ, okkamitvā guḷe piṭṭhampi chārikampi pakkhipante, disvāna ‘‘akappiyo guḷo sāmiso, na kappati guḷo vikāle paribhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto sapariso guḷaṃ na paribhuñjati. Yepissa sotabbaṃ maññanti, tepi guḷaṃ na paribhuñjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Kimatthāya [kimatthiyā (ka.)], bhikkhave, guḷe piṭṭhampi chārikampi pakkhipantīti? Thaddhatthāya [bandhanatthāya (sī. syā.)] bhagavāti. Sace, bhikkhave, thaddhatthāya guḷe piṭṭhampi chārikampi pakkhipanti, so ca guḷotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yathāsukhaṃ guḷaṃ paribhuñjitunti.

Addasā kho āyasmā kaṅkhārevato antarāmagge vacce muggaṃ jātaṃ, passitvā ‘‘akappiyā muggā; pakkāpi muggā jāyantīti’’ kukkuccāyanto sapariso muggaṃ na paribhuñjati. Yepissa sotabbaṃ maññanti, tepi muggaṃ na paribhuñjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sace [sacepi (?)], bhikkhave, pakkāpi muggā jāyanti ¶ , anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yathāsukhaṃ muggaṃ paribhuñjitunti.

273. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udaravātābādho hoti. So loṇasovīrakaṃ apāyi. Tassa so udaravātābādho paṭippassambhi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ; agilānassa udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogena paribhuñjitunti.

274. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato udaravātābādho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘pubbepi bhagavato udaravātābādho tekaṭulayāguyā phāsu hotī’ti – sāmaṃ tilampi, taṇḍulampi, muggampi viññāpetvā, anto vāsetvā, anto sāmaṃ pacitvā bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘pivatu bhagavā tekaṭulayāgu’’nti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti; kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti; atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ¶ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kutāyaṃ, ānanda ¶ , yāgū’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘ananucchavikaṃ, ānanda, ananulomikaṃ, appatirūpaṃ, assāmaṇakaṃ, akappiyaṃ, akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, ānanda, evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessasi. Yadapi, ānanda, anto vuṭṭhaṃ [vutthaṃ (sī. syā. ka.)] tadapi akappiyaṃ; yadapi anto pakkaṃ tadapi akappiyaṃ; yadapi sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Netaṃ, ānanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, anto vuṭṭhaṃ, anto pakkaṃ, sāmaṃ pakkaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, anto pakkaṃ, sāmaṃ pakkaṃ tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, anto pakkaṃ, aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ¶ ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, bahi pakkaṃ, sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, anto pakkaṃ, sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, bahi pakkaṃ, aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, anto pakkaṃ, aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, bahi pakkaṃ, sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vuṭṭhaṃ, bahi pakkaṃ ¶ ¶ , aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ‘‘bhagavatā sāmaṃpāko paṭikkhitto’’ti puna pāke kukkuccāyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puna pākaṃ pacitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ hoti. Manussā loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi ārāmaṃ āharanti. Tāni bhikkhū bahi vāsenti; ukkapiṇḍakāpi khādanti, corāpi haranti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto vāsetunti. Anto vāsetvā bahi pācenti. Damakā parivārenti. Bhikkhū avissaṭṭhā paribhuñjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto pacitunti. Dubbhikkhe kappiyakārakā bahutaraṃ haranti, appataraṃ bhikkhūnaṃ denti. Bhagavato ¶ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṃ pacituṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto vuṭṭhaṃ, anto pakkaṃ, sāmaṃ pakkanti.

275. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kāsīsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā rājagahaṃ gacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarāmagge na labhiṃsu lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ; bahuñca phalakhādanīyaṃ ¶ ahosi; kappiyakārako ca na ahosi. Atha kho te bhikkhū kilantarūpā yena rājagahaṃ veḷuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kacci ¶ , bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kaccittha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā; kuto ca tumhe, bhikkhave, āgacchathā’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā. Idha mayaṃ, bhante, kāsīsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā rājagahaṃ āgacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya antarāmagge na labhimhā lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ; bahuñca phalakhādanīyaṃ ¶ ahosi; kappiyakārako ca na ahosi; tena mayaṃ kilantarūpā addhānaṃ āgatā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha phalakhādanīyaṃ passati, kappiyakārako ca na hoti, sāmaṃ gahetvā, haritvā, kappiyakārake passitvā, bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā, paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uggahitaṃ paṭiggahitu’’nti.

276. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa navā ca tilā navañca madhu uppannā honti. Atha kho tassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi ¶ – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ nave ca tile navañca madhuṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyya’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ paṭisammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ, saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena ¶ . Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkāmi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā, samādapetvā, samuttejetvā, sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha ¶ kho tassa brāhmaṇassa acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yesaṃ kho mayā atthāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito, ‘nave ca tile navañca madhuṃ dassāmī’ti ¶ , te mayā pamuṭṭhā dātuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ nave ca tile navañca madhuṃ kolambehi ca ghaṭehi ca ārāmaṃ harāpeyya’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo nave ca tile navañca madhuṃ kolambehi ca ghaṭehi ca ārāmaṃ harāpetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yesaṃ kho mayā, bho gotama, atthāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito, ‘nave ca tile navañca madhuṃ dassāmī’ti, te mayā pamuṭṭhā dātuṃ. Paṭiggaṇhātu me bhavaṃ gotamo nave ca tile navañca madhu’’nti. Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti ¶ . Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattakepi pavārenti, paṭisaṅkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṅgho pavārito hoti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tato nīhaṭaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitunti.

277. [pāci. 295] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saṅghassatthāya khādanīyaṃ pāhesi – ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabbanti. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto ¶ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti ¶ . Atha kho te manussā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kahaṃ, bhante, ayyo upanando’’ti? ‘‘Esāvuso, āyasmā upanando sakyaputto gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti. ‘‘Idaṃ, bhante, khādanīyaṃ ayyassa upanandassa dassetvā saṅghassa dātabba’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Tena hi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahetvā nikkhipatha yāva upanando āgacchatīti. Atha kho āyasmā upanando sakyaputto purebhattaṃ kulāni payirupāsitvā divā āgacchati. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattakepi pavārenti, paṭisaṅkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṅgho pavārito hoti, bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitunti.

278. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa kāyaḍāhābādho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pubbe te, āvuso sāriputta, kāyaḍāhābādho kena phāsu hotī’’ti? ‘‘Bhisehi ca me, āvuso ¶ , muḷālikāhi cā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva jetavane antarahito mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre pāturahosi. Addasā kho aññataro nāgo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ dūratova ¶ āgacchantaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etu kho, bhante, ayyo mahāmoggallāno. Svāgataṃ, bhante, ayyassa mahāmoggallānassa. Kena, bhante, ayyassa attho; kiṃ dammī’’ti? ‘‘Bhisehi ca me, āvuso, attho, muḷālikāhi cā’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo aññataraṃ nāgaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, ayyassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca yāvadatthaṃ dehī’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo mandākiniṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā, soṇḍāya bhisañca muḷālikañca abbāhitvā, suvikkhālitaṃ ¶ vikkhāletvā, bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre antarahito jetavane pāturahosi. Sopi kho nāgo mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre antarahito jetavane pāturahosi. Atha kho so nāgo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ¶ ca paṭiggahāpetvā jetavane antarahito mandākiniyā pokkharaṇiyā tīre pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmato sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca upanāmesi. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca bhuttassa kāyaḍāhābādho paṭippassambhi. Bahū bhisā ca ¶ muḷālikāyo ca avasiṭṭhā honti. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū dubbhikkhe appamattakepi pavārenti, paṭisaṅkhāpi paṭikkhipanti, sabbo ca saṅgho pavārito hoti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ bahuṃ phalakhādanīyaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, kappiyakārako ca na hoti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā phalaṃ na paribhuñjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, abījaṃ nibbattabījaṃ [nibbaṭṭabījaṃ (sī.), nibbaṭabījaṃ (syā.), nippaṭṭabījaṃ (ka.)] akatakappaṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjitunti.

279. Atha kho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhagandalābādho ¶ hoti. Ākāsagotto vejjo satthakammaṃ ¶ karoti. Atha kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho ākāsagotto vejjo bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgacchatu bhavaṃ gotamo, imassa bhikkhuno vaccamaggaṃ passatu, seyyathāpi godhāmukha’’nti ¶ . Atha kho bhagavā – ‘‘so maṃ khvāyaṃ moghapuriso uppaṇḍetī’’ti – tatova paṭinivattitvā, etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā, bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘atthi kira, bhikkhave, amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu gilāno’’ti? ‘‘Atthi bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Tassa, bhante, āyasmato bhagandalābādho, ākāsagotto vejjo satthakammaṃ karotī’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, tassa moghapurisassa, ananulomikaṃ, appatirūpaṃ, assāmaṇakaṃ, akappiyaṃ, akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma so, bhikkhave, moghapuriso sambādhe satthakammaṃ kārāpessati. Sambādhe, bhikkhave, sukhumā chavi, duropayo vaṇo ¶ , dupparihāraṃ satthaṃ. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, sambādhe satthakammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Yo kārāpeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū – bhagavatā satthakammaṃ paṭikkhittanti – vatthikammaṃ kārāpenti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ¶ chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vatthikammaṃ kārāpessantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vatthikammaṃ kārāpentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ bhagavā’’ti…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulā satthakammaṃ vā vatthikammaṃ vā kārāpetabbaṃ. Yo kārāpeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti.

280. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ suppiyo ca upāsako suppiyā ¶ ca upāsikā ubhatopasannā honti, dāyakā, kārakā, saṅghupaṭṭhākā. Atha kho suppiyā upāsikā ārāmaṃ gantvā vihārena vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhū pucchati – ‘‘ko, bhante, gilāno, kassa kiṃ āhariyatū’’ti? Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena bhikkhunā virecanaṃ ¶ pītaṃ hoti. Atha kho so bhikkhu suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayā kho, bhagini, virecanaṃ pītaṃ. Attho me paṭicchādanīyenā’’ti. ‘‘Suṭṭhu, ayya, āhariyissatī’’ti gharaṃ gantvā antevāsiṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe, pavattamaṃsaṃ jānāhī’’ti. Evaṃ, ayyeti kho so puriso suppiyāya ¶ upāsikāya paṭissuṇitvā kevalakappaṃ bārāṇasiṃ āhiṇḍanto na addasa pavattamaṃsaṃ. Atha kho so puriso yena suppiyā upāsikā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘natthayye pavattamaṃsaṃ. Māghāto ajjā’’ti. Atha kho suppiyāya upāsikāya etadahosi – ‘‘tassa kho gilānassa bhikkhuno paṭicchādanīyaṃ alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālaṅkiriyā ¶ vā bhavissati. Na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yāhaṃ paṭissuṇitvā na harāpeyya’’nti. Potthanikaṃ gahetvā ūrumaṃsaṃ ukkantitvā dāsiyā adāsi – ‘‘handa, je, imaṃ maṃsaṃ sampādetvā amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu gilāno, tassa dajjāhi. Yo ca maṃ pucchati, ‘gilānā’ti paṭivedehī’’ti. Uttarāsaṅgena ūruṃ veṭhetvā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā mañcake nipajji. Atha kho suppiyo upāsako gharaṃ gantvā dāsiṃ pucchi – ‘‘kahaṃ suppiyā’’ti? ‘‘Esāyya ovarake nipannā’’ti. Atha kho suppiyo upāsako yena suppiyā upāsikā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa nipannāsī’’ti? ‘‘Gilānāmhī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ te ābādho’’ti? Atha kho suppiyā upāsikā suppiyassa upāsakassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho suppiyo upāsako – acchariyaṃ vata bho! Abbhutaṃ vata bho! Yāva saddhāyaṃ suppiyā pasannā, yatra hi nāma attanopi maṃsāni pariccattāni! Kimpimāya [kiṃ panimāya (sī. syā.)] aññaṃ kiñci ¶ adeyyaṃ bhavissatīti – haṭṭho udaggo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho suppiyo upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ, saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho suppiyo upāsako bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho suppiyo upāsako tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suppiyassa ¶ upāsakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena ¶ . Atha kho suppiyo upāsako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho suppiyaṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ suppiyā’’ti? ‘‘Gilānā bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi āgacchatū’’ti. ‘‘Na bhagavā ussahatī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi pariggahetvāpi ānethā’’ti. Atha kho suppiyo upāsako suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ pariggahetvā ¶ ānesi. Tassā, saha dassanena bhagavato, tāva mahāvaṇo ruḷaho ahosi, succhavilomajāto. Atha kho suppiyo ca upāsako suppiyā ca upāsikā – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho! Abbhutaṃ vata bho! Tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā ¶ mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma saha dassanena bhagavato tāva mahāvaṇo ruḷaho bhavissati, succhavilomajāto’’ti – haṭṭhā udaggā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā suppiyañca upāsakaṃ suppiyañca upāsikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū

Paṭipucchi – ‘‘ko, bhikkhave, suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ maṃsaṃ viññāpesī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, suppiyaṃ upāsikaṃ maṃsaṃ viññāpesi’’nti. ‘‘Āhariyittha bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Āhariyittha bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Paribhuñji tvaṃ bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Paribhuñjāmahaṃ bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Paṭivekkhi tvaṃ bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ bhagavā paṭivekkhi’’nti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, appaṭivekkhitvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjissasi. Manussamaṃsaṃ kho tayā, moghapurisa, paribhuttaṃ. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, manussā saddhā pasannā, tehi attanopi maṃsāni pariccattāni. Na, bhikkhave, manussamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti thullaccayassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, appaṭivekkhitvā maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo ¶ paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

281. Tena kho pana samayena rañño hatthī maranti ¶ . Manussā dubbhikkhe hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti ¶ , bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ hatthimaṃsaṃ denti. Bhikkhū hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti. Rājaṅgaṃ hatthī, sace rājā jāneyya, na nesaṃ attamano assā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ¶ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, hatthimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena rañño assā maranti. Manussā dubbhikkhe assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ assamaṃsaṃ denti. Bhikkhū assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti. Rājaṅgaṃ assā, sace rājā jāneyya, na nesaṃ attamano assā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, assamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena manussā dubbhikkhe sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ sunakhamaṃsaṃ denti. Bhikkhū sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti, jeguccho ¶ sunakho paṭikūlo’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sunakhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena manussā dubbhikkhe ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ ahimaṃsaṃ denti. Bhikkhū ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjissanti, jeguccho ahi paṭikūlo’’ti. Supassopi [suphasso (sī.)] nāgarājā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho supasso nāgarājā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhante, nāgā assaddhā appasannā. Te appamattakehipi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ahimaṃsaṃ na paribhuñjeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā supassaṃ nāgarājānaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ ¶ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ahimaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena luddakā sīhaṃ hantvā sīhamaṃsaṃ [maṃsaṃ (ka.)] paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya ¶ carantānaṃ sīhamaṃsaṃ denti. Bhikkhū sīhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitvā araññe viharanti. Sīhā sīhamaṃsagandhena bhikkhū paripātenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sīhamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena luddakā byagghaṃ hantvā…pe… dīpiṃ hantvā…pe… acchaṃ hantvā…pe… taracchaṃ hantvā taracchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjanti, bhikkhūnaṃ piṇḍāya carantānaṃ ¶ taracchamaṃsaṃ denti. Bhikkhū taracchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitvā araññe viharanti. Taracchā taracchamaṃsagandhena bhikkhū paripātenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, taracchamaṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

282. Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena andhakavindaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ, aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi sakaṭesu āropetvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāma tadā bhattaṃ karissāmāti, pañcamattāni ca vighāsādasatāni. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena andhakavindaṃ tadavasari. Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etadahosi – ‘‘atītāni [adhikāni (sī. syā.)] kho me dve māsāni buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anubandhantassa ‘yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāmi tadā bhattaṃ karissāmī’ti, na ca me paṭipāṭi labbhati, ahañcamhi ekattako [ekato (sī. syā.)], bahu ca me gharāvāsattho hāyati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ; yaṃ bhattagge nāssa, taṃ paṭiyādeyya’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasa – yāguñca ¶ madhugoḷakañca ¶ . Atha kho so brāhmaṇo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha me, bho ānanda, paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etadahosi ‘atītāni kho me ¶ dve māsāni buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ anubandhantassa, yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāmi tadā bhattaṃ karissāmīti. Na ca me paṭipāṭi labbhati ¶ , ahañcamhi ekattako, bahu ca me gharāvāsattho hāyati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ; yaṃ bhattagge nāssa, taṃ paṭiyādeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bho ānanda, bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasaṃ – yāguñca madhugoḷakañca. Sacāhaṃ, bho ānanda, paṭiyādeyyaṃ yāguñca madhugoḷakañca, paṭiggaṇheyya me bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchissāmī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Tena hānanda, paṭiyādetūti. Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, paṭiyādehīti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ yāguñca madhugoḷakañca paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi – paṭiggaṇhātu me bhavaṃ gotamo yāguñca madhugoḷakañcāti. Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjathāti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pahūtāya yāguyā ca madhugoḷakena ca sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ ¶ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Dasayime, brāhmaṇa, ānisaṃsā yāguyā. Katame dasa? Yāguṃ dento āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ deti, yāgu pītā khuddaṃ [khudaṃ (sī. syā.)] paṭihanati, pipāsaṃ vineti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvasesaṃ pāceti – ime kho, brāhmaṇa, dasānisaṃsā yāguyā’’ti [pacchimā pañca ānisaṃsā a. ni. 5.207].

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe ¶ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yāguñca madhugoḷakañcā’’ti.

283. Assosuṃ kho manussā bhagavatā kira yāgu anuññātā madhugoḷakañcāti. Te kālasseva, bhojjayāguṃ paṭiyādenti madhugoḷakañca. Bhikkhū kālasseva bhojjayāguyā dhātā madhugoḷakena ca bhattagge na cittarūpaṃ paribhuñjanti. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena taruṇapasannena mahāmattena svātanāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito hoti. Atha kho tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ aḍḍhatelasannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ aḍḍhatelasāni maṃsapātisatāni paṭiyādeyyaṃ, ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ maṃsapātiṃ upanāmeyya’’nti. Atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā aḍḍhatelasāni ca maṃsapātisatāni, bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto bhattagge bhikkhū parivisati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘thokaṃ, āvuso, dehi; thokaṃ, āvuso, dehī’’ti. ‘‘Mā kho tumhe, bhante, – ‘ayaṃ taruṇapasanno mahāmatto’ti ¶ ¶ – thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhatha. Bahuṃ me khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, aḍḍhatelasāni ca maṃsapātisatāni. Ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ maṃsapātiṃ upanāmessāmīti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhante, yāvadattha’’nti. ‘‘Na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma, api ca mayaṃ kālasseva bhojjayāguyā dhātā madhugoḷakena ca. Tena mayaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmā’’ti. Atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā mayā nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjissanti, na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti ¶ kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento agamāsi – bhuñjatha vā haratha vāti. Atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena ¶ khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ taruṇapasannaṃ mahāmattaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

Atha kho tassa taruṇapasannassa mahāmattassa acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahudeva kukkuccaṃ, ahu vippaṭisāro – ‘‘alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā; dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ; yohaṃ kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ patte pūrento agamāsiṃ – ‘bhuñjatha vā haratha vā’ti. Kiṃ nu kho mayā bahuṃ pasutaṃ puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā’’ti? Atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhante, acirapakkantassa bhagavato ahudeva kukkuccaṃ, ahu vippaṭisāro ‘alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā; dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ; yohaṃ kupito anattamano āsādanāpekkho bhikkhūnaṃ patte pūrento agamāsiṃ – bhuñjatha vā haratha vāti. Kiṃ nu kho mayā bahuṃ pasutaṃ, puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā’ti. Kiṃ nu kho mayā, bhante, bahuṃ pasutaṃ, puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Yadaggena tayā, āvuso, svātanāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito tadaggena te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasutaṃ. Yadaggena te ¶ ekamekena bhikkhunā ekamekaṃ sitthaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ tadaggena te bahuṃ puññaṃ pasutaṃ, saggā te āraddhā’’ti. Atha kho so taruṇapasanno mahāmatto – ‘‘lābhā kira me, suladdhaṃ kira me, bahuṃ kira mayā puññaṃ pasutaṃ, saggā kira me āraddhā’’ti – haṭṭho udaggo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū ¶ paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aññatra nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā aññatra nimantitā aññassa bhojjayāguṃ paribhuñjissanti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi ¶ – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantitena aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā. Yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.

284. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā andhakavinde yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ, aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Tena kho pana samayena belaṭṭho kaccāno rājagahā andhakavindaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti, pañcamattehi sakaṭasatehi, sabbeheva guḷakumbhapūrehi. Addasā kho bhagavā belaṭṭhaṃ kaccānaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Atha kho belaṭṭho kaccāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekamekaṃ guḷakumbhaṃ dātu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, ekaṃyeva guḷakumbhaṃ ¶ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā ekaṃyeva guḷakumbhaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ābhato [āhaṭo (sī. syā. ka.)], bhante, guḷakumbho; kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā ¶ bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dinno, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ guḷo, bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā bhikkhūnaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dinno, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ guḷo yāvadattho, bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, bhikkhū guḷehi santappehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā bhikkhū guḷehi santappesi. Ekacce bhikkhū pattepi pūresuṃ parissāvanānipi thavikāyopi pūresuṃ. Atha kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhikkhū guḷehi santappetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santappitā, bhante, bhikkhū guḷehi, bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi ¶ tvaṃ, kaccāna, vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dinno, bhante ¶ , vighāsādānaṃ guḷo, bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ yāvadatthaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dinno, bhante, vighāsādānaṃ guḷo yāvadattho, bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, vighāsāde guḷehi santappehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti ¶ kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā vighāsāde guḷehi santappesi. Ekacce vighāsādā kolambepi ghaṭepi pūresuṃ, piṭakānipi ucchaṅgepi pūresuṃ. Atha kho belaṭṭho kaccāno vighāsāde guḷehi santappetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santappitā, bhante, vighāsādā guḷehi, bahu cāyaṃ guḷo avasiṭṭho. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ taṃ, kaccāna, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yassa so guḷo paribhutto sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya, aññatra tathāgatassa vā tathāgatasāvakassa vā. Tena hi tvaṃ, kaccāna, taṃ guḷaṃ appaharite vā chaḍḍehi, appāṇake vā udake opilāpehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho belaṭṭho kaccāno bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā taṃ guḷaṃ appāṇake udake ¶ opilāpeti. Atha kho so guḷo udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati padhūpāyati ¶ [sandhūpāyati (sī. syā.)] sampadhūpāyati. Seyyathāpi nāma phālo divasaṃsantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati padhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evameva so guḷo udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati padhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati.

Atha kho belaṭṭho kaccāno saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho belaṭṭhassa kaccānassa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – ‘‘dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi belaṭṭhaṃ kaccānaṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi…pe… evameva belaṭṭhassa ¶ kaccānassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Atha kho belaṭṭho kaccāno diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya…pe… ¶ evamevaṃ kho bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇagata’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe guḷo ussanno hoti. Bhikkhū – gilānasseva bhagavatā guḷo anuññāto, no agilānassāti – kukkuccāyantā ¶ guḷaṃ na bhuñjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodakanti.

285. [ito paraṃ mahāva. 286-287 ‘tiṇṇā medhāvino janā’ti pāṭho dī. ni. 2.148; udā. 76 ādayo] Atha ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena pāṭaligāmo tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ, aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho pāṭaligāmike upāsake bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi, samādapesi, samuttejesi, sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavatā dhammiyā ¶ kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāraṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ ¶ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā, āsanāni paññapetvā, udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā, telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ, bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ. Āsanāni paññattāni. Udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito. Telapadīpo āropito. Yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā ¶ ¶ nisīdiṃsu, bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvā. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi –

¶ [dī. ni. 3.316; a. ni. 5.213 ādayo], Gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati, yadi khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ, yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṃkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

[dī. ni. 3.316; a. ni. 5.213 ādayo] ‘‘Pañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame ¶ pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya ¶ . Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati, yadi khattiyaparisaṃ, yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ, yadi gahapatiparisaṃ, yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṃkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyāti.

Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi ¶ – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti. Yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti, kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato ¶ paṭissuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.

286. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Addasā kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho te, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā ¶ , bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ ¶ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha rājūnaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ, yāvatā vaṇippatho, idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ. Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā ¶ bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā abbhantarato vā mithubhedāti.

Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā ¶ saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ parivesanā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena ¶ . Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti, ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati ¶ ; yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Manussā aññe nāvaṃ pariyesanti ¶ , aññe uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, aññe kullaṃ bandhanti orā pāraṃ gantukāmā. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse aññe nāvaṃ pariyesante, aññe uḷumpaṃ pariyesante, aññe kullaṃ bandhante orā pāraṃ gantukāme, disvāna seyyathāpi ¶ nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva kho gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

287. Atha kho bhagavā yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – [dī. ni. 2.155] ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa ariyasaccassa…pe… dukkhanirodhassa ariyasaccassa…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ariyasaccassa ¶ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ ¶ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti.

288. [dī. ni. 2.161 ādayo] Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – bhagavā kira koṭigāmaṃ anuppattoti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā, pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya ¶ sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

289. [dī. ni. 2.161 ādayo] Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – bhagavā kira koṭigāmaṃ anuppattoti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsuṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Appekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, appekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, appekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, appekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ īsāya īsaṃ yugena yugaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [paṭivattesi (ka.)]. Atha ¶ ¶ kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ ¶ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa, je ambapāli, daharānaṃ daharānaṃ [amhākaṃ daharānaṃ daharānaṃ (sī. syā.)] licchavīnaṃ īsāya īsaṃ yugena yugaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana ¶ mayā, ayyaputtā, svātanāya buddhappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho nimantito’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, amhākaṃ etaṃ bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dajjeyyātha, neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamhā vata, bho, ambakāya, parājitamha vata, bho, ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchavīparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave, licchavīparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchavīparisaṃ tāvatiṃsaparisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī, bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Adhivuṭṭhomhi, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata, bho, ambakāya, parājitamha vata ¶ , bho, ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā [mahāparinibbānasutte anusandhi aññathā āgato] yena nātikā [nādikā (sī. syā.)] tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ ¶ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya parivesanā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena ¶ . Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ambavanaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya ¶ sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena mahāvanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.

290. [a. ni. 8.12 ādayo] Tena ¶ kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā.)] sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Tena kho pana samayena sīho senāpati nigaṇṭhasāvako tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitu’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sīha, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, sīha, gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti. Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamikābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, so ¶ paṭippassambhi. Dutiyampi kho abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī sandhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyānena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī sandhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. Dutiyampi kho sīho senāpati yena ¶ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitu’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sīha, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, sīha, gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti ¶ , tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamikābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi. Tatiyampi kho abhiññātā abhiññātā ¶ licchavī sandhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Tatiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī sandhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Kiñhi me karissanti nigaṇṭhā apalokitā vā anapalokitā vā? Yaṃnūnāhaṃ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti.

Atha kho sīho senāpati pañcahi rathasatehi divā divassa vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ me taṃ, bhante, ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṃsu ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo ¶ gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. Kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo ¶ gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchati? Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavanta’’nti.

291. ‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo kiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo ucchedāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ¶ ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti. Atthi, sīha ¶ , pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – assattho samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

292. ‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti ¶ , tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Ahañhi, sīha, akiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo ¶ , yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Ahañhi, sīha, kiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa, anekavihitānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ kiriyaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Ahañhi, sīha, ucchedaṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho ¶ , sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo ucchedāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Ahañhi, sīha, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā jigucchāmi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena ¶ sammā vadamāno vadeyya – jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Ahañhi, sīha, vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ ¶ dhammānaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Tapanīyāhaṃ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi – kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. Yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā ¶ pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṅkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ tapassīti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchīnnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya ‘‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo ¶ tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – apagabbho samaṇo gotamo apagabbhatāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Yassa kho, sīha, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ apagabbhoti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, sīha, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – assattho samaṇo gotamo assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetīti? Ahañhi, sīha, assattho ¶ paramena assāsena, assāsāya dhammaṃ desemi, tena ca sāvake vinemi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā ¶ vadamāno vadeyya – assattho samaṇo gotamo assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti.

293. Evaṃ ¶ vutte sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. ‘‘Anuviccakāraṃ [anuvijjakāraṃ (ka.)] kho, sīha, karohi; anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, sīha, karohi; anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’ti. Mamañhi, bhante, aññatitthiyā sāvakaṃ labhitvā kevalakappaṃ vesāliṃ paṭākaṃ parihareyyuṃ – ‘sīho kho amhākaṃ senāpati sāvakattaṃ upagato’ti. Atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, sīha, karohi; anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’ti. Esāhaṃ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā ¶ dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. ‘‘Dīgharattaṃ kho te, sīha, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ, yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘dīgharattaṃ kho te, sīha, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ, yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’ti. Sutaṃ me taṃ, bhante, samaṇo gotamo evamāha – ‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, na aññesaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ ¶ ; mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphala’nti. Atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesupi dāne samādapeti. Api ca, bhante, mayamettha kālaṃ jānissāma. Esāhaṃ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā sīhassa senāpatissa anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ…pe… ¶ aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha ¶ kho sīho senāpati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

294. Atha ¶ kho sīho senāpati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe, pavattamaṃsaṃ jānāhī’’ti. Atha kho sīho senāpati tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sīhassa senāpatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṃ rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandanti – ‘‘ajja sīhena senāpatinā thūlaṃ pasuṃ vadhitvā samaṇassa gotamassa bhattaṃ kataṃ, taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ ¶ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’’nti. Atha kho aññataro puriso yena sīho senāpati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā sīhassa senāpatissa upakaṇṇake ārocesi ‘‘yagghe, bhante, jāneyyāsi, ete sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṃ rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandanti – ‘ajja sīhena senāpatinā thūlaṃ pasuṃ vadhitvā samaṇassa gotamassa bhattaṃ kataṃ, taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ ayyo, dīgharattampi te āyasmantā avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa, avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa, avaṇṇakāmā saṅghassa; na ca pana te āyasmantā jiridanti taṃ bhagavantaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhantā; na ca mayaṃ jīvitahetupi sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho sīho senāpati buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā ¶ sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho sīhaṃ senāpatiṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, jā naṃ uddissakataṃ ¶ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo ¶ paribhuñjeyya āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ – adiṭṭhaṃ assutaṃ aparisaṅkita’’nti.

295. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena vesālī subhikkhā hoti susassā sulabhapiṇḍā, sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘yāni tāni mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni dubbhikkhe dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vuṭṭhaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīhaṭaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ, ajjāpi nu kho tāni bhikkhū paribhuñjantī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yāni tāni, ānanda, mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni dubbhikkhe dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vuṭṭhaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīhaṭaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ, ajjāpi nu kho tāni bhikkhū paribhuñjantī’’ti? ‘‘Paribhuñjanti bhagavā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yāni tāni, bhikkhave, mayā bhikkhūnaṃ anuññātāni dubbhikkhe dussasse dullabhapiṇḍe anto vuṭṭhaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ tato nīhaṭaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ, tānāhaṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Na, bhikkhave, anto vuṭṭhaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ ¶ uggahitapaṭiggahitakaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, tato nīhaṭaṃ purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi sakaṭesu āropetvā bahārāmakoṭṭhake sakaṭaparivaṭṭaṃ karitvā acchanti – yadā paṭipāṭiṃ labhissāma, tadā bhattaṃ karissāmāti. Mahā ca megho ¶ uggato hoti. Atha kho te manussā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante ānanda, bahuṃ loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi sakaṭesu āropitā tiṭṭhanti, mahā ca megho uggato ¶ ; kathaṃ nu kho, bhante ānanda, paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Tena hānanda, saṅgho paccantimaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammannitvā tattha vāsetu, yaṃ saṅgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammanneyya, esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ sammannati ¶ . Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa kappiyabhūmiyā sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo vihāro kappiyabhūmi. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena manussā tattheva sammutiyā [sammatikāya (syā.)] kappiyabhūmiyā yāguyo pacanti, bhattāni pacanti, sūpāni sampādenti, maṃsāni koṭṭenti, kaṭṭhāni phālenti. Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya uccāsaddaṃ mahāsaddaṃ kākoravasaddaṃ, sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo’’ti? ‘‘Etarahi, bhante, manussā tattheva sammutiyā kappiyabhūmiyā yāguyo pacanti, bhattāni pacanti, sūpāni sampādenti, maṃsāni koṭṭenti, kaṭṭhāni phālenti. So eso, bhagavā, uccāsaddo mahāsaddo kākoravasaddo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, sammuti [sammatikā (syā.)] kappiyabhūmi paribhuñjitabbā. Yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tisso kappiyabhūmiyo – ussāvanantikaṃ gonisādikaṃ gahapati’’nti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā yasojo gilāno hoti. Tassatthāya bhesajjāni āhariyanti. Tāni bhikkhū bahi vāsenti. Ukkapiṇḍikāpi ¶ khādanti, corāpi haranti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, sammutiṃ kappiyabhūmiṃ paribhuñjituṃ ¶ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catasso kappiyabhūmiyo – ussāvanantikaṃ gonisādikaṃ gahapatiṃ sammutinti.

296. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhaddiyanagare meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati. Tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti – sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre nisīdati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūreti. Bhariyāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti – ekaṃyeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañca sūpabhiñjanakaṃ [sūpabhiñjarakaṃ (sī.)] dāsakammakaraporisaṃ bhattena parivisati, na tāva taṃ khiyyati [khīyati (sī. syā.)] yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. Puttassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti – ekaṃyeva sahassathavikaṃ gahetvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chamāsikaṃ vetanaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khiyyati yāvassa hatthagatā. Suṇisāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti – ekaṃyeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chamāsikaṃ bhattaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khiyyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. Dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo hoti – ekena naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchanti.

Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro – ‘‘amhākaṃ ¶ kira vijite bhaddiyanagare meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati. Tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo – sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre nisīdati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūreti. Bhariyāya evarūpo iddhānubhāvo – ekaṃyeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañca sūpabhiñjanakaṃ dāsakammakaraporisaṃ bhattena parivisati, na tāva taṃ khiyyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. Puttassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo – ekaṃyeva sahassathavikaṃ gahetvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chamāsikaṃ vetanaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khiyyati yāvassa hatthagatā. Suṇisāya evarūpo ¶ iddhānubhāvo – ekaṃyeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā dāsakammakaraporisassa chamāsikaṃ bhattaṃ deti, na tāva taṃ khiyyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. Dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo – ekena naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchantī’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ kira, bhaṇe, vijite bhaddiyanagare meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati. Tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo ¶ – sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre nisīdati, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūreti. Bhariyāya…pe… puttassa… suṇisāya… dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo, ekena naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchantīti. Gaccha, bhaṇe, jānāhi. Yathā mayā sāmaṃ diṭṭho, evaṃ tava diṭṭho bhavissatī’’ti.

297. Evaṃ ¶ , devāti ¶ kho so mahāmatto rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paṭissuṇitvā caturaṅginiyā senāya yena bhaddiyaṃ tena pāyāsi. Anupubbena yena bhaddiyaṃ yena meṇḍako gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahañhi, gahapati, raññā āṇatto ‘amhākaṃ kira, bhaṇe, vijite bhaddiyanagare meṇḍako gahapati paṭivasati, tassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo, sīsaṃ nahāyitvā…pe… bhariyāya… puttassa… suṇisāya… dāsassa evarūpo iddhānubhāvo, ekena naṅgalena kasantassa satta sītāyo gacchantī’ti, gaccha, bhaṇe, jānāhi. Yathā mayā sāmaṃ diṭṭho, evaṃ tava diṭṭho bhavissatī’ti. Passāma te, gahapati, iddhānubhāva’’nti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati sīsaṃ nahāyitvā dhaññāgāraṃ sammajjāpetvā bahidvāre nisīdi, antalikkhā dhaññassa dhārā opatitvā dhaññāgāraṃ pūresi. ‘‘Diṭṭho te, gahapati, iddhānubhāvo. Bhariyāya te iddhānubhāvaṃ ¶ passissāmā’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati bhariyaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ bhattena parivisā’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍakassa gahapatissa bhariyā ekaṃyeva āḷhakathālikaṃ upanisīditvā ekañca sūpabhiñjanakaṃ caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ bhattena parivisi, na tāva taṃ khiyyati, yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. ‘‘Diṭṭho te, gahapati, bhariyāyapi iddhānubhāvo. Puttassa te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati puttaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi caturaṅginiyā senāya chamāsikaṃ vetanaṃ dehī’’ti ¶ . Atha kho meṇḍakassa gahapatissa putto ekaṃyeva sahassathavikaṃ gahetvā caturaṅginiyā senāya chamāsikaṃ vetanaṃ adāsi, na tāva taṃ khiyyati, yāvassa hatthagatā. ‘‘Diṭṭho te, gahapati, puttassapi iddhānubhāvo. Suṇisāya te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati suṇisaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi caturaṅginiyā senāya chamāsikaṃ bhattaṃ dehī’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍakassa gahapatissa suṇisā ekaṃyeva catudoṇikaṃ piṭakaṃ upanisīditvā caturaṅginiyā senāya chamāsikaṃ bhattaṃ adāsi, na tāva taṃ khiyyati yāva sā na vuṭṭhāti. ‘‘Diṭṭho te, gahapati, suṇisāyapi iddhānubhāvo. Dāsassa te iddhānubhāvaṃ passissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Mayhaṃ kho, sāmi, dāsassa iddhānubhāvo khette passitabbo’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gahapati, diṭṭho te dāsassapi iddhānubhāvo’’ti. Atha kho so mahāmatto caturaṅginiyā senāya punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgañchi. Yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi.

298. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bhaddiyaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ ¶ caramāno yena ¶ bhaddiyaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. Assosi kho meṇḍako gahapati – ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito bhaddiyaṃ anuppatto bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. Taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ [bhagavāti (ka.)]. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi ¶ bhaddiyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Addasaṃsu kho sambahulā titthiyā meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ tvaṃ, gahapati, gacchasī’’ti? ‘‘Gacchāmahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi] samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, gahapati, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, gahapati, gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍakassa gahapatissa ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ, kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, yathayime titthiyā usūyantī’’ti. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho meṇḍakassa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ…pe… aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… ¶ upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ ¶ . Adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

299. Atha kho bhagavā bhaddiye yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ anāpucchā yena aṅguttarāpo tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Assosi kho ¶ meṇḍako gahapati – ‘‘bhagavā kira yena aṅguttarāpo tena cārikaṃ pakkanto mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati dāse ca kammakare ca āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, bahuṃ loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi sakaṭesu āropetvā āgacchatha, aḍḍhatelasāni ca gopālakasatāni aḍḍhatelasāni ca dhenusatāni ādāya āgacchantu, yattha bhagavantaṃ passissāma tattha taruṇena [dhāruṇhena (sī. syā.)] khīrena bhojessāmā’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati ¶ bhagavantaṃ antarāmagge kantāre sambhāvesi. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā ¶ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena meṇḍakassa gahapatissa parivesanā tenupasaṅkami ¶ ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati aḍḍhatelasāni gopālakasatāni āṇāpesi ¶ – ‘‘tenahi, bhaṇe, ekamekaṃ dhenuṃ gahetvā ekamekassa bhikkhuno upatiṭṭhatha taruṇena khīrena bhojessāmā’’ti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi, taruṇena ca khīrena. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā khīraṃ na paṭiggaṇhanti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjathāti. Atha kho meṇḍako gahapati buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā taruṇena ca khīrena bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho meṇḍako gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhante, maggā kantārā, appodakā appabhakkhā, na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātheyyaṃ anujānātū’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā meṇḍakaṃ gahapatiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca gorase – khīraṃ, dadhiṃ, takkaṃ, navanītaṃ, sappiṃ. Santi, bhikkhave, maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā, na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pātheyyaṃ pariyesituṃ taṇḍulo taṇḍulatthikena, muggo muggatthikena, māso māsatthikena, loṇaṃ loṇatthikena ¶ ¶ , guḷo guḷatthikena, telaṃ telatthikena, sappi sappitthikena. Santi, bhikkhave, manussā, saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti – ‘iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ taṃ dethā’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ taṃ sādituṃ; na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī’’ti.

300. [ma. ni. 2.396 ādayo; su. ni. selasuttampi passitabbaṃ] Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena āpaṇaṃ tadavasari. Assosi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo – ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito āpaṇaṃ anuppatto, taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato…pe… sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti. Atha kho keṇiyassa ¶ ¶ jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa harāpeyya’’nti. Atha kho keṇiyassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘yepi kho te ¶ brāhmaṇānaṃ [ayaṃ pāṭho dī. ni. 1.285, 526, 536; ma. ni. 2.427; a. ni. 5.191-192 ādayo] pubbakā isayo mantānaṃ kattāro mantānaṃ pavattāro, yesamidaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇā porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samihitaṃ, tadanugāyanti tadanubhāsanti, bhāsitamanubhāsanti, vācitamanuvācenti, seyyathidaṃ – aṭṭhako vāmako vāmadevo vessāmitto yamataggi [yamadaggi (ka.)] aṅgīraso bhāradvājo vāseṭṭho kassapo bhagu [ayaṃ pāṭho dī. ni. 1.285, 526, 536; ma. ni. 2.427; a. ni. 5.191-192 ādayo], rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā, te evarūpāni pānāni sādiyiṃsu. Samaṇopi gotamo rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā, arahati samaṇopi gotamo evarūpāni pānāni sādiyitu’’nti pahūtaṃ pānaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kājehi gāhāpetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi; sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu me bhavaṃ gotamo pāna’’nti. Tena hi, keṇiya, bhikkhūnaṃ dehīti. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhikkhūnaṃ deti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjathāti. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pahūtehi pānehi sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ¶ keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me ¶ bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Mahā kho, keṇiya, bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusatāni, tvañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasannoti. Dutiyampi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiñcāpi kho, bho gotama, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusatāni, ahañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno, adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Mahā kho, keṇiya, bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusatāni, tvañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasannoti ¶ . Tatiyampi kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiñcāpi kho, bho gotama, mahā bhikkhusaṅgho aḍḍhatelasāni bhikkhusatāni, ahañca brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno, adhivāsetu bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭha pānāni – ambapānaṃ jambupānaṃ cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ madhūkapānaṃ [madhupānaṃ (sī. syā.)] muddikapānaṃ sālūkapānaṃ phārusakapānaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ phalarasaṃ ṭhapetvā dhaññaphalarasaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ pattarasaṃ ṭhapetvā ¶ ḍākarasaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ puppharasaṃ ṭhapetvā madhūkapuppharasaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ucchurasa’’nti.

Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā ¶ accayena sake assame paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho keṇiyo jaṭilo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

Atha kho bhagavā keṇiyaṃ jaṭilaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

301. Atha ¶ ¶ kho bhagavā āpaṇe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kusinārā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Assosuṃ kho kosinārakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusināraṃ āgacchati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti. Te saṅgaraṃ [saṅkaraṃ (ka.)] akaṃsu – ‘‘yo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ na ¶ karissati, pañcasatānissa daṇḍo’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena rojo mallo āyasmato ānandassa sahāyo hoti. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kusinārā tadavasari. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akaṃsu. Atha kho rojo mallo ¶ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ karitvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho rojaṃ mallaṃ āyasmā ānando etadavoca – ‘‘uḷāraṃ kho te idaṃ, āvuso roja, yaṃ tvaṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akāsī’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, bahukato buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā; api ca ñātīhi saṅgaro kato – ‘yo bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ na karissati, pañcasatānissa daṇḍo’’’ti; so kho ahaṃ, bhante ānanda, ñātīnaṃ daṇḍabhayā evāhaṃ bhagavato paccuggamanaṃ akāsinti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando anattamano ahosi’ kathañhi nāma rojo mallo evaṃ vakkhatī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, rojo mallo abhiññāto ñātamanusso. Mahatthiko kho pana evarūpānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasādo. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā tathā ¶ karotu, yathā rojo mallo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasīdeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Na kho taṃ, ānanda, dukkaraṃ tathāgatena, yathā rojo mallo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pasīdeyyā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā rojaṃ mallaṃ mettena cittena pharitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Atha kho rojo mallo bhagavato mettena cittena phuṭṭho, seyyathāpi nāma gāviṃ taruṇavaccho, evameva, vihārena ¶ vihāraṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṅkamitvā bhikkhū pucchati – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhante, etarahi so bhagavā viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. ‘‘Esāvuso roja, vihāro ¶ saṃvutadvāro, tena appasaddo upasaṅkamitvā ataramāno āḷindaṃ pavisitvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭehi, vivarissati te bhagavā dvāra’’nti. Atha kho rojo mallo yena so vihāro saṃvutadvāro, tena appasaddo upasaṅkamitvā ataramāno āḷindaṃ pavisitvā ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭesi. Vivari bhagavā dvāraṃ. Atha kho rojo mallo vihāraṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho rojassa mallassa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ…pe… ¶ aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, ayyā mamaññeva paṭiggaṇheyyuṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, no aññesa’’nti. ‘‘Yesaṃ kho, roja, sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho seyyathāpi tayā, tesampi evaṃ hoti – ‘aho nūna ayyā amhākaññeva paṭiggaṇheyyuṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ, no aññesa’nti. Tena hi, roja, tava ceva paṭiggahissanti aññesañcā’’ti.

302. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena kusinārāyaṃ paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā hoti. Atha kho rojassa mallassa paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge nāssa, taṃ paṭiyādeyya’’nti. Atha kho rojo mallo bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasa – ḍākañca piṭṭhakhādanīyañca. Atha kho rojo mallo yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘idha me, bhante ānanda, paṭipāṭiṃ alabhantassa etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhattaggaṃ olokeyyaṃ, yaṃ bhattagge nāssa, taṃ paṭiyādeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante ānanda, bhattaggaṃ olokento dve nāddasaṃ – ḍākañca piṭṭhakhādanīyañca. Sacāhaṃ, bhante ānanda, paṭiyādeyyaṃ ḍākañca piṭṭhakhādanīyañca, paṭiggaṇheyya me bhagavā’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi, roja, bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchissāmī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Tena hānanda, paṭiyādetū’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, roja, paṭiyādehī’’ti. Atha kho rojo mallo tassā rattiyā accayena ¶ pahūtaṃ ḍākañca piṭṭhakhādanīyañca paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā ḍākañca piṭṭhakhādanīyañcā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, roja, bhikkhūnaṃ dehī’’ti. Atha kho rojo mallo bhikkhūnaṃ deti. Bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti ¶ . ‘‘Paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjathā’’ti. Atha kho rojo mallo buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pahūtehi ḍākehi ca piṭṭhakhādanīyehi ca sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ dhotahatthaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho rojaṃ mallaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbañca ḍākaṃ sabbañca piṭṭhakhādanīya’’nti.

303. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā kusinārāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena ātumā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro vuḍḍhapabbajito ātumāyaṃ paṭivasati nahāpitapubbo. Tassa dve dārakā honti, mañjukā paṭibhāneyyakā, dakkhā pariyodātasippā sake ācariyake nahāpitakamme. Assosi kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito – ‘‘bhagavā kira ātumaṃ āgacchati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi ¶ bhikkhusatehī’’ti. Atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito te dārake etadavoca – ‘‘bhagavā kira, tātā, ātumaṃ āgacchati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. Gacchatha tumhe, tātā, khurabhaṇḍaṃ ādāya nāḷiyāvāpakena anugharakaṃ anugharakaṃ āhiṇḍatha, loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi saṃharatha, bhagavato āgatassa yāgupānaṃ karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, tātā’’ti kho te dārakā tassa vuḍḍhapabbajitassa paṭissuṇitvā khurabhaṇḍaṃ ādāya nāḷiyāvāpakena anugharakaṃ anugharakaṃ āhiṇḍanti, loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi saṃharantā. Manussā te dārake mañjuke paṭibhāneyyake passitvā yepi na kārāpetukāmā tepi kārāpenti, kārāpetvāpi bahuṃ denti. Atha kho te dārakā bahuṃ loṇampi, telampi, taṇḍulampi, khādanīyampi saṃhariṃsu.

Atha ¶ kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena ¶ ātumā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ātumāyaṃ viharati bhusāgāre. Atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito tassā rattiyā accayena pahūtaṃ yāguṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā yāgu’’nti. Jānantāpi ¶ tathāgatā pucchanti…pe… sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ vuḍḍhapabbajitaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kutāyaṃ, bhikkhu yāgū’’ti? Atha kho so vuḍḍhapabbajito bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā, ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, pabbajito akappiye samādapessasi [samādapesi (ka.)]. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi ‘na, bhikkhave, pabbajitena akappiye samādapetabbaṃ, yo samādapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, nahāpitapubbena khurabhaṇḍaṃ pariharitabbaṃ. Yo parihareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā ātumāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi ¶ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ bahuṃ phalakhādanīyaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā phalakhādanīyaṃ anuññātaṃ, kiṃ ananuññāta’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ phalakhādanīya’’nti.

304. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena saṅghikāni bījāni puggalikāya bhūmiyā ropiyanti, puggalikāni bījāni saṅghikāya bhūmiyā ropiyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Saṅghikāni, bhikkhave, bījāni puggalikāya bhūmiyā ropitāni bhāgaṃ datvā paribhuñjitabbāni. Puggalikāni bījāni saṅghikāya bhūmiyā ropitāni bhāgaṃ datvā paribhuñjitabbānīti.

305. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ kismiñci kismiñci ṭhāne kukkuccaṃ uppajjati – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā anuññātaṃ, kiṃ ananuññāta’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ na kappatī’ti appaṭikkhittaṃ tañce ¶ akappiyaṃ anulometi, kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo na kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ na kappatī’ti appaṭikkhittaṃ ¶ tañce kappiyaṃ anulometi, akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ kappatī’ti ananuññātaṃ tañce akappiyaṃ anulometi, kappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo ¶ na kappati. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mayā ‘idaṃ kappatī’ti ananuññātaṃ, tañce kappiyaṃ anulometi, akappiyaṃ paṭibāhati, taṃ vo kappatī’’ti.

Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kappati nu kho yāvakālikena yāmakālikaṃ, na nu kho kappati? Kappati nu kho yāvakālikena sattāhakālikaṃ, na nu kho kappati? Kappati nu kho yāvakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ, na nu kho kappati? Kappati nu kho yāmakālikena sattāhakālikaṃ, na nu kho kappati? Kappati nu kho yāmakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ, na nu kho kappati? Kappati nu kho sattāhakālikena yāvajīvikaṃ, na nu kho kappatī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Yāvakālikena, bhikkhave, yāmakālikaṃ, tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati, vikāle na kappati. Yāvakālikena, bhikkhave, sattāhakālikaṃ, tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati, vikāle na kappati. Yāvakālikena, bhikkhave, yāvajīvikaṃ, tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati, vikāle na kappati. Yāmakālikena, bhikkhave, sattāhakālikaṃ, tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ yāme kappati, yāmātikkante na kappati. Yāmakālikena, bhikkhave, yāvajīvikaṃ, tadahu paṭiggahitaṃ yāme kappati, yāmātikkante ¶ na kappati. Sattāhakālikena, bhikkhave, yāvajīvikaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ, sattāhaṃ kappati, sattāhātikkante na kappatī’’ti.

Cuṇṇaṃ cālini maṃsañca, añjanaṃ upapisanī [upapiṃ sanī (sī.), upapiṃ sanaṃ (syā.)];

Añjanī uccāpārutā, salākā salākaṭhāniṃ [salākodhanī (sī. syā.)].

Hatthiassā sunakho ca, ahi sīhañca dīpikaṃ [hatthiassasunakhāhi, sīhabyagghañca dīpikaṃ (sī.)].

306. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā pāveyyakā [pāṭheyyakā (sī. syā.)] bhikkhū, sabbe āraññikā sabbe piṇḍapātikā sabbe paṃsukūlikā sabbe tecīvarikā sāvatthiṃ āgacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāsakkhiṃsu sāvatthiyaṃ vassūpanāyikaṃ sambhāvetuṃ; antarāmagge sākete vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Te ukkaṇṭhitarūpā vassaṃ vasiṃsu – āsanneva no bhagavā viharati ito chasu yojanesu, na ca mayaṃ labhāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyāti. Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā, temāsaccayena katāya pavāraṇāya, deve vassante, udakasaṅgahe udakacikkhalle okapuṇṇehi cīvarehi kilantarūpā yena sāvatthi jetavanaṃ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha, na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā; yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā; samaggā ca mayaṃ, bhante, sammodamānā avivadamānā vassaṃ vasimhā, na ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā ¶ . Idha mayaṃ, bhante, tiṃsamattā pāveyyakā bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ āgacchantā bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāsakkhimhā sāvatthiyaṃ vassūpanāyikaṃ sambhāvetuṃ, antarāmagge sākete vassaṃ upagacchimhā. Te mayaṃ, bhante, ukkaṇṭhitarūpā vassaṃ vasimhā ¶ – ‘āsanneva no bhagavā viharati ito chasu yojanesu, na ca mayaṃ labhāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā’ti. Atha kho mayaṃ, bhante, vassaṃvuṭṭhā, temāsaccayena katāya pavāraṇāya, deve vassante, udakasaṅgahe udakacikkhalle okapuṇṇehi cīvarehi kilantarūpā addhānaṃ āgatāti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ ¶ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ kathinaṃ [kaṭhinaṃ (sī. syā.)] attharituṃ. Atthatakathinānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, pañca kappissanti – anāmantacāro, asamādānacāro, gaṇabhojanaṃ, yāvadatthacīvaraṃ, yo ca tattha cīvaruppādo so nesaṃ bhavissatīti. Atthatakathinānaṃ vo, bhikkhave, imāni pañca kappissanti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ attharitabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

307. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ saṅghassa kathinadussaṃ uppannaṃ. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ kathinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyya kathinaṃ attharituṃ. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Idaṃ saṅghassa kathinadussaṃ uppannaṃ. Saṅgho imaṃ kathinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno deti kathinaṃ ¶ attharituṃ. Yassāyasmato khamati imassa kathinadussassa itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dānaṃ kathinaṃ attharituṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnaṃ idaṃ saṅghena kathinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kathinaṃ attharituṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

308. ‘‘Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, evaṃ anatthataṃ. Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, anatthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ? Na ullikhitamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na dhovanamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na cīvaravicāraṇamattena [na gaṇṭusakaraṇamattena (ka.)] atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na chedanamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na bandhanamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na ovaṭṭiyakaraṇamattena [na ovaṭṭeyyakaraṇamattena (sī. syā.), na ovadeyyakaraṇamattena (ka.)] atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na kaṇḍusakaraṇamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na daḷhīkammakaraṇamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na anuvātakaraṇamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na paribhaṇḍakaraṇamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na ovaddheyyakaraṇamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na kambalamaddanamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na nimittakatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na parikathākatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na kukkukatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na sannidhikatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na nissaggiyena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na akappakatena atthataṃ ¶ hoti kathinaṃ ¶ , na aññatra saṅghāṭiyā atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na ¶ aññatra uttarāsaṅgena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na aññatra antaravāsakena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na aññatra pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena vā tadaheva sañchinnena samaṇḍalīkatena ¶ atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, na aññatra puggalassa atthārā atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ; sammā ceva atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, tañce nissīmaṭṭho anumodati, evampi anatthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, anatthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ.

309. ‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ? Ahatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, ahatakappena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, pilotikāya atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, paṃsukūlena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, pāpaṇikena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, animittakatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, aparikathākatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, akukkukatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, asannidhikatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, anissaggiyena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, kappakatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, saṅghāṭiyā atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, uttarāsaṅgena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, antaravāsakena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena vā tadaheva sañchinnena samaṇḍalīkatena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, puggalassa atthārā atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ; sammā ce atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ, tañce sīmaṭṭho anumodati, evampi atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ ¶ . Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ.

310. ‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, ubbhataṃ hoti kathinaṃ? Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, mātikā kathinassa ubbhārāya – pakkamanantikā, niṭṭhānantikā, sanniṭṭhānantikā, nāsanantikā, savanantikā, āsāvacchedikā, sīmātikkantikā, sahubbhārā’’ti [saubbhārāti (ka.)].

311. Bhikkhu atthatakathino katacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti ‘‘ubbhataṃ ¶ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘paccessa’’nti ¶ . So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – sambhuṇāti kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

312. Bhikkhu atthatakathino katacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno pakkamanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati – ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti ¶ – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati – ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati – ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – sambhuṇāti kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

313. Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassaṃ taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ ¶ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti sambhuṇāti kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

314. Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ ¶ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ¶ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti sambhuṇāti kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

315. Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti –

‘‘Idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ ¶ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ ¶ atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti ¶ . So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti ‘‘na paccessa’’nti ¶ . Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ ¶ atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvaraṃ ādāya ¶ pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti sambhuṇāti ¶ kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro…pe….

317. Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘na ¶ paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa ¶ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti ¶ – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti ¶ . So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino vippakatacīvaraṃ samādāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko ¶ kathinuddhāro.

318. Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati ¶ . Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa ¶ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati ¶ . Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessanti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na ¶ ¶ labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

319. Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So ¶ bahisīmagato ¶ taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira ¶ tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kathinaṃ, idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati ¶ , anāsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kathinaṃ, idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kathinaṃ, idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ ¶ payirupāsissa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘yato tasmiṃ āvāse ubbhataṃ kathinaṃ, idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa ¶ bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro suṇāti – ‘‘ubbhataṃ kira tasmiṃ āvāse kathina’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno savanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino cīvarāsāya pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Āsāya labhati, anāsāya na labhati. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So ¶ katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti – sambhuṇāti kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

320. Bhikkhu ¶ ¶ ¶ atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ ¶ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya ¶ na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti ¶ – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ ¶ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko ¶ kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Anāsāya labhati, āsāya na labhati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ ¶ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamati anadhiṭṭhitena; nevassa hoti – ‘‘paccessa’’nti, na panassa hoti – ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa cīvarāsā uppajjati. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsissaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvarāsaṃ payirupāsati. Tassa sā cīvarāsā upacchijjati. Tassa bhikkhuno āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro.

321. Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivīsaṃ apavilāyamāno [apavinayamāno (sī.), apacinayamāno (ka.)]. Tamenaṃ disaṅgataṃ bhikkhū pucchanti – ‘‘kahaṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, vassaṃvuṭṭho, kattha ca te cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhomhi. Tattha ca me cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘gacchāvuso, taṃ cīvaraṃ āhara, mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchati – ‘‘kahaṃ me, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘ayaṃ te, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso; kahaṃ gamissasī’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma [amukañca (ka.)] āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ karissantī’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamāsi. Mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati…pe… ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ ¶ atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati…pe… ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

322. Bhikkhu atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivīsaṃ apavilāyamāno. Tamenaṃ disaṃgataṃ bhikkhū pucchanti – ‘‘kahaṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, vassaṃvuṭṭho ¶ , kattha ca te cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhomhi, tattha ca me cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘gacchāvuso, taṃ cīvaraṃ āhara, mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchati – ‘‘kahaṃ me, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘ayaṃ te, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tamenaṃ antarāmagge bhikkhū pucchanti – ‘‘āvuso, kahaṃ gamissasī’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ karissantī’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamāsi, mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa ¶ bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivīsaṃ apavilāyamāno. Tamenaṃ disaṃgataṃ bhikkhū pucchanti – ‘‘kahaṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, vassaṃvuṭṭho, kattha ca te cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhomhi, tattha ca me cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘gacchāvuso, taṃ cīvaraṃ āhara, mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchati – ‘‘kahaṃ me, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘ayaṃ te, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tamenaṃ antarāmagge bhikkhū ¶ pucchanti – ‘‘āvuso, kahaṃ gamissasī’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi, tattha me bhikkhū cīvaraṃ karissantī’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamāsi, mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati…pe… ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti ¶ . So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

323. Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati cīvarapaṭivīsaṃ apavilāyamāno. Tamenaṃ disaṃgataṃ bhikkhū pucchanti – ‘‘kahaṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, vassaṃvuṭṭho, kattha ca te cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘amukasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhomhi, tattha ca me cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘gacchāvuso, taṃ cīvaraṃ āhara, mayaṃ te idha cīvaraṃ karissāmā’’ti. So taṃ āvāsaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchati – ‘‘kahaṃ me, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti? Te evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘ayaṃ te, āvuso, cīvarapaṭivīso’’ti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ ādāya taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tassa taṃ āvāsaṃ gatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati…pe… ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino disaṃgamiko pakkamati…pe… ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

324. Bhikkhu atthatakathino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi ¶ , no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati ¶ vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ ¶ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. Tassa bhikkhuno sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ¶ ce me phāsu bhavissati, paccessa’’nti. Tassa bahisīmagatassa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ kāressaṃ, na paccessa’’nti. So taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. Tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ nassati. Tassa bhikkhuno nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu atthatakathino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro – ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti bahiddhā kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti. Tassa bhikkhuno sīmātikkantiko ¶ kathinuddhāro.

Bhikkhu ¶ atthatakathino phāsuvihāriko cīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati – ‘‘amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce me phāsu bhavissati, amukaṃ nāma āvāsaṃ gamissāmi; tattha me phāsu bhavissati vasissāmi, no ce ¶ me phāsu bhavissati, paccessa’’nti. So bahisīmagato taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti. So katacīvaro ‘‘paccessaṃ paccessa’’nti sambhuṇāti kathinuddhāraṃ. Tassa bhikkhuno saha bhikkhūhi kathinuddhāro.

325. Dveme ¶ , bhikkhave, kathinassa palibodhā, dve apalibodhā. Katame ca, bhikkhave, dve kathinassa palibodhā? Āvāsapalibodho ca cīvarapalibodho ca. Kathañca, bhikkhave, āvāsapalibodho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vasati vā tasmiṃ āvāse, sāpekkho vā pakkamati ‘‘paccessa’’nti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, āvāsapalibodho hoti. Kathañca, bhikkhave, cīvarapalibodho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ akataṃ vā hoti vippakataṃ vā, cīvarāsā vā anupacchinnā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cīvarapalibodho hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve kathinassa palibodhā.

Katame ca, bhikkhave, dve kathinassa apalibodhā? Āvāsaapalibodho ca cīvaraapalibodho ca. Kathañca, bhikkhave, āvāsaapalibodho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pakkamati tamhā āvāsā cattena vantena muttena anapekkho [anapekkhena (ka.)] ‘‘na paccessa’’nti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, āvāsaapalibodho hoti. Kathañca, bhikkhave, cīvaraapalibodho hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hoti, naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ ¶ vā, cīvarāsā vā upacchinnā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cīvaraapalibodho hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve kathinassa apalibodhāti.

Pakkamanantikā natthi, chakke vippakate [chaṭṭhe vippakatā (sī.), chaccā vippakathā (ka.)] gati;

Apavilānā navettha [apavilāyamāneva (syā.), apavinā nava cettha (sī.)], phāsu pañcavidhā tahiṃ;

326. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena vesālī iddhā ceva hoti phitā [phītā (bahūsu)] ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca; satta ca pāsādasahassāni satta ca pāsādasatāni satta ca pāsādā; satta ca kūṭāgārasahassāni satta ca kūṭāgārasatāni satta ca kūṭāgārāni; satta ca ārāmasahassāni satta ca ārāmasatāni satta ca ārāmā; satta ca pokkharaṇīsahassāni satta ca pokkharaṇīsatāni satta ca pokkharaṇiyo; ambapālī ca gaṇikā abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā, padakkhiṇā [padakkhā (syā.)] nacce ca gīte ca vādite ca, abhisaṭā atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ paññāsāya ca rattiṃ gacchati; tāya ca vesālī bhiyyosomattāya upasobhati. Atha kho rājagahako negamo vesāliṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Addasā kho rājagahako negamo vesāliṃ iddhañceva phitañca bahujanañca ākiṇṇamanussañca subhikkhañca; satta ca pāsādasahassāni satta ca pāsādasatāni satta ca pāsāde; satta ca kūṭāgārasahassāni satta ca kūṭāgārasatāni satta ca kūṭāgārāni; satta ca ārāmasahassāni satta ca ārāmasatāni satta ca ārāme; satta ca pokkharaṇīsahassāni satta ca pokkharaṇīsatāni satta ca pokkharaṇiyo ¶ ; ambapāliñca gaṇikaṃ abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgataṃ, padakkhiṇaṃ [padakkhaṃ (syā.)] nacce ca gīte ca vādite ca, abhisaṭaṃ atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ paññāsāya ca rattiṃ gacchantiṃ, tāya ca vesāliṃ bhiyyosomattāya upasobhantiṃ.

327. Atha kho rājagahako negamo vesāliyaṃ taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgañchi. Yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ ¶ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘vesālī, deva, iddhā ceva phitā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca; satta ca pāsādasahassāni…pe… tāya ca vesālī bhiyyosomattāya upasobhati. Sādhu, deva, mayampi gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmā’’ti [vuṭṭhāpeyyāma (ka.)]. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, tādisiṃ kumāriṃ jānātha yaṃ tumhe gaṇikaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyyāthā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sālavatī nāma ¶ kumārī abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā. Atha kho rājagahako negamo sālavatiṃ kumāriṃ gaṇikaṃ ¶ vuṭṭhāpesi. Atha kho sālavatī gaṇikā nacirasseva padakkhiṇā ahosi nacce ca gīte ca vādite ca, abhisaṭā atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ paṭisatena ca rattiṃ gacchati. Atha kho sālavatī gaṇikā nacirasseva gabbhinī ahosi. Atha kho sālavatiyā gaṇikāya etadahosi – ‘‘itthī kho gabbhinī purisānaṃ amanāpā. Sace maṃ koci jānissati sālavatī gaṇikā gabbhinīti, sabbo me sakkāro bhañjissati [ parihāyissati (sī. syā.)]. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ gilānaṃ paṭivedeyya’’nti. Atha kho sālavatī gaṇikā dovārikaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘mā, bhaṇe dovārika, koci puriso pāvisi. Yo ca maṃ pucchati, ‘gilānā’ti paṭivedehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ayye’’ti kho so dovāriko sālavatiyā gaṇikāya paccassosi. Atha kho sālavatī gaṇikā tassa gabbhassa paripākamanvāya puttaṃ vijāyi. Atha kho sālavatī gaṇikā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘handa, je, imaṃ dārakaṃ kattarasuppe pakkhipitvā nīharitvā saṅkārakūṭe chaḍḍehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ayye’’ti kho sā dāsī sālavatiyā gaṇikāya paṭissutvā taṃ dārakaṃ kattarasuppe pakkhipitvā nīharitvā saṅkārakūṭe chaḍḍesi.

328. Tena kho pana samayena abhayo nāma rājakumāro kālasseva rājupaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanto addasa taṃ dārakaṃ kākehi samparikiṇṇaṃ ¶ , disvāna manusse pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ, bhaṇe, kākehi samparikiṇṇa’’nti? ‘‘Dārako, devā’’ti. ‘‘Jīvati, bhaṇe’’ti? ‘‘Jīvati, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, taṃ dārakaṃ amhākaṃ antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ detha posetu’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho te manussā abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭissutvā taṃ ¶ dārakaṃ abhayassa rājakumārassa antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ adaṃsu – ‘‘posethā’’ti. Tassa jīvatīti ‘jīvako’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Kumārena posāpitoti ‘komārabhacco’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco nacirasseva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena abhayo rājakumāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kā me, deva, mātā, ko pitā’’ti? ‘‘Ahampi kho te, bhaṇe jīvaka, mātaraṃ na jānāmi; api cāhaṃ te pitā; mayāsi [mayāpi (ka.)] posāpito’’ti. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etadahosi – ‘‘imāni ¶ kho rājakulāni na sukarāni asippena upajīvituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sippaṃ sikkheyya’’nti.

329. Tena kho pana samayena takkasilāyaṃ [takkasīlāyaṃ (ka.)] disāpāmokkho vejjo paṭivasati. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ anāpucchā yena takkasilā tena ¶ pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena takkasilā, yena vejjo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, ācariya, sippaṃ sikkhitu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe ¶ jīvaka, sikkhassū’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bahuñca gaṇhāti lahuñca gaṇhāti suṭṭhu ca upadhāreti, gahitañcassa na sammussati [na pamussati (sī. syā.)]. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa sattannaṃ vassānaṃ accayena etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ, kho bahuñca gaṇhāmi lahuñca gaṇhāmi suṭṭhu ca upadhāremi, gahitañca me na sammussati, satta ca me vassāni adhīyantassa, nayimassa sippassa anto paññāyati. Kadā imassa sippassa anto paññāyissatī’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena so vejjo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, ācariya, bahuñca gaṇhāmi lahuñca gaṇhāmi suṭṭhu ca upadhāremi, gahitañca me na sammussati, satta ca me vassāni adhīyantassa, nayimassa sippassa anto paññāyati. Kadā imassa sippassa anto paññāyissatī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe jīvaka, khaṇittiṃ ādāya takkasilāya samantā yojanaṃ āhiṇḍitvā yaṃ kiñci abhesajjaṃ passeyyāsi taṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ācariyā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco tassa vejjassa paṭissutvā khaṇittiṃ ādāya takkasilāya ¶ samantā yojanaṃ āhiṇḍanto na kiñci abhesajjaṃ addasa. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena so vejjo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vejjaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āhiṇḍantomhi, ācariya, takkasilāya samantā yojanaṃ, na kiñci [āhiṇṭanto na kiñci (ka.)] abhesajjaṃ addasa’’nti. ‘‘Susikkhitosi ¶ , bhaṇe jīvaka. Alaṃ te ettakaṃ jīvikāyā’’ti jīvakassa komārabhaccassa parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ pādāsi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ ādāya yena rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa taṃ parittaṃ pātheyyaṃ antarāmagge sākete parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā, na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ pātheyyaṃ pariyeseyya’’nti.

330. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sākete seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassiko sīsābādho hoti. Bahū mahantā mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu arogaṃ kātuṃ. Bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco sāketaṃ pavisitvā manusse pucchi – ‘‘ko, bhaṇe, gilāno, kaṃ tikicchāmī’’ti? ‘‘Etissā, ācariya, seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassiko ¶ sīsābādho; gaccha, ācariya, seṭṭhibhariyaṃ tikicchāhī’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā dovārikaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe dovārika, seṭṭhibhariyāya pāvada – ‘vejjo, ayye, āgato, so taṃ daṭṭhukāmo’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ācariyā’’ti kho so dovāriko jīvakassa komārabhaccassa paṭissutvā yena seṭṭhibhariyā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vejjo ¶ , ayye, āgato; so taṃ daṭṭhukāmo’’ti. ‘‘Kīdiso, bhaṇe dovārika, vejjo’’ti? ‘‘Daharako, ayye’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bhaṇe dovārika, kiṃ me daharako vejjo karissati? Bahū mahantā mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā ¶ nāsakkhiṃsu arogaṃ kātuṃ. Bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū’’ti. Atha kho so dovāriko yena jīvako komārabhacco tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘seṭṭhibhariyā, ācariya, evamāha – ‘alaṃ, bhaṇe dovārika, kiṃ me daharako vejjo karissati? Bahū mahantā mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu arogaṃ kātuṃ. Bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū’’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, bhaṇe dovārika, seṭṭhibhariyāya pāvada – ‘vejjo, ayye, evamāha – mā kira, ayye, pure kiñci adāsi. Yadā arogā ahosi tadā yaṃ iccheyyāsi taṃ dajjeyyāsī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ācariyā’’ti kho so dovāriko jīvakassa komārabhaccassa paṭissutvā yena seṭṭhibhariyā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vejjo, ayye, evamāha – ‘mā kira, ayye, pure kiñci adāsi. Yadā arogā ahosi tadā yaṃ iccheyyāsi taṃ dajjeyyāsī’’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe dovārika, vejjo āgacchatū’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ayye’’ti kho so dovāriko seṭṭhibhariyāya paṭissutvā yena jīvako komārabhacco tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘seṭṭhibhariyā taṃ, ācariya, pakkosatī’’ti ¶ .

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena seṭṭhibhariyā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhibhariyāya vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pasatena, ayye, sappinā attho’’ti ¶ . Atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā jīvakassa komārabhaccassa pasataṃ sappiṃ dāpesi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ pasataṃ sappiṃ nānābhesajjehi nippacitvā seṭṭhibhariyaṃ mañcake uttānaṃ nipātetvā [nipajjāpetvā (sī. syā.)] natthuto adāsi. Atha kho taṃ sappiṃ natthuto dinnaṃ mukhato uggañchi. Atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā paṭiggahe niṭṭhubhitvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘handa, je, imaṃ sappiṃ picunā gaṇhāhī’’ti. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ [acchariyaṃ vata bho (syā.)] yāva lūkhāyaṃ gharaṇī, yatra hi nāma imaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ sappiṃ picunā gāhāpessati. Bahukāni ¶ ca me mahagghāni [mahagghāni mahagghāni (sī. syā.)] bhesajjāni upagatāni. Kimpi māyaṃ kiñci [kañci (syā.)] deyyadhammaṃ dassatī’’ti. Atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā jīvakassa ¶ komārabhaccassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, ācariya, vimanosī’’ti? Idha me etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ yāva lūkhāyaṃ dharaṇī, yatra hi nāma imaṃ chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ sappiṃ picunā gāhāpessati. Bahukāni ca me mahagghāni sajjāni upagatāni. Kimpi māyaṃ kiñci deyyadhammaṃ dassatī’’ti. ‘‘Mayaṃ ¶ kho, ācariya, āgārikā nāma upajānāmetassa saṃyamassa. Varametaṃ sappi dāsānaṃ vā kammakarānaṃ vā pādabbhañjanaṃ vā padīpakaraṇe vā āsittaṃ. Mā kho tvaṃ, ācariya, vimano ahosi. Na te deyyadhammo hāyissatī’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco seṭṭhibhariyāya sattavassikaṃ sīsābādhaṃ ekeneva natthukammena apakaḍḍhi. Atha kho seṭṭhibhariyā arogā samānā jīvakassa komārabhaccassa cattāri sahassāni pādāsi. Putto – mātā me arogā ṭhitāti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi. Suṇisā – sassu me arogā ṭhitāti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi. Seṭṭhi gahapati – bhariyā me arogā ṭhitāti cattāri sahassāni pādāsi dāsañca dāsiñca assarathañca.

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco tāni soḷasasahassāni ādāya dāsañca dāsiñca assarathañca yena rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena rājagahaṃ yena abhayo rājakumāro tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ me, deva, paṭhamakammaṃ soḷasasahassāni dāso ca dāsī ca assaratho ca. Paṭiggaṇhātu me devo posāvanika’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bhaṇe jīvaka; tuyhameva hotu. Amhākaññeva antepure nivesanaṃ māpehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭissutvā abhayassa rājakumārassa antepure nivesanaṃ māpesi.

331. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa bhagandalābādho hoti. Sāṭakā lohitena makkhiyanti. Deviyo disvā uppaṇḍenti – ‘‘utunī dāni devo, pupphaṃ devassa uppannaṃ, na ciraṃ [nacirasseva (syā.)] devo vijāyissatī’’ti. Tena rājā maṅku hoti ¶ . Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro abhayaṃ rājakumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhaṇe abhaya, tādiso ābādho, sāṭakā lohitena makkhiyanti, deviyo maṃ disvā uppaṇḍenti – ‘utunī dāni devo, pupphaṃ devassa uppannaṃ, na ciraṃ devo vijāyissatī’ti. Iṅgha, bhaṇe abhaya, tādisaṃ vejjaṃ jānāhi yo maṃ tikiccheyyā’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ, deva, amhākaṃ jīvako vejjo taruṇo bhadrako. So devaṃ tikicchissatī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe abhaya, jīvakaṃ ¶ vejjaṃ āṇāpehi; so maṃ tikicchissatī’’ti. Atha kho abhayo rājakumāro jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe jīvaka, rājānaṃ tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco abhayassa rājakumārassa paṭissutvā nakhena bhesajjaṃ ādāya yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ābādhaṃ te, deva, passāmā’’ti [passāmīti (syā.)]. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa bhagandalābādhaṃ ekeneva ālepena apakaḍḍhi. Atha kho rājā māgadho ¶ seniyo bimbisāro arogo samāno pañca itthisatāni sabbālaṅkāraṃ bhūsāpetvā omuñcāpetvā puñjaṃ kārāpetvā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etaṃ, bhaṇe jīvaka, pañcannaṃ itthisatānaṃ sabbālaṅkāraṃ tuyhaṃ hotū’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, deva, adhikāraṃ me devo saratū’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe jīvaka, maṃ upaṭṭhaha, itthāgārañca, buddhappamukhañca bhikkhusaṅgha’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosi.

332. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahakassa seṭṭhissa sattavassiko sīsābādho hoti. Bahū mahantā mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu arogaṃ kātuṃ. Bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Api ca, vejjehi paccakkhāto hoti. Ekacce vejjā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatī’’ti. Ekacce vejjā evamāhaṃsu ¶ – ‘‘sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatī’’ti. Atha ¶ kho rājagahakassa negamassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho seṭṭhi gahapati bahūpakāro rañño ceva negamassa ca. Api ca, vejjehi paccakkhāto. Ekacce vejjā evamāhaṃsu – ‘pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatī’ti. Ekacce vejjā evamāhaṃsu – ‘sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatī’ti. Ayañca rañño jīvako vejjo taruṇo bhadrako. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājānaṃ jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ yāceyyāma seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ ¶ tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho rājagahako negamo yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, deva, seṭṭhi gahapati bahūpakāro devassa ceva negamassa ca; api ca, vejjehi paccakkhāto. Ekacce vejjā evamāhaṃsu – pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti. Ekacce vejjā evamāhaṃsu – sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti. Sādhu devo jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpetu seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ tikicchitu’’nti ¶ .

Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe jīvaka, seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paṭissutvā yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhissa gahapatissa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace tvaṃ, gahapati, arogo bhaveyyāsi [sacāhaṃ taṃ gahapati arogāpeyyaṃ (sī.), sacāhaṃ taṃ gahapati arogaṃ kareyyaṃ (syā.)] kiṃ me assa deyyadhammo’’ti? ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso’’ti. ‘‘Sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ, gahapati, ekena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkomahaṃ, ācariya, ekena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ, gahapati, dutiyena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkomahaṃ, ācariya, dutiyena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti ¶ . ‘‘Sakkhissasi pana tvaṃ, gahapati, uttāno sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkomahaṃ, ācariya, uttāno sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti.

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ mañcake nipātetvā [nipajjāpetvā (sī. syā.)] mañcake [mañcakena (sī.)] sambandhitvā sīsacchaviṃ uppāṭetvā [phāletvā (sī.)] sibbiniṃ vināmetvā dve ¶ pāṇake nīharitvā mahājanassa dassesi – ‘‘passathayye [passesyātha (sī.), passatha (syā.), passathayyo (ka.)], ime dve pāṇake, ekaṃ khuddakaṃ ekaṃ mahallakaṃ. Ye te ācariyā evamāhaṃsu – pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti – tehāyaṃ mahallako pāṇako diṭṭho. Pañcamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhissa gahapatissa matthaluṅgaṃ pariyādiyissati. Matthaluṅgassa pariyādānā seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissati. Sudiṭṭho tehi ācariyehi. Ye te ācariyā evamāhaṃsu – sattamaṃ divasaṃ ¶ seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissatīti – tehāyaṃ khuddako pāṇako diṭṭho. Sattamaṃ divasaṃ seṭṭhissa gahapatissa matthaluṅgaṃ pariyādiyissati. Matthaluṅgassa pariyādānā seṭṭhi gahapati kālaṃ karissati. Sudiṭṭho tehi ācariyehī’’ti. Sibbiniṃ sampaṭipāṭetvā sīsacchaviṃ sibbitvā ālepaṃ adāsi. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nāhaṃ, ācariya, sakkomi ekena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Nanu me tvaṃ, gahapati, paṭissuṇi – sakkomahaṃ, ācariya, ekena passena sattamāse ¶ nipajjitu’’nti? ‘‘Saccāhaṃ, ācariya, paṭissuṇiṃ, apāhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ sakkomi ekena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, gahapati, dutiyena passena sattamāse nipajjāhī’’ti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘nāhaṃ, ācariya, sakkomi dutiyena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Nanu me tvaṃ, gahapati, paṭissuṇi – sakkomahaṃ, ācariya, dutiyena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti? ‘‘Saccāhaṃ, ācariya, paṭissuṇiṃ, apāhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ, ācariya, sakkomi dutiyena passena sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, gahapati, uttāno sattamāse nipajjāhī’’ti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati sattāhassa accayena jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nāhaṃ, ācariya, sakkomi uttāno sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Nanu me tvaṃ, gahapati, paṭissuṇi – sakkomahaṃ, ācariya, uttāno sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti? ‘‘Saccāhaṃ, ācariya, paṭissuṇiṃ, apāhaṃ marissāmi, nāhaṃ sakkomi uttāno sattamāse nipajjitu’’nti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ce taṃ, gahapati, na vadeyyaṃ, ettakampi tvaṃ na nipajjeyyāsi, api ca paṭikacceva mayā ñāto – tīhi sattāhehi seṭṭhi gahapati arogo bhavissatīti. Uṭṭhehi ¶ , gahapati, arogosi. Jānāsi kiṃ me deyyadhammo’’ti? ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gahapati, mā me ¶ tvaṃ sabbaṃ sāpateyyaṃ adāsi, mā ca me dāso. Rañño satasahassaṃ dehi, mayhaṃ satasahassa’’nti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati arogo samāno rañño satasahassaṃ adāsi, jīvakassa komārabhaccassa satasahassaṃ.

333. Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhiputtassa mokkhacikāya kīḷantassa antagaṇṭhābādho hoti, yena yāgupi pītā na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ na sammā ¶ pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, uccāropi passāvopi na paguṇo. So tena kiso hoti lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. Atha kho bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhissa etadahosi – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho puttassa tādiso ābādho, yena yāgupi pītā na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, uccāropi passāvopi na paguṇo. So tena kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ rājagahaṃ gantvā rājānaṃ jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ yāceyyaṃ puttaṃ me tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhi rājagahaṃ gantvā yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, deva, puttassa tādiso ābādho, yena yāgupi pītā na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, uccāropi passāvopi na paguṇo. So tena kiso lūkho ¶ dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. Sādhu devo jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ ¶ āṇāpetu puttaṃ me tikicchitu’’nti.

Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe jīvaka, bārāṇasiṃ gantvā bārāṇaseyyakaṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paṭissutvā bārāṇasiṃ gantvā yena bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhiputto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bārāṇaseyyakassa seṭṭhiputtassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā janaṃ ussāretvā ¶ tirokaraṇiyaṃ parikkhipitvā thambhe ubbandhitvā [upanibandhitvā (sī. syā.)] bhariyaṃ purato ṭhapetvā udaracchaviṃ uppāṭetvā antagaṇṭhiṃ nīharitvā bhariyāya dassesi – ‘‘passa te sāmikassa ābādhaṃ, iminā yāgupi pītā na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ na sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, uccāropi passāvopi na paguṇo; imināyaṃ kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto’’ti. Antagaṇṭhiṃ viniveṭhetvā antāni paṭipavesetvā udaracchaviṃ sibbitvā ālepaṃ adāsi. Atha kho bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhiputto nacirasseva arogo ahosi. Atha kho bārāṇaseyyako seṭṭhi ‘putto me arogo ṭhito’ti [arogāpitoti (sī.)] jīvakassa komārabhaccassa soḷasasahassāni pādāsi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco tāni soḷasasahassāni ādāya punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgañchi ¶ .

334. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena rañño [ujjeniyaṃ rañño (syā.)] pajjotassa paṇḍurogābādho hoti. Bahū mahantā mahantā disāpāmokkhā vejjā āgantvā nāsakkhiṃsu arogaṃ kātuṃ. Bahuṃ hiraññaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho rājā pajjoto rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho tādiso ābādho, sādhu devo jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ āṇāpetu, so maṃ tikicchissatī’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe jīvaka; ujjeniṃ gantvā rājānaṃ pajjotaṃ tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho jīvako komārabhacco rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paṭissutvā ujjeniṃ gantvā yena rājā pajjoto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rañño pajjotassa vikāraṃ sallakkhetvā rājānaṃ pajjotaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sappiṃ dehi [idaṃ padadvayaṃ sī. syā. potthakesu natthi], sappiṃ deva, nippacissāmi. Taṃ devo pivissatī’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, bhaṇe jīvaka, yaṃ te sakkā vinā sappinā arogaṃ kātuṃ taṃ karohi. Jegucchaṃ me sappi, paṭikūla’’nti. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etadahosi ¶ – ‘‘imassa kho rañño tādiso ābādho ¶ , na sakkā vinā sappinā arogaṃ kātuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sappiṃ nippaceyyaṃ ¶ kasāvavaṇṇaṃ kasāvagandhaṃ kasāvarasa’’nti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco nānābhesajjehi sappiṃ nippaci kasāvavaṇṇaṃ kasāvagandhaṃ kasāvarasaṃ. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etadahosi – ‘‘imassa kho rañño sappi pītaṃ pariṇāmentaṃ uddekaṃ dassati. Caṇḍoyaṃ rājā ghātāpeyyāpi maṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ paṭikacceva āpuccheyya’’nti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena rājā pajjoto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājānaṃ pajjotaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayaṃ kho, deva, vejjā nāma tādisena muhuttena mūlāni uddharāma bhesajjāni saṃharāma. Sādhu devo vāhanāgāresu ca dvāresu ca āṇāpetu – yena vāhanena jīvako icchati tena vāhanena gacchatu, yena dvārena icchati tena dvārena gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ pavisatū’’ti. Atha kho rājā pajjoto vāhanāgāresu ca dvāresu ca āṇāpesi – ‘‘yena vāhanena jīvako icchati tena vāhanena gacchatu, yena dvārena icchati tena dvārena gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ gacchatu, yaṃ kālaṃ icchati taṃ kālaṃ pavisatū’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena rañño pajjotassa bhaddavatikā nāma hatthinikā paññāsayojanikā hoti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco rañño pajjotassa sappiṃ [taṃ sappiṃ (syā.)] upanāmesi ¶ – ‘‘kasāvaṃ devo pivatū’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco rājānaṃ pajjotaṃ sappiṃ pāyetvā hatthisālaṃ gantvā bhaddavatikāya hatthinikāya nagaramhā nippati ¶ .

Atha kho rañño pajjotassa taṃ sappi pītaṃ pariṇāmentaṃ uddekaṃ adāsi. Atha kho rājā pajjoto manusse etadavoca – ‘‘duṭṭhena, bhaṇe, jīvakena sappiṃ pāyitomhi. Tena hi, bhaṇe, jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ vicinathā’’ti. ‘‘Bhaddavatikāya, deva, hatthinikāya nagaramhā nippatito’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena rañño pajjotassa kāko nāma dāso saṭṭhiyojaniko hoti, amanussena paṭicca jāto. Atha kho rājā pajjoto kākaṃ dāsaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, bhaṇe kāka, jīvakaṃ vejjaṃ ¶ nivattehi – rājā taṃ, ācariya, nivattāpetīti. Ete kho, bhaṇe kāka, vejjā nāma bahumāyā. Mā cassa kiñci paṭiggahesī’’ti.

Atha kho kāko dāso jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ antarāmagge kosambiyaṃ sambhāvesi

Pātarāsaṃ karontaṃ. Atha kho kāko dāso jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca ¶ – ‘‘rājā taṃ, ācariya, nivattāpetī’’ti. ‘‘Āgamehi, bhaṇe kāka, yāva bhuñjāma [bhuñjāmi (sī. syā.)]. Handa, bhaṇe kāka, bhuñjassū’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, ācariya, raññāmhi āṇatto – ete kho, bhaṇe kāka, vejjā nāma bahumāyā, mā cassa kiñci paṭiggahesī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena jīvako komārabhacco nakhena bhesajjaṃ olumpetvā āmalakañca khādati pānīyañca pivati. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco kākaṃ dāsaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handa, bhaṇe kāka, āmalakañca khāda pānīyañca pivassū’’ti. Atha kho kāko dāso – ayaṃ kho vejjo āmalakañca ¶ khādati pānīyañca pivati, na arahati kiñci pāpakaṃ hotunti – upaḍḍhāmalakañca khādi pānīyañca apāyi. Tassa taṃ upaḍḍhāmalakaṃ khāditaṃ tattheva nicchāresi. Atha kho kāko dāso jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘atthi me, ācariya, jīvita’’nti? ‘‘Mā, bhaṇe kāka, bhāyi, tvaṃ ceva arogo bhavissasi rājā ca. Caṇḍo so rājā ghātāpeyyāpi maṃ, tenāhaṃ na nivattāmī’’ti bhaddavatikaṃ hatthinikaṃ kākassa niyyādetvā yena rājagahaṃ tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Suṭṭhu, bhaṇe jīvaka, akāsi yampi na nivatto, caṇḍo so rājā ghātāpeyyāpi ta’’nti. Atha kho rājā pajjoto arogo samāno jīvakassa komārabhaccassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘āgacchatu jīvako, varaṃ dassāmī’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, ayyo [deva (syā.)], adhikāraṃ me devo saratū’’ti.

335. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena rañño pajjotassa siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ uppannaṃ hoti – bahūnaṃ [bahunnaṃ (sī. syā.)] dussānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasahassānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasatasahassānaṃ ¶ aggañca seṭṭhañca mokkhañca uttamañca pavarañca. Atha kho rājā pajjoto taṃ siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ jīvakassa komārabhaccassa pāhesi. Atha kho jīvakassa ¶ komārabhaccassa etadahosi – ‘‘idaṃ kho me siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ raññā pajjotena pahitaṃ – bahūnaṃ dussānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasahassānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasatasahassānaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca mokkhañca uttamañca pavarañca. Nayidaṃ añño koci paccārahati aññatra tena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena, raññā vā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārenā’’ti.

336. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato kāyo dosābhisanno hoti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘dosābhisanno ¶ kho, ānanda, tathāgatassa kāyo. Icchati tathāgato virecanaṃ pātu’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena jīvako komārabhacco tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dosābhisanno kho, āvuso jīvaka, tathāgatassa kāyo. Icchati tathāgato virecanaṃ pātu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante ānanda, bhagavato kāyaṃ katipāhaṃ sinehethā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato kāyaṃ katipāhaṃ sinehetvā yena jīvako komārabhacco tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘siniddho kho, āvuso jīvaka, tathāgatassa kāyo. Yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yohaṃ bhagavato oḷārikaṃ virecanaṃ dadeyya’’nti. Tīṇi uppalahatthāni nānābhesajjehi paribhāvetvā yena ¶ bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃ uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu. Idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, bhagavā dutiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu. Idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante ¶ , bhagavā tatiyaṃ uppalahatthaṃ upasiṅghatu. Idaṃ bhagavantaṃ dasakkhattuṃ virecessatī’’ti ¶ . Evaṃ bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissatīti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ datvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho jīvakassa komārabhaccassa bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayā kho bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ dinnaṃ. Dosābhisanno tathāgatassa kāyo ¶ . Na bhagavantaṃ samattiṃsakkhattuṃ virecessati, ekūnattiṃsakkhattuṃ bhagavantaṃ virecessati. Api ca, bhagavā viritto nahāyissati. Nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecessati. Evaṃ bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā jīvakassa komārabhaccassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idhānanda, jīvakassa komārabhaccassa bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etadahosi – ‘mayā kho bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ dinnaṃ. Dosābhisanno tathāgatassa kāyo. Na bhagavantaṃ samatiṃsakkhattuṃ virecessati, ekūnatiṃsakkhattuṃ bhagavantaṃ virecessati. Api ca, bhagavā viritto nahāyissati. Nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecessati. Evaṃ bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Tena hānanda, uṇhodakaṃ paṭiyādehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā uṇhodakaṃ ¶ paṭiyādesi.

Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘viritto, bhante, bhagavā’’ti? ‘‘Virittomhi, jīvakā’’ti. Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhantassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayā kho bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ dinnaṃ. Dosābhisanno tathāgatassa kāyo. Na bhagavantaṃ samattiṃsakkhattuṃ virecessati, ekūnattiṃsakkhattuṃ bhagavantaṃ virecessati. Api ca, bhagavā viritto nahāyissati. Nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecessati. Evaṃ bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Nahāyatu, bhante, bhagavā, nahāyatu sugatoti. Atha kho bhagavā uṇhodakaṃ nahāyi. Nahātaṃ bhagavantaṃ sakiṃ virecesi. Evaṃ bhagavato samattiṃsāya virecanaṃ ahosi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘yāva, bhante, bhagavato kāyo pakatatto hoti, alaṃ [ahaṃ tāva yūsapiṇṭapātenāti (sī.), alaṃ yūsapiṇṭakenāti (syā.)] yūsapiṇḍapātenā’’ti.

337. Atha ¶ kho bhagavato kāyo nacirasseva pakatatto ahosi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami ¶ , upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmī’’ti. ‘‘Atikkantavarā kho, jīvaka, tathāgatā’’ti. ‘‘Yañca, bhante, kappati yañca anavajja’’nti. ‘‘Vadehi, jīvakā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavā, bhante, paṃsukūliko, bhikkhusaṅgho ca. Idaṃ me, bhante, siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ raññā pajjotena pahitaṃ – bahūnaṃ dussānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasahassānaṃ bahūnaṃ dussayugasatasahassānaṃ aggañca seṭṭhañca mokkhañca uttamañca pavarañca. Paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ; bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gahapaticīvaraṃ anujānātū’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā siveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gahapaticīvaraṃ. Yo icchati, paṃsukūliko hotu. Yo icchati, gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyatu. Itarītarenapāhaṃ [pahaṃ (sī.), cāhaṃ (syā.)], bhikkhave, santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemī’’ti.

Assosuṃ kho rājagahe manussā – ‘‘bhagavatā kira ¶ bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ ¶ anuññāta’’nti. Te ca manussā haṭṭhā ahesuṃ udaggā ‘‘idāni kho mayaṃ dānāni dassāma puññāni karissāma, yato bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññāta’’nti. Ekāheneva rājagahe bahūni cīvarasahassāni uppajjiṃsu.

Assosuṃ ¶ kho jānapadā manussā – ‘‘bhagavatā kira bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññāta’’nti. Te ca manussā haṭṭhā ahesuṃ udaggā – ‘‘idāni kho mayaṃ dānāni dassāma puññāni karissāma, yato bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ anuññāta’’nti. Janapadepi ekāheneva bahūni cīvarasahassāni uppajjiṃsu.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena saṅghassa pāvāro uppanno hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pāvāranti.

Koseyyapāvāro uppanno hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, koseyyapāvāranti.

Kojavaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kojavanti.

338. Tena kho pana samayena kāsirājā jīvakassa komārabhaccassa aḍḍhakāsikaṃ kambalaṃ pāhesi upaḍḍhakāsinaṃ khamamānaṃ. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ aḍḍhakāsikaṃ kambalaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ ¶ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ me, bhante, aḍḍhakāsiko kambalo kāsiraññā pahito upaḍḍhakāsinaṃ khamamāno. Paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā kambalaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā kambalaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi…pe… padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kambala’’nti.

339. Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa uccāvacāni cīvarāni uppannāni honti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ ¶ , kiṃ ananuññāta’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cha cīvarāni – khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅganti.

340. Tena kho pana samayena ye te bhikkhū gahapaticīvaraṃ ¶ sādiyanti te kukkuccāyantā ¶ paṃsukūlaṃ na sādiyanti – ekaṃyeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, na dveti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyantena paṃsukūlampi sādiyituṃ; tadubhayenapāhaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemīti.

341. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade ¶ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma. Kissa tumhe nāgamitthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāgamentānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū āgamesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū āgamesuṃ te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma. Kissa tumhe na okkamitthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū ¶ pacchā okkamiṃsu te na labhiṃsu. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso ¶ , bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma. Kissa tumhe pacchā okkamitthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pacchā okkantānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya. Ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu ¶ . Ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu, te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma. Kissa tumhe na labhitthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sadisānaṃ okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te katikaṃ katvā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya. Ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma. Kissa tumhe na labhitthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, katikaṃ katvā okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.

342. Tena kho pana samayena manussā cīvaraṃ ādāya ārāmaṃ āgacchanti. Te paṭiggāhakaṃ alabhamānā paṭiharanti. Cīvaraṃ parittaṃ ¶ uppajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammannituṃ – yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, gahitāgahitañca jāneyya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo; yācitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarapaṭiggāhakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato ¶ khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno cīvarapaṭiggāhakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvarapaṭiggāhako. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena cīvarapaṭiggāhakā bhikkhū cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā tattheva ujjhitvā pakkamanti. Cīvaraṃ nassati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave ¶ , pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidahakaṃ sammannituṃ – yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, nihitānihitañca jāneyya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo; yācitvā byattena ¶ bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidahakaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvaranidahakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno cīvaranidahakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvaranidahako. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

343. Tena kho pana samayena cīvaranidahako bhikkhu maṇḍapepi rukkhamūlepi nibbakosepi cīvaraṃ nidahati, undūrehipi upacikāhipi khajjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammannituṃ, yaṃ saṅgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṃ vā aḍḍhayogaṃ vā pāsādaṃ vā hammiyaṃ vā guhaṃ vā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ vihāraṃ bhaṇḍāgāraṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa bhaṇḍāgārassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa ¶ nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo vihāro bhaṇḍāgāraṃ. Khamati saṅghassa ¶ , tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa bhaṇḍāgāre cīvaraṃ aguttaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ sammannituṃ – yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, guttāguttañca jāneyya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo; yācitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno bhaṇḍāgārikassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu bhaṇḍāgāriko. Khamati ¶ saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, bhaṇḍāgāriko vuṭṭhāpetabbo. Yo vuṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena saṅghassa bhaṇḍāgāre cīvaraṃ ussannaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave ¶ , sammukhībhūtena saṅghena bhājetunti.

Tena kho pana samayena saṅgho cīvaraṃ bhājento kolāhalaṃ akāsi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarabhājakaṃ sammannituṃ – yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, bhājitābhājitañca jāneyya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo. Paṭhamaṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo; yācitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarabhājakaṃ sammanneyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarabhājakaṃ sammannati. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno cīvarabhājakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu cīvarabhājako. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ bhājetabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ uccinitvā tulayitvā vaṇṇāvaṇṇaṃ katvā bhikkhū gaṇetvā vaggaṃ bandhitvā cīvarapaṭivīsaṃ ṭhapetunti.

Atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho sāmaṇerānaṃ cīvarapaṭivīso dātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ upaḍḍhapaṭivīsaṃ ¶ dātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sakena bhāgena uttaritukāmo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uttarantassa sakaṃ bhāgaṃ dātunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu atirekabhāgena uttaritukāmo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anukkhepe dinne atirekabhāgaṃ dātunti.

Atha kho cīvarabhājakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho cīvarapaṭivīso dātabbo, āgatapaṭipāṭiyā [āgatāgatapaṭipāṭiyā (ka.)] nu kho udāhu yathāvuḍḍha’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikalake tosetvā kusapātaṃ kātunti.

344. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chakaṇenapi paṇḍumattikāyapi ¶ cīvaraṃ rajanti. Cīvaraṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, cha rajanāni – mūlarajanaṃ, khandharajanaṃ, tacarajanaṃ, pattarajanaṃ, puppharajanaṃ, phalarajananti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sītudakāya [sītundikāya (sī.), sītūdakāya (syā.)] cīvaraṃ rajanti. Cīvaraṃ duggandhaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanaṃ pacituṃ cullaṃ rajanakumbhinti. Rajanaṃ uttariyati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uttarāḷumpaṃ [uttarāḷupaṃ (yojanā), uttarāḷupaṃ (syā.)] bandhitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū na jānanti rajanaṃ pakkaṃ vā apakkaṃ vā. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya vā thevakaṃ ¶ dātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rajanaṃ oropentā kumbhiṃ āviñchanti [āviñjanti (sī.), āvaṭṭanti (syā.)]. Kumbhī bhijjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanuḷuṅkaṃ [rajanāḷuṅkaṃ (yojanā)] daṇḍakathālakanti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ rajanabhājanaṃ na saṃvijjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanakolambaṃ rajanaghaṭanti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū pātiyāpi pattepi cīvaraṃ omaddanti. Cīvaraṃ paribhijjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanadoṇikanti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chamāya cīvaraṃ pattharanti. Cīvaraṃ paṃsukitaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇasanthārakanti.

Tiṇasanthārako upacikāhi khajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaravaṃsaṃ cīvararajjunti.

Majjhena laggenti. Rajanaṃ ubhato galati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇe bandhitunti.

Kaṇṇo ¶ jīrati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇasuttakanti.

Rajanaṃ ekato galati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajetuṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitunti.

Tena kho pana samayena cīvaraṃ patthinnaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udake osāretunti.

Tena kho pana samayena cīvaraṃ pharusaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, pāṇinā ākoṭetunti ¶ .

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acchinnakāni cīvarāni dhārenti dantakāsāvāni. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi nāma [seyyathāpi (?)] gihī kāmabhoginoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, acchinnakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

345. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena dakkhiṇāgiri tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Addasā kho bhagavā magadhakhettaṃ acchibaddhaṃ [accibaddhaṃ (sī. syā.), acchibandhaṃ (ka.)] pāḷibaddhaṃ mariyādabaddhaṃ siṅghāṭakabaddhaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘passasi no tvaṃ, ānanda, magadhakhettaṃ acchibaddhaṃ pāḷibaddhaṃ mariyādabaddhaṃ siṅghāṭakabaddha’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ussahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhūnaṃ evarūpāni cīvarāni saṃvidahitu’’nti? ‘‘Ussahāmi, bhagavā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgañchi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvarāni saṃvidahitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘passatu me [passatha tumhe (ka.)], bhante, bhagavā cīvarāni saṃvidahitānī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe ¶ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; mahāpañño, bhikkhave, ānando; yatra hi nāma mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissati, kusimpi nāma karissati, aḍḍhakusimpi nāma karissati, maṇḍalampi nāma karissati ¶ , aḍḍhamaṇḍalampi nāma karissati, vivaṭṭampi nāma karissati, anuvivaṭṭampi nāma karissati, gīveyyakampi nāma karissati, jaṅgheyyakampi nāma karissati, bāhantampi nāma karissati, chinnakaṃ bhavissati, satthalūkhaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ paccatthikānañca anabhicchitaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, chinnakaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ chinnakaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ chinnakaṃ antaravāsaka’’nti.

346. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Addasa kho bhagavā antarā ca rājagahaṃ antarā ca vesāliṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno sambahule bhikkhū cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite [ubbhaṇḍīkate (syā.)] sīsepi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā khandhepi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā kaṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā āgacchante, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘atilahuṃ kho ime moghapurisā cīvare bāhullāya āvattā ¶ . Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ, mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati gotamake cetiye. Tena kho pana samayena ¶ bhagavā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye rattiṃ ajjhokāse ekacīvaro nisīdi. Na bhagavantaṃ ¶ sītaṃ ahosi. Nikkhante paṭhame yāme sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. Dutiyaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi. Na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. Nikkhante majjhime yāme sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. Tatiyaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi. Na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. Nikkhante pacchime yāme uddhaste aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā sītaṃ bhagavantaṃ ahosi. Catutthaṃ bhagavā cīvaraṃ pārupi. Na bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ ahosi. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yepi kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sītālukā sītabhīrukā tepi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ, mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyaṃ, ticīvaraṃ anujāneyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, antarā ca rājagahaṃ antarā ca vesāliṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno addasaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ¶ cīvarehi ubbhaṇḍite sīsepi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā khandhepi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā kaṭiyāpi cīvarabhisiṃ karitvā āgacchante, disvāna me etadahosi – ‘atilahuṃ kho ime moghapurisā cīvare bāhullāya āvattā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ, mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyya’nti. Idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye rattiṃ ajjhokāse ekacīvaro nisīdiṃ. Na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. Nikkhante paṭhame yāme sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. Dutiyāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ. Na maṃ sītaṃ ¶ ahosi. Nikkhante majjhime yāme sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. Tatiyāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ. Na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. Nikkhante pacchime yāme uddhaste aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā sītaṃ maṃ ahosi. Catutthāhaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupiṃ. Na maṃ sītaṃ ahosi. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘‘yepi kho te kulaputtā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sītālukā sītabhīrukā tepi sakkonti ticīvarena yāpetuṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvare sīmaṃ bandheyyaṃ, mariyādaṃ ṭhapeyyaṃ ¶ , ticīvaraṃ anujāneyya’nti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ – diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ, ekacciyaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ, ekacciyaṃ antaravāsaka’’nti.

347. [pārā. 461] Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātanti aññeneva ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisanti, aññena ticīvarena ārāme acchanti, aññena ticīvarena ¶ nahānaṃ otaranti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.

[pārā. 461] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Āyasmā ca ānando taṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti. Āyasmā ca ¶ sāriputto sākete viharati. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ ‘na atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’nti. Idañca me atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ ¶ . Ahañcimaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa dātukāmo. Āyasmā ca sāriputto sākete viharati. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Kīvaciraṃ panānanda, sāriputto āgacchissatī’’ti? ‘‘Navamaṃ vā, bhagavā, divasaṃ, dasamaṃ vā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretu’’nti.

Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho amhehi atirekacīvare paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ vikappetunti.

348. Atha kho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno antaravāsako chiddo hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ – diguṇā saṅghāṭi, ekacciyo uttarāsaṅgo ¶ ¶ , ekacciyo antaravāsako. Ayañca me antaravāsako chiddo. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ aggaḷaṃ acchupeyyaṃ, samantato dupaṭṭaṃ bhavissati, majjhe ekacciya’’nti. Atha kho so bhikkhu aggaḷaṃ acchupesi. Addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto taṃ bhikkhuṃ aggaḷaṃ acchupentaṃ [acchupantaṃ (ka.)], disvāna yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ, bhikkhu, karosī’’ti? ‘‘Aggaḷaṃ, bhagavā, acchupemī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu; sādhu kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, aggaḷaṃ acchupesī’’ti ¶ . Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ahatānaṃ dussānaṃ ahatakappānaṃ diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ, ekacciyaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ, ekacciyaṃ antaravāsakaṃ; utuddhaṭānaṃ dussānaṃ catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ, diguṇaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ, diguṇaṃ ¶ antaravāsakaṃ; paṃsukūle yāvadatthaṃ; pāpaṇike ussāho karaṇīyo. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aggaḷaṃ tunnaṃ ovaṭṭikaṃ kaṇḍusakaṃ daḷhīkamma’’nti.

349. Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā ¶ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā, bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā, bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Tena kho pana samayena tassā rattiyā accayena cātuddīpiko mahāmegho pāvassi. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yathā, bhikkhave, jetavane vassati evaṃ catūsu dīpesu vassati. Ovassāpetha, bhikkhave, kāyaṃ. Ayaṃ pacchimako cātuddīpiko mahāmegho’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā ¶ nikkhittacīvarā kāyaṃ ovassāpenti. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, je. Ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi – kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, ayye’’ti kho sā dāsī visākhāya migāramātuyā paṭissuṇitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā addasa bhikkhū nikkhittacīvare kāyaṃ ovassāpente, disvāna ‘natthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentī’ti yena visākhā migāramātā tenupasaṅkami ¶ ; upasaṅkamitvā visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘natthayye, ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentī’’ti. Atha kho visākhāya migāramātuyā ¶ paṇḍitāya viyattāya medhāviniyā etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho ayyā nikkhittacīvarā kāyaṃ ovassāpenti. Sāyaṃ ¶ bālā maññittha – natthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentī’’ti, puna dāsiṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, je. Ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi – kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū gattāni sītiṃ karitvā [sītīkaritvā (syā.)] kallakāyā cīvarāni gahetvā yathāvihāraṃ pavisiṃsu. Atha kho sā dāsī ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū apassantī ‘natthi ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo’ti yena visākhā migāramātā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘natthayye, ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo’’ti. Atha kho visākhāya migāramātuyā paṇḍitāya viyattāya medhāviniyā etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho ayyā gattāni sītiṃ karitvā kallakāyā cīvarāni gahetvā yathāvihāraṃ paviṭṭhā. Sāyaṃ bālā maññittha – natthi ārāme bhikkhū, suñño ārāmo’’ti, puna dāsiṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha, je. Ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi – kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

350. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sandahatha [sannahatha (sī. syā.)], bhikkhave, pattacīvaraṃ; kālo bhattassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – jetavane antarahito visākhāya migāramātuyā koṭṭhake ¶ pāturahosi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho! Abbhutaṃ vata bho! Tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma jaṇṇukamattesupi oghesu pavattamānesu, kaṭimattesupi oghesu pavattamānesu, na hi nāma ¶ ekabhikkhussapi [pavattamānesu na ekabhikkhussapi (?)] pādā vā cīvarāni vā allāni bhavissantī’’ti – haṭṭhā udaggā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ varāni yācāmī’’ti. ‘‘Atikkantavarā kho, visākhe, tathāgatā’’ti. ‘‘Yāni ca, bhante, kappiyāni ¶ yāni ca anavajjānī’’ti. ‘‘Vadehi, visākhe’’ti. ‘‘Icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ dātuṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gamikabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ dātuṃ, gilānabhesajjaṃ dātuṃ, dhuvayāguṃ dātuṃ, bhikkhunisaṅghassa ¶ udakasāṭikaṃ dātu’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, visākhe, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasī’’ti?

‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, dāsiṃ āṇāpesiṃ – ‘gaccha, je. Ārāmaṃ gantvā kālaṃ ārocehi – kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’’nti. Atha kho sā, bhante, dāsī ārāmaṃ gantvā addasa bhikkhū nikkhittacīvare kāyaṃ ovassāpente, disvāna ¶ ‘‘natthi ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentī’’ti yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘natthayye, ārāme bhikkhū, ājīvakā kāyaṃ ovassāpentī’’ti. Asuci, bhante, naggiyaṃ jegucchaṃ paṭikūlaṃ. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ dātuṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, āgantuko bhikkhu na vīthikusalo na gocarakusalo kilanto piṇḍāya carati. So me āgantukabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā vīthikusalo gocarakusalo akilanto piṇḍāya carissati. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ dātuṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, gamiko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno satthā vā vihāyissati, yattha vā vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati tattha vikāle upagacchissati, kilanto addhānaṃ gamissati. So me gamikabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā satthā na vihāyissati, yattha vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati tattha kāle upagacchissati, akilanto addhānaṃ gamissati. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ gamikabhattaṃ dātuṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati. Tassa me gilānabhattaṃ bhuttassa ābādho ¶ na abhivaḍḍhissati, kālaṃkiriyā na bhavissati. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ gilānabhattaṃ dātuṃ ¶ . ‘‘Puna ¶ caparaṃ, bhante, gilānupaṭṭhāko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno gilānassa ussūre bhattaṃ nīharissati, bhattacchedaṃ karissati. So me gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ bhuñjitvā gilānassa ¶ kālena bhattaṃ nīharissati, bhattacchedaṃ na karissati. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ dātuṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālaṃkiriyā vā bhavissati. Tassa me gilānabhesajjaṃ paribhuttassa ābādho na abhivaḍḍhissati, kālaṃkiriyā na bhavissati. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dātuṃ.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā andhakavinde dasānisaṃse sampassamānena yāgu anuññātā. Tyāhaṃ, bhante, ānisaṃse sampassamānā icchāmi saṅghassa yāvajīvaṃ dhuvayāguṃ dātuṃ.

‘‘Idha, bhante, bhikkhuniyo aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. Tā, bhante, vesiyā bhikkhuniyo uppaṇḍesuṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhākaṃ, ayye, daharānaṃ [daharānaṃ daharānaṃ (sī.)] brahmacariyaṃ ciṇṇena, nanu nāma kāmā paribhuñjitabbā; yadā jiṇṇā bhavissatha tadā brahmacariyaṃ carissatha. Evaṃ tumhākaṃ ubho atthā pariggahitā bhavissantī’ti. Tā, bhante, bhikkhuniyo vesiyāhi uppaṇḍiyamānā maṅkū ahesuṃ. Asuci, bhante, mātugāmassa naggiyaṃ jegucchaṃ paṭikūlaṃ. Imāhaṃ, bhante, atthavasaṃ sampassamānā icchāmi bhikkhunisaṅghassa ¶ yāvajīvaṃ udakasāṭikaṃ dātu’’nti.

351. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, visākhe, ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, bhante, disāsu vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū sāvatthiṃ āgacchissanti bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissanti – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo’ti? Taṃ bhagavā byākarissati sotāpattiphale vā sakadāgāmiphale vā anāgāmiphale vā arahatte vā. Tyāhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāmi – ‘āgatapubbā nu kho, bhante, tena ayyena sāvatthī’ti? Sace me ¶ vakkhanti – ‘āgatapubbā tena bhikkhunā sāvatthī’ti niṭṭhamettha ¶ gacchissāmi – nissaṃsayaṃ me paribhuttaṃ tena ayyena vassikasāṭikā vā āgantukabhattaṃ vā gamikabhattaṃ vā gilānabhattaṃ vā gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ vā gilānabhesajjaṃ vā dhuvayāgu vāti. Tassā me tadanussarantiyā pāmujjaṃ jāyissati, pamuditāya pīti jāyissati, pītimanāya kāyo passambhissati, passaddhakāyā sukhaṃ ¶ vediyissāmi, sukhiniyā cittaṃ samādhiyissati. Sā me bhavissati indriyabhāvanā balabhāvanā bojjhaṅgabhāvanā. Imāhaṃ, bhante, ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, visākhe; sādhu kho tvaṃ, visākhe, imaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ sampassamānā tathāgataṃ aṭṭha varāni yācasi. Anujānāmi te, visākhe, aṭṭha varānī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ imāhi ¶ gāthāhi anumodi –

‘‘Dibbaṃ sā labhate āyuṃ [dibbaṃ balaṃ sā labhate ca āyuṃ (sī. syā.)];

352. Atha kho bhagavā visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassikasāṭikaṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ, gamikabhattaṃ, gilānabhattaṃ, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ, gilānabhesajjaṃ, dhuvayāguṃ, bhikkhunisaṅghassa udakasāṭika’’nti.

353. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti. Tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci muccati, senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhiyati. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasa senāsanaṃ ¶ asucinā makkhitaṃ, disvāna ¶ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ, ānanda, senāsanaṃ makkhita’’nti? ‘‘Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni ¶ bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti. Tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci muccati; tayidaṃ, bhagavā, senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhita’’nti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda. Muccati hi, ānanda, muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci. Ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū upaṭṭhitassatī sampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti, tesaṃ asuci na muccati. Yepi te, ānanda, puthujjanā kāmesu vītarāgā, tesampi asuci na muccati. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda, anavakāso yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto addasaṃ senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhitaṃ, disvāna ānandaṃ āmantesiṃ ‘kiṃ etaṃ, ānanda, senāsanaṃ makkhita’nti? ‘Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti. Tesaṃ muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena asuci muccati; tayidaṃ, bhagavā, senāsanaṃ asucinā makkhita’nti. ‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda, muccati hi, ānanda, muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ supinantena ¶ asuci. Ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū upaṭṭhitassatī sampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti, tesaṃ asuci na muccati. Yepi te, ānanda, puthujjanā kāmesu vītarāgā tesampi asuci na muccati. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, ānanda, anavakāso yaṃ arahato asuci mucceyyā’’’ti.

‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamato – dukkhaṃ supati, dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhati, pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, devatā na rakkhanti, asuci muccati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca ādīnavā muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa niddaṃ okkamato.

‘‘Pañcime ¶ , bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitassatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamato – sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, devatā rakkhanti, asuci na muccati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca ānisaṃsā upaṭṭhitassatissa sampajānassa niddaṃ okkamato.

‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kāyaguttiyā cīvaraguttiyā senāsanaguttiyā nisīdana’’nti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena atikhuddakaṃ nisīdanaṃ na sabbaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃgopeti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati tāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ kātunti.

354. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upajjhāyassa āyasmato belaṭṭhasīsassa thullakacchābādho hoti. Tassa lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti. Tāni bhikkhū udakena temetvā temetvā apakaḍḍhanti. Addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te ¶ bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni udakena temetvā temetvā apakaḍḍhante, disvāna yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ imassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Imassa, bhante, āyasmato ¶ thullakacchābādho. Lasikāya cīvarāni kāye lagganti. Tāni mayaṃ udakena temetvā temetvā apakaḍḍhāmā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā piḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi’’nti.

355. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ [mukhapuñjanacoḷaṃ (ka.)] ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu me, bhante, bhagavā mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavatā dhammiyā ¶ kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mukhapuñchanacoḷaka’’nti [mukhapuñchanacolanti (syā.)].

356. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena rojo mallo āyasmato ānandassa sahāyo hoti. Rojassa mallassa khomapilotikā āyasmato ānandassa hatthe nikkhittā hoti. Āyasmato ca ānandassa khomapilotikāya attho hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetuṃ – sandiṭṭho ca hoti, sambhatto ca, ālapito ¶ ca, jīvati ca, jānāti ca, gahite me attamano bhavissatīti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa vissāsaṃ gahetunti.

357. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhūnaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti ticīvaraṃ. Attho ca hoti parissāvanehipi thavikāhipi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parikkhāracoḷakanti.

358. Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘yāni tāni bhagavatā anuññātāni ticīvaranti vā vassikasāṭikāti vā nisīdananti vā paccattharaṇanti vā kaṇḍuppaṭicchādīti ¶ vā mukhapuñchanacoḷanti vā parikkhāracoḷanti vā, sabbāni tāni adhiṭṭhātabbāni nu kho, udāhu, vikappetabbānī’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ ¶ na vikappetuṃ; kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiṃ yāvaābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ; mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ; parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetunti.

Atha ¶ kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kittakaṃ pacchimaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ vikappetabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulavitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetunti.

359. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa paṃsukūlakato garuko hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttalūkhaṃ kātunti. Vikaṇṇo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikaṇṇaṃ uddharitunti. Suttā okiriyanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ āropetunti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena saṅghāṭiyā pattā lujjanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhapadakaṃ kātunti.

360. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno ticīvare kayiramāne sabbaṃ chinnakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve chinnakāni ekaṃ acchinnakanti.

Dve chinnakāni ekaṃ acchinnakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve acchinnakāni ekaṃ chinnakanti.

Dve acchinnakāni ¶ ekaṃ chinnakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anvādhikampi āropetuṃ, na ca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ acchinnakaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

361. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. So ca taṃ cīvaraṃ mātāpitūnaṃ dātukāmo hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Mātāpitaroti [mātāpitūnaṃ kho (sī.)] kho, bhikkhave, dadamāne [vadamāno (ka.), vadamāne (?)] kiṃ vadeyyāma? Anujānāmi ¶ , bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ dātuṃ. Na ca, bhikkhave, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipātetabbaṃ. Yo vinipāteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

362. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu andhavane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Corā taṃ cīvaraṃ avahariṃsu. So bhikkhu duccoḷo hoti lūkhacīvaro. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, duccoḷo lūkhacīvarosī’’ti? ‘‘Idhāhaṃ [so ahaṃ (katthaci)], āvuso, andhavane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. Corā taṃ cīvaraṃ avahariṃsu. Tenāhaṃ duccoḷo lūkhacīvaro’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo. Yo paviseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando assatiyā santaruttarena gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘nanu ¶ , āvuso ānanda, bhagavatā paññattaṃ – ‘na santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo’ti? Kissa tvaṃ, āvuso ānanda, santaruttarena ¶ gāmaṃ paviṭṭho’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paññattaṃ – ‘na santaruttarena gāmo pavisitabbo’ti. Api cāhaṃ assatiyā paviṭṭho’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

Pañcime, bhikkhave, paccayā saṅghāṭiyā nikkhepāya – gilāno vā hoti, vassikasaṅketaṃ vā hoti, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, aggaḷaguttivihāro vā hoti, atthatakathinaṃ vā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca paccayā saṅghāṭiyā nikkhepāya.

Pañcime, bhikkhave, paccayā uttarāsaṅgassa nikkhepāya…pe… antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya – gilāno vā hoti, vassikasaṅketaṃ vā hoti, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, aggaḷaguttivihāro vā hoti, atthatakathinaṃ vā hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca paccayā uttarāsaṅgassa antaravāsakassa nikkhepāya.

Pañcime, bhikkhave, paccayā vassikasāṭikāya nikkhepāya – gilāno vā hoti, nissīmaṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, nadīpāraṃ gantuṃ vā hoti, aggaḷaguttivihāro vā hoti, vassikasāṭikā akatā vā hoti vippakatā ¶ vā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca paccayā vassikasāṭikāya nikkhepāyāti.

363. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu eko vassaṃ vasi. Tattha manussā saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni adaṃsu. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘catuvaggo pacchimo saṅgho’ti. Ahañcamhi ekako. Ime ca manussā ¶ saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni adaṃsu. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imāni saṅghikāni cīvarāni sāvatthiṃ hareyya’’nti. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāni cīvarāni ādāya sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. ‘‘Tuyheva, bhikkhu, tāni cīvarāni yāva kathinassa ubbhārāyā’’ti. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu eko vassaṃ vasati. Tattha manussā saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni denti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tasseva tāni cīvarāni yāva kathinassa ubbhārāyāti.

Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu utukālaṃ eko vasi. Tattha manussā saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni adaṃsu. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘catuvaggo pacchimo saṅgho’ti. Ahañcamhi ekako. Ime ca manussā saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni adaṃsu. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imāni saṅghikāni cīvarāni sāvatthiṃ hareyya’’nti. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāni cīvarāni ādāya sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave ¶ , sammukhībhūtena saṅghena bhājetuṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu utukālaṃ eko vasati. Tattha manussā saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni denti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tāni cīvarāni adhiṭṭhātuṃ – ‘‘mayhimāni cīvarānī’’ti. Tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno taṃ cīvaraṃ anadhiṭṭhite añño bhikkhu āgacchati, samako dātabbo bhāgo. Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājiyamāne, apātite kuse, añño bhikkhu āgacchati, samako dātabbo bhāgo. Tehi ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājiyamāne, pātite kuse, añño bhikkhu āgacchati, nākāmā dātabbo bhāgoti.

Tena kho pana samayena dve bhātikā therā, āyasmā ca isidāso āyasmā ca isibhaṭo, sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭhā aññataraṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ agamaṃsu. Manussā cirassāpi therā āgatāti sacīvarāni bhattāni ¶ adaṃsu. Āvāsikā bhikkhū there pucchiṃsu – ‘‘imāni, bhante, saṅghikāni cīvarāni there āgamma uppannāni, sādiyissanti therā bhāga’’nti. Therā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘yathā kho mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma, tumhākaṃyeva tāni cīvarāni yāva kathinassa ubbhārāyā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena tayo bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ vasanti. Tattha manussā saṅghassa

Demāti cīvarāni denti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ¶ ‘catuvaggo pacchimo saṅgho’ti. Mayañcamhā tayo janā. Ime ca manussā saṅghassa demāti cīvarāni ¶ denti. Kathaṃ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā therā, āyasmā ca nilavāsī āyasmā ca sāṇavāsī āyasmā ca gotako āyasmā ca bhagu āyasmā ca phaḷikasantāno, pāṭaliputte viharanti kukkuṭārāme. Atha kho te bhikkhū pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā there pucchiṃsu. Therā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘yathā kho mayaṃ āvuso bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāma, tumhākaṃyeva tāni cīvarāni yāva kathinassa ubbhārāyā’’ti.

364. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭho aññataraṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ agamāsi. Tattha ca bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imāni kho, āvuso, saṅghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāga’’nti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, sādiyissāmī’’ti. Tato cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsi. Tatthapi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Tepi evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imāni kho, āvuso, saṅghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāga’’nti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, sādiyissāmī’’ti. Tatopi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsi. Tatthapi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Tepi evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imāni kho, āvuso, saṅghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāga’’nti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, sādiyissāmī’’ti. Tatopi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā mahantaṃ cīvarabhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya punadeva sāvatthiṃ paccāgañchi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘mahāpuññosi tvaṃ ¶ , āvuso upananda, bahuṃ te cīvaraṃ uppanna’’nti. ‘‘Kuto me ¶ , āvuso, puññaṃ? Idhāhaṃ, āvuso, sāvatthiyaṃ vassaṃvuṭṭho aññataraṃ gāmakāvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ. Tattha bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Te maṃ evamāhaṃsu – ‘imāni kho, āvuso, saṅghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāga’nti? ‘Āmāvuso, sādiyissāmī’ti. Tato cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ agamāsiṃ. Tatthapi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Tepi maṃ evamāhaṃsu – ‘imāni kho, āvuso, saṅghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāga’’’nti? ‘Āmāvuso, sādiyissāmī’ti. Tatopi cīvarabhāgaṃ gahetvā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ ¶ agamāsiṃ. Tatthapi bhikkhū cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Tepi maṃ evamāhaṃsu – ‘imāni kho, āvuso, saṅghikāni cīvarāni bhājiyissanti, sādiyissasi bhāga’nti? ‘Āmāvuso, sādiyissāmī’ti. Tatopi cīvarabhāgaṃ aggahesiṃ. Evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppannanti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso upananda, aññatra vassaṃvuṭṭho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyī’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto aññatra vassaṃvuṭṭho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, upananda, aññatra vassaṃvuṭṭho aññatra cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññatra vassaṃvuṭṭho aññatra ¶ cīvarabhāgaṃ sādiyissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ ¶ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, aññatra vassaṃvuṭṭhena aññatra cīvarabhāgo sāditabbo. Yo sādiyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upanando sakyaputto eko dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasi – ‘‘evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatī’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa cīvarapaṭivīso dātabbo’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Detha, bhikkhave, moghapurisassa ekādhippāyaṃ. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu eko dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṃ vasati – ‘‘evaṃ me bahuṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjissatī’’ti. Sace amutra upaḍḍhaṃ amutra upaḍḍhaṃ vasati, amutra upaḍḍho amutra upaḍḍho cīvarapaṭivīso dātabbo. Yattha vā pana bahutaraṃ vasati, tato cīvarapaṭivīso dātabboti.

365. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno kucchivikārābādho hoti. So sake muttakarīse palipanno seti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ sayamānaṃ, disvāna yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ te, bhikkhu, ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Kucchivikāro me, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Atthi ¶ pana te, bhikkhu, upaṭṭhāko’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhagavā’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Kissa taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentī’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ akārako; tena maṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchānanda, udakaṃ āhara, imaṃ bhikkhuṃ nahāpessāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā udakaṃ āhari. Bhagavā udakaṃ āsiñci. Āyasmā ānando paridhovi. Bhagavā sīsato aggahesi. Āyasmā ānando pādato uccāretvā mañcake nipātesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, amukasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu gilāno’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ābādho’’ti? ‘‘Tassa, bhante, āyasmato kucchivikārābādho’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, bhikkhave, tassa bhikkhuno upaṭṭhāko’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhagavā’’ti ¶ . ‘‘Kissa taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentī’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ akārako; tena taṃ bhikkhū na upaṭṭhentī’’ti. ‘‘Natthi vo, bhikkhave, mātā, natthi pitā, ye vo upaṭṭhaheyyuṃ. Tumhe ce, bhikkhave, aññamaññaṃ na upaṭṭhahissatha, atha ko carahi upaṭṭhahissati? Yo, bhikkhave, maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyya. Sace upajjhāyo hoti, upajjhāyena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabbaṃ. Sace ācariyo hoti, ācariyena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabbaṃ. Sace saddhivihāriko hoti ¶ , saddhivihārikena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabbaṃ. Sace antevāsiko hoti, antevāsikena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabbaṃ. Sace samānupajjhāyako hoti, samānupajjhāyakena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo ¶ ; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabbaṃ. Sace samānācariyako hoti, samānācariyakena yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabbaṃ. Sace na hoti upajjhāyo vā ācariyo vā saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā samānupajjhāyako vā samānācariyako vā saṅghena upaṭṭhātabbo. No ce upaṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa’’.

366. Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭho hoti – asappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ na jānāti, bhesajjaṃ na paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ nāvikattā hoti ‘abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti, paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti, ṭhitaṃ vā ṭhito’ti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato gilāno dūpaṭṭho hoti.

Pañcahi, bhikkhave ¶ , aṅgehi samannāgato gilāno sūpaṭṭho hoti – sappāyakārī hoti, sappāye mattaṃ jānāti, bhesajjaṃ paṭisevitā hoti, atthakāmassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa yathābhūtaṃ ābādhaṃ āvikattā hoti ‘abhikkamantaṃ vā abhikkamatīti, paṭikkamantaṃ vā paṭikkamatīti, ṭhitaṃ ¶ vā ṭhito’ti, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato gilāno sūpaṭṭho hoti.

Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ – na paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ, sappāyāsappāyaṃ na jānāti, asappāyaṃ upanāmeti sappāyaṃ apanāmeti, āmisantaro gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti no mettacitto, jegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ ¶ vā kheḷaṃ vā vantaṃ vā nīhātuṃ, na paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko nālaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ.

Pañcahi ¶ , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ – paṭibalo hoti bhesajjaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ, sappāyāsappāyaṃ jānāti, asappāyaṃ apanāmeti sappāyaṃ upanāmeti, mettacitto gilānaṃ upaṭṭhāti no āmisantaro, ajegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā kheḷaṃ vā vantaṃ vā nīhātuṃ, paṭibalo hoti gilānaṃ kālena kālaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato gilānupaṭṭhāko alaṃ gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātunti.

367. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tattha ¶ aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ. Handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upaṭṭhahemā’’ti. Te taṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. So tehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno kālamakāsi. Atha kho te bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhussa, bhikkhave, kālaṅkate saṅgho sāmī pattacīvare, apica gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghena ticīvarañca ¶ pattañca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbaṃ. Tena gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, bhikkhu kālaṅkato. Idaṃ tassa ticīvarañca patto cā’’’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṅkato. Idaṃ tassa ticīvarañca patto ca. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ ticīvarañca pattañca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu ¶ me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo bhikkhu kālaṅkato. Idaṃ tassa ticīvarañca patto ca. Saṅgho imaṃ ticīvarañca pattañca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ deti. Yassāyasmato khamati imassa ticīvarassa ca pattassa ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnaṃ ¶ idaṃ saṅghena ticīvarañca patto ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti ¶ .

368. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro sāmaṇero kālaṅkato hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Sāmaṇerassa, bhikkhave, kālaṅkate saṅgho sāmī pattacīvare, api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghena cīvarañca pattañca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbaṃ. Tena gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘itthannāmo, bhante, sāmaṇero kālaṅkato, idaṃ tassa cīvarañca patto cā’’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo sāmaṇero kālaṅkato. Idaṃ tassa cīvarañca patto ca. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ cīvarañca pattañca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo sāmaṇero kālaṅkato. Idaṃ tassa cīvarañca patto ca. Saṅgho imaṃ cīvarañca pattañca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ deti. Yassāyasmato khamati imassa cīvarassa ca pattassa ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnaṃ idaṃ saṅghena cīvarañca patto ca gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

369. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ca sāmaṇero ca gilānaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. So tehi upaṭṭhahiyamāno kālamakāsi. Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi ¶ – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho gilānupaṭṭhākassa ¶ sāmaṇerassa cīvarapaṭivīso dātabbo’’ti ¶ ? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākassa sāmaṇerassa samakaṃ paṭivīsaṃ dātunti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bahubhaṇḍo bahuparikkhāro kālaṅkato hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhussa, bhikkhave, kālaṅkate saṅgho sāmī pattacīvare, api ca gilānupaṭṭhākā bahūpakārā. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghena ticīvarañca pattañca ¶ gilānupaṭṭhākānaṃ dātuṃ. Yaṃ tattha lahubhaṇḍaṃ lahuparikkhāraṃ taṃ sammukhībhūtena saṅghena bhājetuṃ. Yaṃ tattha garubhaṇḍaṃ garuparikkhāraṃ taṃ āgatānāgatassa cātuddisassa saṅghassa avissajjikaṃ avebhaṅgikanti.

370. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu naggo hutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhagavā, bhante, anekapariyāyena appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādī. Idaṃ, bhante, naggiyaṃ anekapariyāyena appicchatāya santuṭṭhitāya sallekhāya dhutatāya [dhutattāya (ka.)] pāsādikatāya apacayāya vīriyārambhāya saṃvattati. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ naggiyaṃ anujānātū’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, naggiyaṃ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…’’ vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, naggiyaṃ ¶ titthiyasamādānaṃ samādiyitabbaṃ. Yo samādiyeyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti.

371. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kusacīraṃ nivāsetvā…pe… vākacīraṃ ¶ nivāsetvā…pe… phalakacīraṃ nivāsetvā…pe… kesakambalaṃ nivāsetvā…pe… vāḷakambalaṃ nivāsetvā…pe… ulūkapakkhaṃ nivāsetvā…pe… ajinakkhipaṃ nivāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhagavā, bhante, anekapariyāyena appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādī. Idaṃ, bhante, ajinakkhipaṃ anekapariyāyena appicchatāya santuṭṭhitāya sallekhāya dhutatāya pāsādikatāya apacayāya vīriyārambhāya saṃvattati. Sādhu, bhante ¶ , bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ ajinakkhipaṃ anujānātū’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ¶ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, ajinakkhipaṃ titthiyadhajaṃ dhāressasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ajinakkhipaṃ titthiyadhajaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti thullaccayassā’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu akkanāḷaṃ nivāsetvā…pe… potthakaṃ nivāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhagavā, bhante, anekapariyāyena appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa, vaṇṇavādī. Ayaṃ, bhante, potthako anekapariyāyena appicchatāya ¶ santuṭṭhitāya sallekhāya dhutatāya pāsādikatāya apacayāya vīriyārambhāya saṃvattati. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ potthakaṃ anujānātū’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, potthakaṃ nivāsessasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, potthako nivāsetabbo. Yo nivāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

372. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabbanīlakāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… sabbapītakāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… sabbalohitakāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… sabbamañjiṭṭhakāni [sabbamañjeṭṭhakāni (sī. syā.)] cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… sabbakaṇhāni cīvarāni dhārenti ¶ …pe… sabbamahāraṅgarattāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… sabbamahānāmarattāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… acchinnadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… dīghadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… pupphadasāni cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… phaṇadasāni [phaladasāni (ka.)] cīvarāni dhārenti…pe… kañcukaṃ dhārenti…pe… tirīṭakaṃ dhārenti…pe… veṭhanaṃ dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā veṭhanaṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ ¶ . Na, bhikkhave, sabbanīlakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbapītakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbalohitakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbamañjiṭṭhakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbakaṇhāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na sabbamahāraṅgarattāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na ¶ sabbamahānāmarattāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na acchinnadasāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na dīghadasāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na pupphadasāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na phaṇadasāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, na kañcukaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, na tirīṭakaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, na veṭhanaṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.

373. Tena kho pana samayena vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhū anuppanne cīvare ¶ pakkamantipi, vibbhamantipi, kālampi karonti, sāmaṇerāpi paṭijānanti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakāpi paṭijānanti, antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakāpi paṭijānanti, ummattakāpi paṭijānanti, khittacittāpi paṭijānanti, vedanāṭṭāpi paṭijānanti, āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakāpi paṭijānanti, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakāpi paṭijānanti, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakāpi paṭijānanti, paṇḍakāpi paṭijānanti, theyyasaṃvāsakāpi paṭijānanti, titthiyapakkantakāpi paṭijānanti, tiracchānagatāpi paṭijānanti, mātughātakāpi paṭijānanti, pitughātakāpi paṭijānanti, arahantaghātakāpi paṭijānanti, bhikkhunidūsakāpi paṭijānanti, saṅghabhedakāpi paṭijānanti, lohituppādakāpi paṭijānanti, ubhatobyañjanakāpi paṭijānanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

374. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare pakkamati, sante patirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti, sāmaṇero paṭijānāti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti ¶ , antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti, saṅgho sāmī.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare ummattako paṭijānāti, khittacitto paṭijānāti, vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti, āpattiyā ¶ adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti, sante patirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu anuppanne cīvare paṇḍako paṭijānāti, theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti, titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti, tiracchānagato paṭijānāti, mātughātako paṭijānāti, pitughātako paṭijānāti, arahantaghātako paṭijānāti, bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti, saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti, lohituppādako paṭijānāti, ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, saṅgho sāmī.

375. Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite pakkamati, sante patirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite vibbhamati, kālaṃ karoti, sāmaṇero paṭijānāti, sikkhaṃ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti, antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti, saṅgho sāmī.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite ummattako paṭijānāti. Khittacitto paṭijānāti, vedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti, āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti, sante patirūpe gāhake dātabbaṃ.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhu uppanne cīvare abhājite paṇḍako paṭijānāti, theyyasaṃvāsako paṭijānāti, titthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti, tiracchānagato paṭijānāti, mātughātako paṭijānāti, pitughātako paṭijānāti, arahantaghātako paṭijānāti, bhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti, saṅghabhedako paṭijānāti, lohituppādako paṭijānāti, ubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, saṅgho sāmī.

376. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ ¶ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṅgho bhijjati. Tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, ekasmiṃ pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti – saṅghassa demāti. Saṅghassevetaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṅgho bhijjati. Tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, tasmiṃyeva pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti – saṅghassa ¶ demāti. Saṅghassevetaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṅgho bhijjati. Tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, ekasmiṃ pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti – pakkhassa demāti. Pakkhassevetaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anuppanne cīvare saṅgho bhijjati. Tattha manussā ekasmiṃ pakkhe udakaṃ denti, tasmiṃyeva pakkhe cīvaraṃ denti – pakkhassa demāti. Pakkhassevetaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uppanne cīvare abhājite saṅgho bhijjati. Sabbesaṃ samakaṃ bhājetabbanti.

377. Tena ¶ kho pana samayena āyasmā revato aññatarassa bhikkhuno hatthe āyasmato sāriputtassa cīvaraṃ pāhesi – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ therassa dehī’’ti. Atha kho so bhikkhu antarāmagge āyasmato revatassa vissāsā taṃ cīvaraṃ aggahesi. Atha kho āyasmā revato āyasmatā sāriputtena samāgantvā pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, therassa cīvaraṃ pāhesiṃ. Sampattaṃ taṃ cīvara’’nti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ taṃ, āvuso, cīvaraṃ passāmī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā revato taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso ¶ , āyasmato hatthe therassa cīvaraṃ pāhesiṃ. Kahaṃ taṃ cīvara’’nti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmato vissāsā taṃ cīvaraṃ aggahesi’’nti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

378. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehī’’ti. So antarāmagge yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Suggahitaṃ. Yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Duggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehī’’ti. So antarāmagge yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Duggahitaṃ. Yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Suggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehī’’ti. So antarāmagge suṇāti – yo pahiṇati so kālaṅkatoti. Tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. Yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Duggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehī’’ti. So antarāmagge suṇāti – yassa pahiyyati so kālaṅkatoti. Tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. Yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Suggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dehī’’ti. So ¶ antarāmagge suṇāti – ubho kālaṅkatāti. Yo pahiṇati tassa matakacīvaraṃ ¶ adhiṭṭhāti. Svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. Yassa pahiyyati ¶ tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’ti. So antarāmagge yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Duggahitaṃ. Yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Suggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’ti. So antarāmagge yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Suggahitaṃ. Yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Duggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’ti. So antarāmagge suṇāti – ‘‘yo pahiṇati so ¶ kālaṅkato’’ti. Tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. Yassa pahiyyati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Suggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’ti. So antarāmagge suṇāti – ‘‘yassa pahiyyati so kālaṅkato’’ti. Tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Svādhiṭṭhitaṃ. Yo pahiṇati tassa vissāsā gaṇhāti. Duggahitaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhussa hatthe cīvaraṃ pahiṇati – ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’ti. So antarāmagge suṇāti ‘‘ubho kālaṅkatā’’ti. Yo pahiṇati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Dvādhiṭṭhitaṃ. Yassa pahiyyati tassa matakacīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Svādhiṭṭhitaṃ.

379. Aṭṭhimā ¶ , bhikkhave, mātikā cīvarassa uppādāya – sīmāya deti ¶ , katikāya deti, bhikkhāpaññattiyā deti, saṅghassa deti, ubhatosaṅghassa deti, vassaṃvuṭṭhasaṅghassa deti, ādissa deti, puggalassa deti.

Sīmāya deti – yāvatikā bhikkhū antosīmagatā tehi bhājetabbaṃ. Katikāya deti – sambahulā āvāsā samānalābhā honti ekasmiṃ āvāse dinne sabbattha dinnaṃ hoti. Bhikkhāpaññattiyā deti, yattha saṅghassa dhuvakārā kariyyanti, tattha deti. Saṅghassa deti, sammukhībhūtena saṅghena bhājetabbaṃ. Ubhatosaṅghassa deti, bahukāpi bhikkhū honti, ekā bhikkhunī hoti, upaḍḍhaṃ dātabbaṃ, bahukāpi bhikkhuniyo honti, eko bhikkhu hoti, upaḍḍhaṃ dātabbaṃ. Vassaṃvuṭṭhasaṅghassa deti, yāvatikā bhikkhū tasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhā, tehi bhājetabbaṃ. Ādissa deti, yāguyā vā bhatte vā khādanīye vā cīvare vā senāsane vā bhesajje vā ¶ . Puggalassa deti, ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa dammī’’ti.

Chakaṇena ¶ sītudakā [sītundī ca (sī.), sītuṇhi ca (katthaci)], uttaritu na jānare.

380. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. Tena kho pana samayena kāsīsu janapade vāsabhagāmo nāma hoti. Tattha kassapagotto nāma bhikkhu āvāsiko hoti tantibaddho ussukkaṃ āpanno – kinti anāgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū phāsu vihareyyuṃ, ayañca āvāso vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyāti. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kāsīsu cārikaṃ caramānā yena vāsabhagāmo tadavasaruṃ. Addasā kho kassapagotto bhikkhu te bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante, disvāna āsanaṃ paññapesi, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, pānīyena āpucchi, nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsi, ussukkampi akāsi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhaddako kho ayaṃ, āvuso, āvāsiko bhikkhu nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti, ussukkampi karoti yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, idheva vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappemā’’ti. Atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū tattheva vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappesuṃ.

Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘yo kho imesaṃ ¶ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukakilamatho so paṭippassaddho. Yepime gocare appakataññuno tedānime gocare pakataññuno. Dukkaraṃ kho pana parakulesu yāvajīvaṃ ussukkaṃ kātuṃ, viññatti ca manussānaṃ amanāpā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ na ussukkaṃ kareyyaṃ yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmi’’nti. So na ussukkaṃ akāsi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ etadahosi – ‘‘pubbe khvāyaṃ, āvuso, āvāsiko bhikkhu nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsi, ussukkampi akāsi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Sodānāyaṃ na ussukkaṃ karoti yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Duṭṭhodānāyaṃ, āvuso, āvāsiko bhikkhu. Handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, āvāsikaṃ ¶ [imaṃ āvāsikaṃ (syā.)] bhikkhuṃ ukkhipāmā’’ti. Atha kho te ¶ āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatitvā kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbe kho tvaṃ, āvuso, nahāne ussukkaṃ karosi, ussukkampi karosi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Sodāni tvaṃ na ussukkaṃ karosi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno. Passasetaṃ āpatti’’nti? ‘‘Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyya’’nti. Atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu.

Atha kho kassapagottassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho etaṃ na jānāmi ‘āpatti vā esā anāpatti vā, āpanno camhi [vamhi (?)] anāpanno vā, ukkhitto camhi ¶ anukkhitto vā, dhammikena vā adhammikena vā, kuppena vā akuppena vā, ṭhānārahena vā aṭṭhānārahena vā’. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ campaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyya’’nti. Atha kho kassapagotto bhikkhu senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena campā tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena campā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā kassapagottaṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato, kuto ca tvaṃ, bhikkhu, āgacchasī’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā; yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā; appakilamathena cāhaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgato. Atthi, bhante, kāsīsu janapade vāsabhagāmo nāma. Tatthāhaṃ, bhagavā, āvāsiko tantibaddho ussukkaṃ āpanno – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā bhikkhū phāsu vihareyyuṃ, ayañca āvāso vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyyā’ti. Atha kho, bhante, sambahulā bhikkhū kāsīsu cārikaṃ caramānā yena vāsabhagāmo tadavasaruṃ. Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, te bhikkhū dūratova āgacchante, disvāna āsanaṃ paññapesiṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipiṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesiṃ, pānīyena apucchiṃ, nahāne ussukkaṃ akāsiṃ, ussukkampi akāsiṃ yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ ¶ . Atha kho tesaṃ, bhante, āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘bhaddako kho ¶ ayaṃ āvuso āvāsiko bhikkhu nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti, ussukkampi karoti yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, idheva vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappemā’ti. Atha kho ¶ te, bhante, āgantukā bhikkhū tattheva vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappesuṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – ‘yo kho imesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgantukakilamatho so paṭippassaddho. Yepime gocare appakataññuno tedānime gocare pakataññuno. Dukkaraṃ kho pana parakulesu ¶ yāvajīvaṃ ussukkaṃ kātuṃ, viññatti ca manussānaṃ amanāpā. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ na ussukkaṃ kareyyaṃ yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmi’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, na ussukkaṃ akāsiṃ yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ, bhante, āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘pubbe khvāyaṃ, āvuso, āvāsiko bhikkhu nahāne ussukkaṃ karoti, ussukkampi karoti yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Sodānāyaṃ na ussukkaṃ karoti yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Duṭṭhodānāyaṃ, āvuso, āvāsiko bhikkhu. Handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, āvāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ukkhipāmā’ti. Atha kho te, bhante, āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatitvā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘pubbe kho tvaṃ, āvuso, nahāne ussukkaṃ karosi, ussukkampi karosi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Sodāni tvaṃ na ussukkaṃ karosi yāguyā khādanīye bhattasmiṃ. Āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno. Passasetaṃ āpatti’nti ¶ ? ‘Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti yamahaṃ passeyya’nti. Atha kho te, bhante, āgantukā bhikkhū maṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – ‘ahaṃ kho etaṃ na jānāmi ‘āpatti vā esā anāpatti vā, āpanno camhi anāpanno vā, ukkhitto camhi anukkhitto vā, dhammikena vā adhammikena vā, kuppena vā akuppena vā, ṭhānārahena vā aṭṭhānārahena vā’. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ campaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyya’nti. Tato ahaṃ, bhagavā, āgacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Anāpatti esā, bhikkhu, nesā āpatti. Anāpannosi, nasi āpanno. Anukkhittosi, nasi ukkhitto. Adhammikenāsi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena. Gaccha tvaṃ, bhikkhu, tattheva vāsabhagāme nivāsaṃ kappehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho kassapagotto bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena vāsabhagāmo tena pakkāmi.

381. Atha ¶ kho tesaṃ āgantukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ahudeva kukkuccaṃ, ahu vippaṭisāro – ‘‘alābhā vata no, na vata no lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata no, na vata no suladdhaṃ, ye mayaṃ suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipimhā. Handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, campaṃ gantvā bhagavato santike accayaṃ accayato desemā’’ti. Atha kho te āgantukā bhikkhū senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena campā tena pakkamiṃsu. Anupubbena ¶ yena campā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhave, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kaccittha appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgatā, kuto ca tumhe, bhikkhave, āgacchathā’’ti ¶ ? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā; yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā; appakilamathena ca mayaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgatā. Atthi, bhante, kāsīsu janapade vāsabhagāmo nāma. Tato mayaṃ, bhagavā, āgacchāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tumhe, bhikkhave, āvāsikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ukkhipitthā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ, bhikkhave, vatthusmiṃ kāraṇe’’ti? ‘‘Avatthusmiṃ, bhagavā, akāraṇe’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisā, ananulomikaṃ ¶ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tumhe, moghapurisā, suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipissatha. Netaṃ, moghapurisā, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe…’’ vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, suddho bhikkhu anāpattiko avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipitabbo. Yo ukkhipeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

Atha kho te bhikkhū uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘accayo no, bhante, accagamā yathābāle yathāmūḷhe ¶ yathāakusale, ye mayaṃ suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipimhā. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā’’ti. ‘‘Taggha, tumhe, bhikkhave, accayo accagamā yathābāle yathāmūḷhe yathāakusale, ye tumhe suddhaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpattikaṃ avatthusmiṃ akāraṇe ukkhipittha. Yato ca kho tumhe, bhikkhave, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarotha, taṃ vo mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuddhihesā ¶ , bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti, āyatiṃ [āyatiṃ ca (sī.)] saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti.

382. Tena kho pana samayena campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti – adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti, adhammena samaggakammaṃ karonti; dhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ karonti; dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ karonti; ekopi ekaṃ ukkhipati, ekopi dve ukkhipati, ekopi sambahule ukkhipati, ekopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipati; dvepi ekaṃ ukkhipanti, dvepi dve ukkhipanti, dvepi sambahule ukkhipanti, dvepi saṅghaṃ ukkhipanti ¶ ; sambahulāpi ¶ ekaṃ ukkhipanti; sambahulāpi dve ukkhipanti, sambahulāpi sambahule ukkhipanti, sambahulāpi saṅghaṃ ukkhipanti; saṅghopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipati. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karissanti – adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, adhammena samaggakammaṃ karissanti, dhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ karissanti, ekopi ekaṃ ukkhipissati, ekopi dve ukkhipissati, ekopi sambahule ukkhipissati, ekopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipissati, dvepi ekaṃ ukkhipissanti, dvepi dve ukkhipissanti, dvepi sambahule ukkhipissanti, dvepi saṅghaṃ ukkhipissanti, sambahulāpi ekaṃ ukkhipissanti, sambahulāpi dve ukkhipissanti, sambahulāpi sambahule ukkhipissanti, sambahulāpi saṅghaṃ ukkhipissanti, saṅghopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipissatī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, campāyaṃ bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti – adhammena ¶ vaggakammaṃ karonti…pe… saṅghopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipatī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā evarūpāni kammāni karissanti – adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti…pe… saṅghopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipissati. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

383. ‘‘Adhammena ¶ ce, bhikkhave, vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, adhammena [adhammena ce bhikkhave (syā.)] samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; ekopi ekaṃ ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, ekopi dve ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, ekopi sambahule ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, ekopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; dvepi ekaṃ ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, dvepi dve ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, dvepi sambahule ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, dvepi ¶ saṅghaṃ ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; sambahulāpi ekaṃ ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, sambahulāpi dve ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, sambahulāpi sambahule ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ, sambahulāpi saṅghaṃ ukkhipanti akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; saṅghopi saṅghaṃ ukkhipati akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

384. ‘‘Cattārimāni ¶ , bhikkhave, kammāni – adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammena samaggakammaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ adhammena vaggakammaṃ, idaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ adhammattā vaggattā kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ; na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ca mayā evarūpaṃ kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ adhammena samaggakammaṃ, idaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ adhammattā kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ; na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ca mayā evarūpaṃ kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ dhammena vaggakammaṃ, idaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vaggattā kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ; na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ca mayā evarūpaṃ kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṃ dhammena samaggakammaṃ, idaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ dhammattā samaggattā akuppaṃ ṭhānārahaṃ; evarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ kātabbaṃ, evarūpañca mayā kammaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ kammaṃ karissāma yadidaṃ dhammena samagganti – evañhi ¶ vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti.

385. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti – adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti, adhammena samaggakammaṃ karonti; dhammena vaggakammaṃ ¶ karonti, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ karonti, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ karonti; ñattivipannampi kammaṃ karonti anussāvanasampannaṃ, anussāvanavipannampi kammaṃ karonti ñattisampannaṃ, ñattivipannampi ¶ anussāvanavipannampi kammaṃ karonti; aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ karonti, aññatrāpi vinayā kammaṃ karonti, aññatrāpi satthusāsanā kammaṃ karonti; paṭikuṭṭhakatampi kammaṃ karonti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karissanti – adhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, adhammena samaggakammaṃ karissanti; dhammena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ karissanti, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ karissanti; ñattivipannampi kammaṃ karissanti anussāvanasampannaṃ, anussāvanavipannampi kammaṃ karissanti ñattisampannaṃ, ñattivipannampi anussāvanavipannampi kammaṃ karissanti; aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ karissanti, aññatrāpi vinayā kammaṃ karissanti, aññatrāpi satthusāsanā kammaṃ karissanti; paṭikuṭṭhakatampi kammaṃ karissanti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānāraha’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū ¶ bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū evarūpāni kammāni karonti – adhammena vaggakammaṃ karonti…pe… paṭikuṭṭhakatampi kammaṃ karonti adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānāraha’’nti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

386. ‘‘Adhammena ce, bhikkhave, vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ ¶ ; adhammena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; dhammena vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Ñattivipannañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ anussāvanasampannaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; anussāvanavipannañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ ñattisampannaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; ñattivipannañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ anussāvanavipannaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; aññatrāpi dhammā kammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; aññatrāpi vinayā kammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; aññatrāpi satthusāsanā kammaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ; paṭikuṭṭhakatañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ adhammikaṃ kuppaṃ aṭṭhānārahaṃ akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

387. Chayimāni, bhikkhave, kammāni – adhammakammaṃ, vaggakammaṃ, samaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena samaggakammaṃ.

Katamañca ¶ , bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ? Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme ekāya ñattiyā kammaṃ karoti, na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme dvīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme ekāya kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti, na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti ¶ – adhammakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme dvīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme ekāya ñattiyā kammaṃ karoti, na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti – adhammakammaṃ ¶ . Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme dvīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme tīhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme catūhi ñattīhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca kammavācaṃ anussāveti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme ekāya kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti, na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme dvīhi kammavācāhi ¶ kammaṃ karoti, na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme tīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti – adhammakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme catūhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti, na ca ñattiṃ ṭhapeti – adhammakammaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ.

Katamañca, bhikkhave, vaggakammaṃ? Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – vaggakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – vaggakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – vaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā ¶ te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – vaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā ¶ paṭikkosanti – vaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – vaggakammaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vaggakammaṃ.

Katamañca, bhikkhave, samaggakammaṃ? Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti – samaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti – samaggakammaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samaggakammaṃ.

Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ? Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave ¶ , kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ ¶ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā ¶ paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te anāgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando anāhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti ¶ , sammukhībhūtā paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ.

Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ? Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ¶ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ kammavācaṃ anussāveti, pacchā ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ.

Katamañca, bhikkhave, dhammena samaggakammaṃ? Ñattidutiye ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, pacchā ekāya kammavācāya kammaṃ karoti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti – dhammena samaggakammaṃ. Ñatticatutthe ce, bhikkhave, kamme paṭhamaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, pacchā tīhi kammavācāhi kammaṃ karoti, yāvatikā bhikkhū kammappattā, te āgatā honti, chandārahānaṃ chando āhaṭo hoti, sammukhībhūtā na paṭikkosanti, dhammena samaggakammaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dhammena samaggakammaṃ.

388. Pañca ¶ saṅghā – catuvaggo bhikkhusaṅgho pañcavaggo bhikkhusaṅgho, dasavaggo bhikkhusaṅgho, vīsativaggo bhikkhusaṅgho, atirekavīsativaggo bhikkhusaṅgho. Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ catuvaggo bhikkhusaṅgho, ṭhapetvā tīṇi kammāni – upasampadaṃ pavāraṇaṃ abbhānaṃ, dhammena samaggo ¶ sabbakammesu kammappatto. Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ pañcavaggo bhikkhusaṅgho, ṭhapetvā dve kammāni – majjhimesu janapadesu upasampadaṃ abbhānaṃ, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ dasavaggo bhikkhusaṅgho, ṭhapetvā ekaṃ kammaṃ – abbhānaṃ, dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto. Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ vīsativaggo bhikkhusaṅgho dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu ¶ kammappatto. Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ atirekavīsativaggo bhikkhusaṅgho ¶ dhammena samaggo sabbakammesu kammappatto.

389. Catuvaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ bhikkhunicatuttho kammaṃ kareyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Catuvaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sikkhamānacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ…pe…. Sāmaṇeracatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Sāmaṇericatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Paṇḍakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Theyyasaṃvāsakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Titthiyapakkantakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Tiracchānagatacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Mātughātakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Pitughātakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Arahantaghātakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Bhikkhunidūsakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Saṅghabhedakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Lohituppādakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Ubhatobyañjanakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Nānāsaṃvāsakacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Nānāsīmāya ṭhitacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitacatuttho kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ ¶ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Yassa saṅgho kammaṃ karoti, taṃcatuttho kammaṃ kareyya ¶ … akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

390. Pañcavaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ bhikkhunipañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Pañcavaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sikkhamānapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya…pe…. Sāmaṇerapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… sāmaṇeripañcamo kammaṃ kareyya ¶ … sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… paṇḍakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… theyyasaṃvāsakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… titthiyapakkantakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… tiracchānagatapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… mātughātakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… pitughātakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… arahantaghātakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… bhikkhunidūsakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… saṅghabhedakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… lohituppādakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… ubhatobyañjanakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… nānāsaṃvāsakapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… nānāsīmāya ṭhitapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitapañcamo kammaṃ kareyya… yassa saṅgho kammaṃ karoti, taṃpañcamo kammaṃ kareyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

391. Dasavaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ bhikkhunidasamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Dasavaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sikkhamānadasamo kammaṃ kareyya, akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ…pe… ¶ . Dasavaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ yassa saṅgho kammaṃ karoti, taṃdasamo kammaṃ kareyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

392. Vīsativaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ bhikkhunivīso kammaṃ kareyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Vīsativaggakaraṇañce, bhikkhave, kammaṃ sikkhamānavīso kammaṃ kareyya ¶ …pe… sāmaṇeravīso kammaṃ kareyya… sāmaṇerivīso kammaṃ kareyya… sikkhaṃ paccakkhātakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… paṇḍakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… theyyasaṃvāsakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… titthiyapakkantakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… tiracchānagatavīso kammaṃ kareyya… mātughātakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… pitughātakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… arahantaghātakavīso ¶ kammaṃ kareyya… bhikkhunidūsakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… saṅghabhedakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… lohituppādakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… ubhatobyañjanakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… nānāsaṃvāsakavīso kammaṃ kareyya… nānāsīmāya ṭhitavīso kammaṃ kareyya… iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitavīso kammaṃ kareyya… yassa saṅgho kammaṃ karoti, taṃvīso kammaṃ kareyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

393. Pārivāsikacatuttho ¶ ce, bhikkhave, parivāsaṃ dadeyya, mūlāya paṭikasseyya, mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Mūlāya paṭikassanārahacatuttho ce, bhikkhave, parivāsaṃ dadeyya, mūlāya paṭikasseyya, mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Mānattārahacatuttho ce, bhikkhave, parivāsaṃ dadeyya, mūlāya paṭikasseyya, mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya ¶ – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Mānattacārikacatuttho ce, bhikkhave, parivāsaṃ dadeyya, mūlāya paṭikasseyya, mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ. Abbhānārahacatuttho ce, bhikkhave, parivāsaṃ dadeyya, mūlāya paṭikasseyya, mānattaṃ dadeyya, taṃvīso abbheyya – akammaṃ na ca karaṇīyaṃ.

394. Ekaccassa, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā ruhati, ekaccassa na ruhati. Kassa ca, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na ruhati? Bhikkhuniyā, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na ruhati. Sikkhamānāya, bhikkhave…pe… sāmaṇerassa, bhikkhave… sāmaṇeriyā, bhikkhave… sikkhāpaccakkhātakassa bhikkhave… antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannakassa, bhikkhave ¶ … ummattakassa, bhikkhave… khittacittassa, bhikkhave… vedanāṭṭassa, bhikkhave… āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave… āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave… pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ¶ ukkhittakassa, bhikkhave… paṇḍakassa, bhikkhave… theyyasaṃvāsakassa, bhikkhave… titthiyapakkantakassa, bhikkhave ¶ … tiracchānagatassa bhikkhave… mātughātakassa, bhikkhave… pitughātakassa, bhikkhave… arahantaghātakassa, bhikkhave… bhikkhunidūsakassa, bhikkhave… saṅghabhedakassa, bhikkhave… lohituppādakassa, bhikkhave… ubhatobyañjanakassa, bhikkhave… nānāsaṃvāsakassa, bhikkhave… nānāsīmāya ṭhitassa, bhikkhave… iddhiyā vehāse ṭhitassa, bhikkhave, yassa saṅgho kammaṃ karoti, tassa ca [tassa (syā.)], bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na ruhati. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā na ruhati.

Kassa ca, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā ruhati? Bhikkhussa, bhikkhave, pakatattassa

Samānasaṃvāsakassa samānasīmāya ṭhitassa antamaso ānantarikassāpi [anantarikassāpi (syā.)] bhikkhuno viññāpentassa saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā ruhati. Imassa kho, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe paṭikkosanā ruhati.

395. Dvemā, bhikkhave, nissāraṇā. Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ. Tañce saṅgho nissāreti, ekacco sunissārito, ekacco dunnissārito. Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho nissāreti – dunnissārito? Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu suddho hoti anāpattiko. Tañce saṅgho nissāreti – dunnissārito. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho nissāreti – dunnissārito.

Katamo ¶ ca, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho nissāreti – sunissārito? Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bālo hoti abyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno, gihisaṃsaṭṭho ¶ viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi, tañce saṅgho nissāreti – sunissārito. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto nissāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho nissāreti – sunissārito.

396. Dvemā ¶ , bhikkhave, osāraṇā. Atthi, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ tañce saṅgho osāreti, ekacco sosārito, ekacco ¶ dosārito. Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – dosārito? Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – dosārito. Theyyasaṃvāsako, bhikkhave, appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – dosārito. Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave…pe… tiracchānagato, bhikkhave… mātughātako, bhikkhave… pitughātako, bhikkhave… arahantaghātako, bhikkhave… bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave… saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave… lohituppādako, bhikkhave… ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, appatto, osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – dosārito. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – dosārito. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, puggalā appattā osāraṇaṃ, te ce saṅgho osāreti – dosāritā.

Katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – sosārito? Hatthacchinno, bhikkhave, appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti, sosārito. Pādacchinno, bhikkhave…pe… hatthapādacchinno, bhikkhave… kaṇṇacchinno ¶ , bhikkhave… nāsacchinno, bhikkhave… kaṇṇanāsacchinno, bhikkhave… aṅgulicchinno, bhikkhave… aḷacchinno, bhikkhave… kaṇḍaracchinno, bhikkhave… phaṇahatthako, bhikkhave… khujjo, bhikkhave… vāmano, bhikkhave… galagaṇḍī, bhikkhave… lakkhaṇāhato, bhikkhave… kasāhato, bhikkhave… likhitako, bhikkhave… sīpadiko, bhikkhave… pāparogī, bhikkhave… parisadūsako, bhikkhave… kāṇo, bhikkhave… kuṇī, bhikkhave… khañjo, bhikkhave… pakkhahato, bhikkhave… chinniriyāpatho, bhikkhave… jarādubbalo, bhikkhave… andho, bhikkhave… mūgo, bhikkhave… badhiro, bhikkhave… andhamūgo, bhikkhave… andhabadhiro, bhikkhave… mūgabadhiro, bhikkhave… andhamūgabadhiro, bhikkhave, appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – sosārito. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, puggalo appatto osāraṇaṃ, tañce saṅgho osāreti – sosārito. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, puggalā appattā osāraṇaṃ, te ce saṅgho osāreti – sosāritā.

397. Idha ¶ ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpatti’’nti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyya’’nti. Taṃ ¶ saṅgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, paṭikarohi ¶ taṃ āpatti’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamayaṃ paṭikareyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘pāpikā te, āvuso, diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, pāpikā diṭṭhi, yamahaṃ paṭinissajjeyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpatti? Paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyyaṃ. Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ paṭikareyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpattiṃ? Pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyyaṃ; natthi me, āvuso, pāpikā diṭṭhi, yamahaṃ paṭinissajjeyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho adassane vā appaṭinissagge ¶ vā ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha ¶ ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ; pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ. Natthi me, āvuso, pāpikā diṭṭhi, yamahaṃ paṭinissajjeyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa na hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, na hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, na hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ¶ ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpattiṃ? Paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ; pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyyaṃ. Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ. Natthi me, āvuso, pāpikā diṭṭhi, yamahaṃ paṭinissajjeyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

398. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti. Saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ ¶ , āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpatti’’nti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘āmāvuso, passāmī’’ti. Taṃ saṅgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘āmāvuso, paṭikarissāmī’’ti. Taṃ saṅgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘pāpikā te, āvuso, diṭṭhi; paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘āmāvuso ¶ , paṭinissajjissāmī’’ti. Taṃ saṅgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā…pe… hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā…pe… hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā…pe… hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpattiṃ? Paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ; pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘āmāvuso, passāmi, āma paṭikarissāmi, āma paṭinissajjissāmī’’ti ¶ . Taṃ saṅgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati – adhammakammaṃ.

399. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpatti’’nti? So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyya’’nti. Taṃ ¶ saṅgho āpattiyā adassane ukkhipati – dhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ paṭikareyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhipati – dhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘pāpikā te, āvuso, diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, pāpikā diṭṭhi, yamahaṃ paṭinissajjeyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhipati – dhammakammaṃ.

Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā…pe…

Hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā…pe… hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi paṭinissajjetā ¶ …pe… hoti āpatti daṭṭhabbā, hoti āpatti paṭikātabbā, hoti pāpikā diṭṭhi ¶ paṭinissajjetā. Tamenaṃ codeti saṅgho vā sambahulā vā ekapuggalo vā – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ ¶ āpattiṃ? Paṭikarohi taṃ āpattiṃ. Pāpikā te diṭṭhi, paṭinissajjetaṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. So evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘natthi me, āvuso, āpatti, yamahaṃ passeyyaṃ. Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti yamahaṃ paṭikareyyaṃ. Natthi me, āvuso, pāpikā diṭṭhi, yamahaṃ paṭinissajjeyya’’nti. Taṃ saṅgho adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā ukkhipati – dhammakammanti.

400. Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yo nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ asammukhā karoti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Adhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, avinayakamma’’nti. ‘‘Yo nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭipucchā karoti…pe… paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ apaṭiññāya karoti… sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti… amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… tajjanīyakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti ¶ … niyassakammārahassa ¶ pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… pabbājanīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti… mānattārahaṃ abbheti… abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Adhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, avinayakammaṃ’’.

‘‘Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ asammukhā karoti, evaṃ kho, upāli, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ, evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti. Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ appaṭipucchā karoti…pe… paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ ¶ apaṭiññāya karoti… sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti… amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… tajjanīyakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… niyassakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… pabbājanīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa ¶ ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti… mānattārahaṃ abbheti… abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho, upāli, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hotī’’ti.

401. ‘‘Yo ¶ nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ sammukhā karoti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Dhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, vinayakamma’’nti. ‘‘Yo nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭipucchā karoti…pe… paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭiññāya karoti… sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti… amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… tajjanīyakammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… niyassakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… pabbājanīyakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… parivāsārahassa parivāsaṃ deti mūlāyapaṭikassanārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… mānattārahassa mānattaṃ deti… abbhānārahaṃ abbheti… upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Dhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, vinayakammaṃ.

‘‘Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho sammukhākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ sammukhā karoti, evaṃ kho, upāli, dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho anatisāro hoti. Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho paṭipucchākaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭipucchā karoti… paṭiññāyakaraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ paṭiññāya karoti… sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti… amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… tajjanīyakammārahassa ¶ tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… niyassakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… pabbājanīyakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti ¶ … paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… parivāsārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… mānattārahassa mānattaṃ deti… abbhānārahaṃ abbheti… upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho, upāli, dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho anatisāro hotī’’ti.

402. ‘‘Yo nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, amūḷhavinayārahassa ¶ sativinayaṃ deti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Adhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, avinayakamma’’nti. ‘‘Yo nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti, tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti…pe… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ ¶ karoti, tajjanīyakammārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… tajjanīyakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti, niyassakammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… niyassakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti, pabbājanīyakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… pabbājanīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti, paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti, ukkhepanīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa parivāsaṃ deti, parivāsārahassa ¶ ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti, mānattārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… mānattārahaṃ abbheti, abbhānārahassa mānattaṃ deti… abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Adhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, avinayakamma’’nti.

‘‘Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho, upāli, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti. Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti, tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti…pe… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti, tajjanīyakammārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… tajjanīyakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti ¶ , niyassakammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… niyassakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti, pabbājanīyakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… pabbājanīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti, paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti, ukkhepanīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa parivāsaṃ deti, parivāsārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… parivāsārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati, mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa parivāsaṃ ¶ deti… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa mānattaṃ deti, mānattārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati – mānattārahaṃ abbheti, abbhānārahassa mānattaṃ deti… abbhānārahaṃ upasampādeti, upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, evaṃ kho, upāli, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hotī’’ti.

403. ‘‘Yo ¶ nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Dhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, vinayakamma’’nti. ‘‘Yo nu kho, bhante, samaggo saṅgho amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti…pe… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti…pe… tajjanīyakammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… niyassakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti…pe… pabbājanīyakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… parivāsārahassa parivāsaṃ deti…pe… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati…pe… mānattārahassa mānattaṃ deti…pe… abbhānārahaṃ abbheti, upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, dhammakammaṃ nu kho taṃ, bhante, vinayakamma’’nti? ‘‘Dhammakammaṃ taṃ, upāli, vinayakammaṃ’’.

‘‘Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho sativinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho, upāli, dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho anatisāro hoti ¶ . Yo kho, upāli, samaggo saṅgho amūḷhavinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti ¶ …pe… tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti…pe… tajjanīyakammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… niyassakammārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti…pe… pabbājanīyakammārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa ¶ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… parivāsārahassa parivāsaṃ deti…pe… mūlāya paṭikassanārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati…pe… mānattārahassa mānattaṃ deti…pe… abbhānārahaṃ abbheti, upasampadārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho, upāli, dhammakammaṃ hoti vinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho anatisāro hotī’’ti.

404. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – yo kho, bhikkhave, samaggo saṅgho sativinayārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti. Yo kho, bhikkhave, samaggo saṅgho sativinayārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti…pe… sativinayārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… sativinayārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… sativinayārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… sativinayārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… sativinayārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti ¶ … sativinayārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… sativinayārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… sativinayārahassa mānattaṃ deti… sativinayārahaṃ abbheti… sativinayārahaṃ upasampādeti, evaṃ kho ¶ , bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti.

405. Yo kho, bhikkhave, samaggo saṅgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti, evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti. Yo kho, bhikkhave, samaggo saṅgho amūḷhavinayārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… amūḷhavinayārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… amūḷhavinayārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… amūḷhavinayārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… amūḷhavinayārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… amūḷhavinayārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… amūḷhavinayārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… amūḷhavinayārahassa mānattaṃ deti… amūḷhavinayārahaṃ abbheti… amūḷhavinayārahaṃ upasampādeti… amūḷhavinayārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti.

406. Yo ¶ kho, bhikkhave, samaggo saṅgho tassapāpiyasikākammārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti…pe… tajjanīyakammārahassa… niyassakammārahassa… pabbājanīyakammārahassa… paṭisāraṇīyakammārahassa… ukkhepanīyakammārahassa… parivāsārahaṃ… mūlāyapaṭikassanārahassa… mānattārahaṃ… abbhānārahaṃ… upasampadārahassa sativinayaṃ deti, evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho sātisāro hoti. Yo kho, bhikkhave, samaggo saṅgho upasampadārahassa amūḷhavinayaṃ deti…pe… upasampadārahassa tassapāpiyasikākammaṃ karoti… upasampadārahassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karoti… upasampadārahassa niyassakammaṃ karoti… upasampadārahassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karoti… upasampadārahassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karoti… upasampadārahassa ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karoti… upasampadārahassa parivāsaṃ deti… upasampadārahaṃ mūlāya paṭikassati… upasampadārahassa mānattaṃ deti… upasampadārahaṃ abbheti, evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ hoti avinayakammaṃ. Evañca pana saṅgho ¶ sātisāro hotīti.

407. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati ¶ . Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ ¶ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammena vaggā. So ¶ tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā.

408. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti ¶ – adhammena samaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato ¶ dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā.

409. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako ¶ kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa ¶ mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā.

410. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako ¶ vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena ¶ samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammena vaggā.

411. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ ¶ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa ¶ tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā.

412. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bālo hoti abyatto āpattibahulo ¶ anapadāno, gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi ¶ . Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bālo abyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno, gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ niyassakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa niyassakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena niyassakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ niyassakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa niyassakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

413. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kuladūsako hoti pāpasamācāro. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu kuladūsako pāpasamācāro. Handassa mayaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena pabbājanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

414. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati. Handassa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena paṭisāraṇīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ ¶ karomā’’ti. Te tassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

415. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena ¶ vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

416. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti ¶ . Te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

417. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Handassa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammakato adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

418. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti ¶ – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammena vaggehi. Handassa ¶ mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā.

419. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ¶ saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā.

420. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati ¶ . Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā.

421. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa ¶ kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ ¶ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammena vaggā.

422. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ dhammapatirūpakena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ ¶ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena samaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammena vaggā. So tamhāpi āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ ¶ dhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā.

423. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena niyassakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, niyassassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena niyassakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, niyassassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ niyassakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa niyassakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena niyassakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ niyassakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa niyassakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

424. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena pabbājanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti ¶ , netthāraṃ vattati, pabbājanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena pabbājanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pabbājanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

425. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena paṭisāraṇīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, paṭisāraṇīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena paṭisāraṇīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, paṭisāraṇīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

426. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā ¶ adassane ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ ¶ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

427. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ – adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa ¶ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

428. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ¶ ¶ ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa ¶ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. So tamhā āvāsā aññaṃ āvāsaṃ gacchati. Tatthapi bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘imassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno saṅghena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassaddhaṃ – adhammena vaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti… adhammena samaggā…pe… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā…pe….

429. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti kalahakārako vivādakārako bhassakārako saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti ¶ . Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘adhammena ¶ vaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

430. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘adhammena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

431. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti ¶ – dhammena vaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammena vaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

432. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa ¶ tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

433. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti…pe… ¶ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bhaṇḍanakārako hoti…pe… saṅghe adhikaraṇakārako. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ karonti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

434. Idha ¶ pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bālo hoti abyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno, gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu bālo abyatto āpattibahulo anapadāno, gihisaṃsaṭṭho viharati ananulomikehi gihisaṃsaggehi. Handassa mayaṃ niyassakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa niyassakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ ¶ , dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu ¶ – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

435. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kuladūsako hoti pāpasamācāro. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu kuladūsako pāpasamācāro. Handassa mayaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

436. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gihī akkosati paribhāsati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu gihī akkosati ¶ paribhāsati. Handassa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ ¶ karomā’’ti. Te ¶ tassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ ¶ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

437. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ passituṃ. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye ¶ te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

438. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpajjitvā na icchati āpattiṃ paṭikātuṃ. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena ¶ vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ ¶ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti; ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

439. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu na icchati pāpikaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissajjituṃ. Handassa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ¶ ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karomā’’ti. Te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ karonti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Ime pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

440. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ ¶ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ ¶ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘adhammena vaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu ¶ – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

441. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘adhammena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

442. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso ¶ , bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammena vaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammena vaggakamma’’nti ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

443. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ ¶ ¶ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena vaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra ¶ , bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena vaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

444. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena tajjanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, tajjanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa tajjanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino.

445. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena niyassakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, niyassassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena niyassakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati ¶ , niyassassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ niyassakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa niyassakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ ¶ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave ¶ , ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Imepi [ime (sī. syā. evamuparipi)] pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

446. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena pabbājanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pabbājanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena pabbājanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pabbājanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa pabbājanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena ¶ samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Imepi pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

447. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena paṭisāraṇīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, paṭisāraṇīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena paṭisāraṇīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, paṭisāraṇīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena ¶ vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ ¶ , dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Ime ¶ tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Imepi pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

448. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā adassane ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Imepi pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

449. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammakato ¶ sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ¶ ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ ¶ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Imepi pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

450. Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saṅghena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammakato sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Tatra ce bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ayaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu saṅghena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammakato ¶ sammā vattati, lomaṃ pāteti, netthāraṃ vattati, pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyassa kammassa paṭippassaddhiṃ yācati. Handassa mayaṃ pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhemā’’ti. Te tassa pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhepanīyakammaṃ paṭippassambhenti – adhammena vaggā…pe… adhammena samaggā… dhammena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena vaggā… dhammapatirūpakena samaggā. Tatraṭṭho saṅgho vivadati – ‘‘adhammena vaggakammaṃ, adhammena samaggakammaṃ, dhammena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena vaggakammaṃ, dhammapatirūpakena samaggakammaṃ, akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti. Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dhammapatirūpakena samaggakamma’’nti, ye ¶ ca te bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘akataṃ kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabbaṃ kamma’’nti, ime tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino. Imepi pañca vārā saṃkhittā.

Appaṭikamme diṭṭhiyā, paṇḍakāpi ca byañjanā [ito paraṃ syāmamūle diyaḍḍhagāthāhi abhabbapuggalā samattaṃ dassitā];

Dve dve tammūlakaṃ tassa [dve dve mūlā katā kassa (syā.), dodotamūlakantassa (ka.)], tepi soḷasa dhammikā;

Upari ¶ nayakammānaṃ [upavinayakammānaṃ (syā.), ukkhepanīyakammānaṃ (ka.)] pañño tajjanīyaṃ naye;

Tesaṃyeva anulomaṃ, sammā vattati yācite [yācati (syā.), yācito (sī.)].

451. Tena ¶ ¶ ¶ ¶ samayena buddho bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. So tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhi [āpattidiṭṭhī (sī.)] hoti; aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhino honti. So aparena samayena tassā āpattiyā anā pattidiṭṭhi hoti; aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti. Atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpatti’’nti? ‘‘Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti yamahaṃ passeyya’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū sāmaggiṃ labhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. So ca bhikkhu bahussuto hoti āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Atha kho so bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘anāpatti esā, āvuso, nesā āpatti. Anāpannomhi, namhi āpanno. Anukkhittomhi, namhi ukkhitto. Adhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena. Hotha me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā’’ti. Alabhi kho so bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū pakkhe. Jānapadānampi sandiṭṭhānaṃ sambhattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – anāpatti esā, āvuso, nesā ¶ āpatti. Anāpannomhi, namhi āpanno. Anukkhittomhi, namhi ukkhitto. Adhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena. Hontu me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā’’ti. Alabhi kho so bhikkhu jānapadepi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū pakkhe. Atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā ukkhepake bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘anāpatti esā, āvuso, nesā āpatti. Anāpanno eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu āpanno. Anukkhitto eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu ukkhitto ¶ . Adhammikena kammena ukkhitto kuppena ¶ aṭṭhānārahenā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte ¶ ukkhepakā bhikkhū ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘āpatti esā āvuso, nesā anāpatti. Āpanno eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu anāpanno. Ukkhitto eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu anukkhitto. Dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena. Mā kho tumhe āyasmanto etaṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattittha anuparivārethā’’ti. Evampi kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ukkhepakehi bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tatheva taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattiṃsu anuparivāresuṃ.

452. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, aññataro bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno ahosi. So tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhi ¶ ahosi, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhino ahesuṃ. So aparena samayena tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi ahosi, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino ahesuṃ. Atha kho te, bhante, bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘āpattiṃ tvaṃ, āvuso, āpanno, passasetaṃ āpatti’nti? ‘‘Natthi me, āvuso, āpatti yamahaṃ passeyya’’nti. Atha kho te, bhante, bhikkhū sāmaggiṃ labhitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsu. So ca, bhante, bhikkhu bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Atha kho so, bhante, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘anāpatti esā, āvuso; nesā āpatti. Anāpannomhi, namhi āpanno. Anukkhittomhi, namhi ukkhitto. Adhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena. Hotha me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā’ti. Alabhi kho so, bhante, bhikkhu sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū pakkhe. Jānapadānampi sandiṭṭhānaṃ sambhattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘anāpatti esā, āvuso; nesā āpatti. Anāpannomhi, namhi āpanno. Anukkhittomhi, namhi ukkhitto. Adhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahena. Hontu me āyasmanto dhammato vinayato pakkhā’ti. Alabhi kho so, bhante, bhikkhu jānapadepi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte ¶ ¶ bhikkhū pakkhe. Atha kho te, bhante, ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā ukkhepake bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘anāpatti esā, āvuso; nesā āpatti. Anāpanno eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu āpanno. Anukkhitto eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu ukkhitto. Adhammikena kammena ukkhitto kuppena aṭṭhānārahenā’ti. Evaṃ vutte te, bhante, ukkhepakā bhikkhū ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘āpatti esā, āvuso; nesā anāpatti. Āpanno ¶ eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu anāpanno. Ukkhitto eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu anukkhitto. Dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena. Mā kho tumhe āyasmanto etaṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattittha anuparivārethā’ti. Evampi kho te, bhante, ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū ukkhepakehi bhikkhūhi vuccamānā tatheva taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ anuvattanti anuparivārentī’’ti.

453. Atha kho bhagavā ‘bhinno bhikkhusaṅgho, bhinno bhikkhusaṅgho’ti – uṭṭhāyāsanā yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho bhagavā ukkhepake bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘mā kho tumhe, bhikkhave, ‘paṭibhāti no, paṭibhāti no’ti yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā bhikkhuṃ ukkhipitabbaṃ maññittha’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. So tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti ¶ . Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Sace mayaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ¶ uposathaṃ karissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā uposathaṃ karissāma, bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇa’nti, bhedagarukehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. So tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino ¶ honti. Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo. Sace mayaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipissāma, na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ pavāressāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā pavāressāma. Na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ saṅghakammaṃ karissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā saṅghakammaṃ karissāma. Na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ āsane nisīdissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā āsane nisīdissāma. Na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ yāgupāne nisīdissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā yāgupāne nisīdissāma ¶ . Na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ bhattagge nisīdissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā bhattagge nisīdissāma. Na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekacchanne vasissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā ¶ ekacchanne vasissāma. Na mayaṃ iminā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissāma, vinā iminā bhikkhunā yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissāma. Bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇa’nti, bhedagarukehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi na so bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhipitabbo’’ti.

454. Atha kho bhagavā ukkhepakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ bhāsitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho bhagavā ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘mā kho tumhe, bhikkhave, āpattiṃ āpajjitvā ‘nāmha āpannā, nāmha āpannā’ti āpattiṃ na paṭikātabbaṃ maññittha’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiṃ āpanno hoti. So tassā āpattiyā anāpattidiṭṭhi hoti, aññe bhikkhū tassā āpattiyā āpattidiṭṭhino honti. So ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu te bhikkhū evaṃ jānāti – ‘ime kho āyasmanto bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā paṇḍitā byattā medhāvino lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, nālaṃ mamaṃ vā kāraṇā aññesaṃ vā kāraṇā chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ. Sace maṃ ime bhikkhū āpattiyā adassane ukkhipissanti, na mayā saddhiṃ pavāressanti ¶ , vinā mayā pavāressanti. Na mayā saddhiṃ saṅghakammaṃ karissanti, vinā mayā saṅghakammaṃ karissanti. Na mayā saddhiṃ āsane nisīdissanti, vinā mayā āsane nisīdissanti. Na mayā saddhiṃ yāgupāne nisīdissanti, vinā mayā yāgupāne nisīdissanti. Na mayā saddhiṃ bhattagge nisīdissanti vinā mayā bhattagge nisīdissanti. Na mayā saddhiṃ ekacchanne vasissanti, vinā mayā ekacchanne vasissanti. Na mayā saddhiṃ yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissanti, vinā mayā yathāvuḍḍhaṃ abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ karissanti, bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṃ bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇa’nti ¶ , bhedagarukena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā paresampi saddhāya sā āpatti desetabbā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā ukkhittānuvattakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ bhāsitvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

455. Tena kho pana samayena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tattheva antosīmāya uposathaṃ karonti, saṅghakammaṃ karonti. Ukkhepakā pana bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karonti, saṅghakammaṃ karonti. Atha kho aññataro ukkhepako bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ¶ so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te, bhante, ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tattheva antosīmāya uposathaṃ karonti, saṅghakammaṃ karonti. Mayaṃ pana ukkhepakā bhikkhū nissīmaṃ gantvā uposathaṃ karoma, saṅghakammaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Te ce, bhikkhu, ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tattheva antosīmāya uposathaṃ karissanti, saṅghakammaṃ karissanti, yathā mayā ñatti ca anussāvanā ca paññattā, tesaṃ tāni kammāni dhammikāni kammāni bhavissa’’nti akuppāni ṭhānārahāni. Tumhe ce, bhikkhu, ukkhepakā bhikkhū tattheva antosīmāya uposathaṃ karissatha, saṅghakammaṃ karissatha, yathā mayā ñatti ca anussāvanā ca paññattā, tumhākampi tāni kammāni dhammikāni kammāni bhavissanti akuppāni ṭhānārahāni. Taṃ kissa hetu? Nānāsaṃvāsakā ete [te (syā.)] bhikkhū [bhikkhu (sī. syā.)] tumhehi, tumhe ca tehi nānāsaṃvāsakā.

‘‘Dvemā, bhikkhu, nānāsaṃvāsakabhūmiyo – attanā ¶ vā attānaṃ nānāsaṃvāsakaṃ karoti, samaggo vā naṃ saṅgho ukkhipati adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā. Imā kho, bhikkhu, dve nānāsaṃvāsakabhūmiyo. Dvemā, bhikkhu, samānasaṃvāsakabhūmiyo – attanā vā attānaṃ samānasaṃvāsaṃ karoti, samaggo vā naṃ saṅgho ukkhittaṃ osāreti adassane vā appaṭikamme vā appaṭinissagge vā. Imā kho, bhikkhu, dve samānasaṃvāsakabhūmiyo’’ti.

456. Tena ¶ ¶ kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhattagge antaraghare bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsenti, hatthaparāmāsaṃ karonti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā bhattagge antaraghare bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsessanti, hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū bhattagge antaraghare bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsessanti ¶ , hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhattagge antaraghare bhaṇḍanajātā…pe… hatthaparāmāsaṃ karontī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… vigarahitvā ¶ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhinne, bhikkhave, saṅghe adhammiyāyamāne [adhammiyamāne (sī. syā. katthaci) adhammīyamāne (ka.)] asammodikāya vattamānāya [-‘‘asammodikāvattamānāya’’ iti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇetabbapāṭho] ‘ettāvatā na aññamaññaṃ ananulomikaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ upadaṃsessāma, hatthaparāmāsaṃ karissāmā’ti āsane nisīditabbaṃ. Bhinne, bhikkhave, saṅghe dhammiyāyamāne sammodikāya vattamānāya āsanantarikāya nisīditabba’’nti.

457. [ma. ni. 3.236 thokaṃ visadisaṃ] Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti. Te na sakkonti taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṃ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharanti. Te na sakkonti taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho bhagavā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi, nisajja kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, bhikkhave, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivāda’’nti. Evaṃ vutte aññataro adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgametu, bhante, bhagavā dhammassāmī; appossukko, bhante, bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāramanuyutto viharatu. Mayametena bhaṇḍanena ¶ kalahena viggahena vivādena paññāyissāmā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, bhikkhave, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivāda’’nti. Dutiyampi kho so adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgametu ¶ , bhante, bhagavā dhammassāmī; appossukko, bhante ¶ , bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāramanuyutto ¶ viharatu. Mayametena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena paññāyissāmā’’ti.

458. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ [vajirabuddhiṭīkā oloketabbā] brahmadatto nāma kāsirājā ahosi aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahabbalo mahāvāhano mahāvijito paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro. Dīghīti nāma kosalarājā ahosi daliddo appadhano appabhogo appabalo appavāhano appavijito aparipuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ abbhuyyāsi. Assosi kho, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā – ‘‘brahmadatto kira kāsirājā caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannayhitvā mamaṃ abbhuyyāto’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño etadahosi – ‘‘brahmadatto kho kāsirājā aḍḍho mahaddhano mahābhogo mahabbalo mahāvāhano mahāvijito paripuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro, ahaṃ panamhi daliddo appadhano appabhogo appabalo appavāhano appavijito aparipuṇṇakosakoṭṭhāgāro, nāhaṃ ¶ paṭibalo brahmadattena kāsiraññā ekasaṅghātampi sahituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ paṭikacceva nagaramhā nippateyya’’nti.

Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā mahesiṃ ādāya paṭikacceva nagaramhā nippati. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghītissa kosalarañño balañca vāhanañca janapadañca kosañca koṭṭhāgārañca abhivijiya ajjhāvasati. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā sapajāpatiko yena vārāṇasī tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena bārāṇasī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā sapajāpatiko bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasati. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesī nacirasseva gabbhinī ahosi. Tassā evarūpo dohaḷo uppanno hoti – ‘‘icchati sūriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhūme ṭhitaṃ passituṃ ¶ , khaggānañca dhovanaṃ pātuṃ’’. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesī dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gabbhinīmhi, deva. Tassā me evarūpo dohaḷo uppanno – icchāmi sūriyassa uggamanakāle ¶ caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ [vammitaṃ (sī.)] subhūme ṭhitaṃ passituṃ, khaggānañca dhovanaṃ pātu’’nti. ‘‘Kuto, devi, amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ caturaṅginī senā sannaddhā vammikā subhūme ṭhitā, khaggānañca dhovanaṃ pātu’’nti [khaggānañca dhovananti (sī. syā.)] ‘‘sacāhaṃ, deva, na labhissāmi, marissāmī’’ti.

459. Tena kho pana samayena, brahmadattassa ¶ kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo dīghītissa kosalarañño sahāyo hoti ¶ . Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā yena brahmadattassa kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā brahmadattassa kāsirañño purohitaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sakhī te, samma, gabbhinī. Tassā evarūpo dohaḷo uppanno – icchati sūriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhūme ṭhitaṃ passituṃ, khaggānañca dhovanaṃ pātu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, deva, mayampi deviṃ passāmā’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesī yena brahmadattassa kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, brahmadattassa kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesiṃ dūratova āgacchantiṃ, disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesī tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘kosalarājā vata bho kucchigato, kosalarājā vata bho kucchigato’’ti. Attamanā [avimanā (sī. syā. katthaci], devi, hohi. Lacchasi sūriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhūme ṭhitaṃ passituṃ, khaggānañca dhovanaṃ pātunti.

Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadattassa kāsirañño purohito brāhmaṇo yena brahmadatto kāsirājā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā brahmadattaṃ kāsirājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tathā, deva, nimittāni dissanti, sve sūriyuggamanakāle ¶ caturaṅginī senā sannaddhā vammikā subhūme tiṭṭhatu, khaggā ca dhoviyantū’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi ¶ – ‘‘yathā, bhaṇe, purohito brāhmaṇo āha tathā karothā’’ti. Alabhi kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesī sūriyassa uggamanakāle caturaṅginiṃ senaṃ sannaddhaṃ vammikaṃ subhūme ṭhitaṃ passituṃ, khaggānañca dhovanaṃ pātuṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño mahesī tassa gabbhassa paripākamanvāya puttaṃ vijāyi. Tassa dīghāvūti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro nacirasseva viññutaṃ pāpuṇi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho brahmadatto kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako, iminā amhākaṃ balañca vāhanañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca acchinnaṃ, sacāyaṃ amhe jānissati, sabbeva tayo ghātāpessati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ dīghāvuṃ ¶ kumāraṃ bahinagare vāseyya’’nti. Atha kho bhikkhave dīghīti kosalarājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ bahinagare vāsesi. Atha kho bhikkhave dīghāvu kumāro ¶ bahinagare paṭivasanto nacirasseva sabbasippāni sikkhi.

460. Tena kho pana samayena dīghītissa kosalarañño kappako brahmadatte kāsiraññe paṭivasati. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, dīghītissa kosalarañño kappako dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena ¶ paribbājakacchannena paṭivasantaṃ, disvāna yena brahmadatto kāsirājā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā brahmadattaṃ kāsirājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dīghīti, deva, kosalarājā sapajāpatiko bārāṇasiyaṃ aññatarasmiṃ paccantime okāse kumbhakāranivesane aññātakavesena paribbājakacchannena paṭivasatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ ānethā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, te manussā brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ ānesuṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā manusse āṇāpesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato ¶ nagarassa catudhā chinditvā catuddisā bilāni nikkhipathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, te manussā brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinenti.

Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘ciraṃdiṭṭhā kho me mātāpitaro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ ¶ mātāpitaro passeyya’’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā addasa mātāpitaro daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinente, disvāna yena mātāpitaro tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena ¶ verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, te manussā dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ etadavocuṃ ¶ – ‘‘ummattako ayaṃ dīghīti kosalarājā vippalapati. Ko imassa dīghāvu? Kaṃ ayaṃ evamāha – ‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, ummattako vippalapāmi, api ca yo viññū so vibhāvessatī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave…pe… tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, dīghīti kosalarājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, te manussā dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ummattako ayaṃ dīghīti kosalarājā vippalapati. Ko imassa dīghāvu ¶ ? Kaṃ ayaṃ evamāha – mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhaṇe, ummattako vippalapāmi, api ca yo viññū so vibhāvessatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, te manussā dīghītiṃ kosalarājānaṃ sapajāpatikaṃ rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā ¶ dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa catudhā chinditvā catuddisā bilāni nikkhipitvā gumbaṃ ṭhapetvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā suraṃ nīharitvā gumbiye pāyesi. Yadā te mattā ahesuṃ patitā, atha kaṭṭhāni saṃkaḍḍhitvā citakaṃ karitvā mātāpitūnaṃ sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropetvā aggiṃ datvā pañjaliko tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ akāsi.

461. Tena kho pana samayena brahmadatto kāsirājā uparipāsādavaragato hoti. Addasā kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ pañjalikaṃ tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karontaṃ, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so manusso dīghītissa kosalarañño ñāti vā sālohito vā, aho me anatthato, na hi nāma me koci ārocessatī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro araññaṃ gantvā yāvadatthaṃ kanditvā roditvā khappaṃ [bappaṃ (sī. syā.)] puñchitvā bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā antepurassa sāmantā hatthisālaṃ gantvā hatthācariyaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, ācariya, sippaṃ ¶ sikkhitu’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe māṇavaka, sikkhassū’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi, vīṇañca vādesi. Assosi kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gītaṃ vīṇañca vāditaṃ, sutvāna manusse pucchi – ‘‘ko, bhaṇe, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ ¶ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ ¶ mañjunā sarena gāyi, vīṇañca vādesī’’ti? ‘‘Amukassa, deva, hatthācariyassa antevāsī māṇavako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi, vīṇañca vādesī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhaṇe, taṃ māṇavakaṃ ānethā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, te manussā brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ ānesuṃ. ‘‘Tvaṃ bhaṇe māṇavaka, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya hatthisālāyaṃ mañjunā sarena gāyi, vīṇañca vādesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, bhaṇe māṇavaka, gāyassu, vīṇañca vādehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā ārādhāpekkho mañjunā sarena gāyi ¶ , vīṇañca vādesi. ‘‘Tvaṃ, bhaṇe māṇavaka, maṃ upaṭṭhahā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro brahmadattassa kāsirañño paccassosi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu ¶ kumāro brahmadattassa kāsirañño pubbuṭṭhāyī ahosi pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ nacirasseva abbhantarime vissāsikaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi.

462. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe māṇavaka, rathaṃ yojehi, migavaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ yojetvā brahmadattaṃ kāsirājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yutto kho te, deva, ratho, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā rathaṃ abhiruhi. Dīghāvu kumāro rathaṃ pesesi. Tathā tathā rathaṃ pesesi yathā yathā aññeneva senā agamāsi aññeneva ratho. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dūraṃ gantvā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe māṇavaka, rathaṃ muñcassu, kilantomhi, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ muñcitvā pathaviyaṃ pallaṅkena nisīdi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvussa kumārassa ucchaṅge sīsaṃ katvā seyyaṃ kappesi. Tassa kilantassa muhuttakeneva niddā okkami. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho brahmadatto kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa ¶ kārako. Iminā amhākaṃ balañca vāhanañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca ¶ acchinnaṃ. Iminā ca me mātāpitaro hatā. Ayaṃ khvassa kālo yohaṃ veraṃ appeyya’’nti kosiyā khaggaṃ nibbāhi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘pitā kho maṃ maraṇakāle avaca ‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’ti. Na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ ¶ , yvāhaṃ pituvacanaṃ atikkameyya’’nti kosiyā khaggaṃ pavesesi. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho brahmadatto kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako, imino amhākaṃ balañca ¶ vāhanañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca acchinnaṃ, iminā ca me mātāpitaro hatā, ayaṃ khvassa kālo yohaṃ veraṃ appeyya’’nti kosiyā khaggaṃ nibbāhi. Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘pitā kho maṃ maraṇakāle avaca ‘mā kho tvaṃ tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ, na hi tāta dīghāvu verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’ti. Na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ pituvacanaṃ atikkameyya’’nti. Punadeva kosiyā khaggaṃ pavesesi. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho brahmadatto kāsirājā bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako. Iminā amhākaṃ balañca vāhanañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca acchinnaṃ. Iminā ca me mātāpitaro hatā. Ayaṃ khvassa kālo yohaṃ veraṃ appeyya’’nti kosiyā khaggaṃ nibbāhi. Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvussa kumārassa etadahosi – ‘‘pitā kho maṃ maraṇakāle avaca ‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’ti. Na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ pituvacanaṃ atikkameyya’’’nti punadeva kosiyā khaggaṃ pavesesi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrasto sahasā vuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro brahmadattaṃ kāsirājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ ¶ , deva, bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrasto sahasā vuṭṭhāsī’’ti? Idha maṃ, bhaṇe māṇavaka, dīghītissa kosalarañño putto dīghāvu kumāro supinantena khaggena paripātesi. Tenāhaṃ bhīto ubbiggo ussaṅkī utrasto sahasā vuṭṭhāsinti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro vāmena hatthena brahmadattassa kāsirañño sīsaṃ parāmasitvā dakkhiṇena hatthena khaggaṃ nibbāhetvā brahmadattaṃ kāsirājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho so, deva, dīghītissa kosalarañño putto dīghāvu kumāro. Bahuno tvaṃ amhākaṃ anatthassa kārako. Tayā amhākaṃ balañca vāhanañca janapado ca koso ca koṭṭhāgārañca acchinnaṃ. Tayā ca me mātāpitaro hatā. Ayaṃ khvassa kālo yvāhaṃ veraṃ appeyya’’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvussa kumārassa pādesu sirasā nipatitvā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘jīvitaṃ me, tāta dīghāvu, dehi. Jīvitaṃ me, tāta dīghāvu, dehī’’ti. ‘‘Kyāhaṃ ussahāmi devassa jīvitaṃ dātuṃ ¶ ? Devo kho me jīvitaṃ dadeyyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, tāta dīghāvu, tvañceva me jīvitaṃ dehi, ahañca te jīvitaṃ ¶ dammī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto ca kāsirājā dīghāvu ca kumāro aññamaññassa jīvitaṃ adaṃsu, pāṇiñca aggahesuṃ, sapathañca akaṃsu addūbhāya [adrūbhāya, adubbhāya (ka.)].

Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tena ¶ hi, tāta dīghāvu, rathaṃ yojehi ¶ , gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho, bhikkhave, dīghāvu kumāro brahmadattassa kāsirañño paṭissutvā rathaṃ yojetvā brahmadattaṃ kāsirājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yutto kho te, deva, ratho, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā rathaṃ abhiruhi. Dīghāvu kumāro rathaṃ pesesi. Tathā tathā rathaṃ pesesi yathā yathā nacirasseva senāya samāgañchi. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā bārāṇasiṃ pavisitvā amacce pārisajje sannipātāpetvā etadavoca – ‘‘sace, bhaṇe, dīghītissa kosalarañño puttaṃ dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ passeyyātha, kinti naṃ kareyyāthā’’ti? Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ, deva, hatthe chindeyyāma. Mayaṃ, deva, pāde chindeyyāma. Mayaṃ, deva, hatthapāde chindeyyāma. Mayaṃ, deva, kaṇṇe chindeyyāma. Mayaṃ, deva, nāsaṃ chindeyyāma. Mayaṃ, deva, kaṇṇanāsaṃ chindeyyāma. Mayaṃ, deva, sīsaṃ chindeyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ kho, bhaṇe, dīghītissa kosalarañño putto dīghāvu kumāro. Nāyaṃ labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Iminā ca me jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ, mayā ca imassa jīvitaṃ dinna’’nti.

463. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā dīghāvuṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yaṃ kho te, tāta dīghāvu, pitā maraṇakāle avaca ‘mā kho tvaṃ, tāta dīghāvu, dīghaṃ passa, mā rassaṃ. Na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’ti, kiṃ te pitā sandhāya avacā’’ti? ‘‘Yaṃ kho me ¶ , deva, pitā maraṇakāle avaca ‘mā dīgha’nti mā ciraṃ veraṃ akāsīti. Imaṃ kho me, deva, pitā maraṇakāle avaca mā dīghanti. Yaṃ kho me, deva, pitā maraṇakāle avaca ‘mā rassa’nti mā khippaṃ mittehi bhijjitthā’’ti. Imaṃ kho me, deva, pitā maraṇakāle avaca ¶ mā rassanti. Yaṃ kho me, deva, pitā maraṇakāle avaca ‘‘na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti, averena hi, tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’’ti devena me mātāpitaro hatāti. Sacāhaṃ devaṃ jīvitā voropeyyaṃ, ye devassa atthakāmā te maṃ jīvitā voropeyyuṃ, ye me atthakāmā te te jīvitā voropeyyuṃ – evaṃ taṃ veraṃ verena na vūpasameyya. Idāni ca pana me devena jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ, mayā ca devassa jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ. Evaṃ taṃ veraṃ averena vūpasantaṃ. Imaṃ kho me, deva, pitā maraṇakāle avaca – na hi, tāta dīghāvu, verena verā sammanti; averena hi ¶ , tāta dīghāvu, verā sammantī’’ti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, brahmadatto kāsirājā – ‘‘acchariyaṃ ¶ vata bho! Abbhutaṃ vata bho! Yāva paṇḍito ayaṃ dīghāvu kumāro, yatra hi nāma pituno saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissatī’’ti pettikaṃ balañca vāhanañca janapadañca kosañca koṭṭhāgārañca paṭipādesi, dhītarañca adāsi. Tesañhi nāma, bhikkhave, rājūnaṃ ādinnadaṇḍānaṃ ādinnasatthānaṃ evarūpaṃ khantisoraccaṃ bhavissati. Idha kho pana taṃ, bhikkhave ¶ , sobhetha yaṃ tumhe evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā khamā ca bhaveyyātha soratā cāti? Tatiyampi kho bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, bhikkhave, mā bhaṇḍanaṃ mā kalahaṃ mā viggahaṃ mā vivāda’’nti. Tatiyampi kho so adhammavādī bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgametu, bhante, bhagavā dhammassāmī; appossukko, bhante, bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāramanuyutto viharatu. Mayametena bhaṇḍanena kalahena viggahena vivādena paññāyissāmā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā – pariyādinnarūpā kho ime moghapurisā, nayime sukarā saññāpetunti – uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

464. [ma. ni. 3.236] Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya saṅghamajjhe ṭhitakova imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

[ma. ni. 3.237] ‘‘Parimuṭṭhā paṇḍitābhāsā, vācāgocarabhāṇino;

465. Atha ¶ kho bhagavā saṅghamajjhe ṭhitakova imā gāthāyo bhāsitvā yena bālakaloṇakagāmo ¶ [bālakaloṇakāragāmo (sī. syā.)] tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā bhagu bālakaloṇakagāme viharati. Addasā kho āyasmā bhagu bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna āsanaṃ paññapesi, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane, nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Āyasmāpi kho bhagu bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ bhaguṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ; kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilamasī’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā; na cāhaṃ, bhante, piṇḍakena kilamāmī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ bhaguṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena pācīnavaṃsadāyo tenupasaṅkami.

466. [ma. ni. 1.325 ādayo passitabbaṃ] Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo [kimbilo (sī. syā.)] pācīnavaṃsadāye viharanti. Addasā kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, samaṇa, etaṃ dāyaṃ pāvisi. Santettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā ¶ viharanti. Mā tesaṃ aphāsumakāsī’’ti. Assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa, sutvāna dāyapālaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘māvuso, dāyapāla, bhagavantaṃ vāresi ¶ . Satthā no bhagavā anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yenāyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantañca nandiyaṃ āyasmantañca kimilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkamathāyasmanto abhikkamathāyasmanto, satthā no bhagavā anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane ¶ , nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Tepi kho āyasmanto bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kacci vo, anuruddhā, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ; kacci piṇḍakena na kilamathā’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā; na ca mayaṃ, bhante, piṇḍakena kilamāmā’’ti.

‘‘Kacci ¶ pana vo anuruddhā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Taggha mayaṃ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ ¶ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, anuruddhā, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yohaṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmī’’’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, imesu āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca; mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vatteyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vattāmi. Nānā hi kho no, bhante, kāyā, ekañca pana maññe citta’’nti.

Āyasmāpi kho nandiyo…pe… āyasmāpi kho kimilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yohaṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmī’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, imesu āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca; mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vatteyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vattāmi. Nānā ¶ hi kho no, bhante, kāyā, ekañca pana maññe cittanti. Evaṃ kho mayaṃ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā’’ti.

‘‘Kacci ¶ pana vo, anuruddhā, appamattā ¶ ātāpino pahitattā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Taggha mayaṃ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, anuruddhā, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Idha, bhante, amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati so āsanaṃ paññapeti, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipati, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā upaṭṭhāpeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso, sace ākaṅkhati bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati appaharite vā chaḍḍeti. Appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti. So āsanaṃ uddharati ¶ , pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ dhovitvā paṭisāmeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. Yo passati pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti. Sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tveva mayaṃ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma. Pañcāhikaṃ kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, sabbarattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāma. Evaṃ kho mayaṃ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā’’ti.

467. [udā. 35 ādayo thokaṃ visadisaṃ] Atha ¶ kho bhagavā āyasmantañca anuruddhaṃ āyasmantañca nandiyaṃ āyasmantañca kimilaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena pālileyyakaṃ [pārileyyakaṃ (sī. syā.)] tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena pālileyyakaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pālileyyake viharati rakkhitavanasaṇḍe bhaddasālamūle. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo na phāsu vihāsiṃ tehi kosambakehi [kosabbhikehi (syā.)] bhikkhūhi bhaṇḍanakārakehi kalahakārakehi vivādakārakehi bhassakārakehi saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakehi. Somhi etarahi eko adutiyo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmi aññatreva tehi kosambakehi bhikkhūhi bhaṇḍanakārakehi kalahakārakehi vivādakārakehi bhassakārakehi saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakehī’’ti.

Aññataropi ¶ kho hatthināgo ākiṇṇo viharati hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti. Atha kho tassa ¶ hatthināgassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ ¶ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me otiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ ekova gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho so hatthināgo yūthā apakkamma yena pālileyyakaṃ rakkhitavanasaṇḍo bhaddasālamūlaṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā soṇḍāya bhagavato pānīyaṃ ¶ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, appaharitañca karoti. Atha kho tassa hatthināgassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo na phāsu vihāsiṃ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṃ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādiṃsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṃ ogāhā ca me otiṇṇassa [ogāhañcassa otiṇṇassa (syā.), ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa (sī.)] hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo agamaṃsu. Somhi etarahi eko adutiyo sukhaṃ phāsu viharāmi aññatreva hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikaḷabhehi hatthicchāpehī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā attano ca pavivekaṃ viditvā tassa ca hatthināgassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

[udā. 35] ‘‘Etaṃ [evaṃ (ka.)] nāgassa nāgena, īsādantassa hatthino;

Atha kho bhagavā pālileyyake yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena ¶ sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho kosambakā upāsakā – ‘‘ime kho ayyā kosambakā bhikkhū bahuno amhākaṃ anatthassa kārakā ¶ . Imehi ubbāḷho bhagavā pakkanto. Handa mayaṃ ayye kosambake bhikkhū neva abhivādeyyāma, na paccuṭṭheyyāma, na añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kareyyāma, na sakkareyyāma, na garuṃ kareyyāma, na māneyyāma, na bhajeyyāma, na pūjeyyāma, upagatānampi piṇḍakaṃ na dajjeyyāma – evaṃ ime amhehi asakkariyamānā agarukariyamānā amāniyamānā abhajiyamānā apūjiyamānā asakkārapakatā pakkamissanti vā vibbhamissanti vā bhagavantaṃ vā pasādessantī’’ti. Atha kho kosambakā upāsakā kosambake bhikkhū neva abhivādesuṃ, na paccuṭṭhesuṃ, na añjalikammaṃ ¶ sāmīcikammaṃ akaṃsu, na sakkariṃsu, na garuṃ kariṃsu, na mānesuṃ, na bhajesuṃ na pūjesuṃ, upagatānampi piṇḍakaṃ na adaṃsu. Atha kho kosambakā bhikkhū kosambakehi upāsakehi asakkariyamānā agarukariyamānā amāniyamānā abhajiyamānā apūjiyamānā asakkārapakatā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa mayaṃ, āvuso, sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhagavato santike imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasameyyāmā’’ti.

468. Atha ¶ kho kosambakā bhikkhū senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sāvatthi tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Assosi kho āyasmā sāriputto – ‘‘te kira kosambakā bhikkhū ¶ bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchantī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te kira, bhante, kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, tesu bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, yathā dhammo tathā tiṭṭhāhī’’ti. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante, jāneyyaṃ dhammaṃ vā adhammaṃ vā’’ti?

Aṭṭhārasahi kho, sāriputta, vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo. Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu adhammaṃ dhammoti dīpeti, dhammaṃ adhammoti dīpeti; avinayaṃ vinayoti dīpeti, vinayaṃ avinayoti dīpeti; abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena ¶ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; apaññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, paññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāpattiṃ āpattīti dīpeti, āpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpeti; lahukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpeti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpeti; sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā ¶ āpattīti dīpeti, anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpeti; duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti, aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti – imehi kho, sāriputta, aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo.

Aṭṭhārasahi ca kho, sāriputta, vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabbo. Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu adhammaṃ adhammoti dīpeti, dhammaṃ dhammoti dīpeti; avinayaṃ avinayoti dīpeti, vinayaṃ vinayoti dīpeti; abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena ¶ abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; apaññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, paññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti ¶ ; anāpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpeti, āpattiṃ āpattīti dīpeti; lahukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpeti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpeti; sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpeti, anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpeti; duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti, aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti – imehi kho, sāriputta, aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabboti.

469. Assosi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno…pe… assosi kho āyasmā mahākassapo… assosi kho āyasmā mahākaccāno… assosi kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko ¶ … assosi kho āyasmā mahākappino… assosi kho āyasmā mahācundo… assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho… assosi kho āyasmā revato ¶ … assosi kho āyasmā upāli… assosi kho āyasmā ānando… assosi kho āyasmā rāhulo – ‘‘te kira kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchantī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te kira, bhante, kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, tesu bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, rāhula, yathā dhammo tathā tiṭṭhāhī’’ti. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante, jāneyyaṃ dhammaṃ vā adhammaṃ vā’’ti?

Aṭṭhārasahi kho, rāhula, vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo. Idha, rāhula, bhikkhu adhammaṃ dhammoti dīpeti, dhammaṃ adhammoti dīpeti; avinayaṃ vinayoti dīpeti, vinayaṃ avinayoti dīpeti; abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; apaññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, paññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāpattiṃ āpattīti dīpeti, āpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpeti; lahukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpeti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpeti; sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpeti, anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpeti; duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti, aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti – imehi kho, rāhula, aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi adhammavādī jānitabbo.

Aṭṭhārasahi ¶ ca kho, rāhula, vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabbo. Idha, rāhula, bhikkhu adhammaṃ adhammoti dīpeti, dhammaṃ dhammoti dīpeti; avinayaṃ avinayoti dīpeti, vinayaṃ vinayoti dīpeti; abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatena abhāsitaṃ alapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatena bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāciṇṇaṃ ¶ tathāgatena anāciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatena āciṇṇaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; apaññattaṃ tathāgatena apaññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti, paññattaṃ tathāgatena paññattaṃ tathāgatenāti dīpeti; anāpattiṃ anāpattīti dīpeti, āpattiṃ āpattīti dīpeti; lahukaṃ āpattiṃ lahukā āpattīti dīpeti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ garukā āpattīti dīpeti; sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ sāvasesā āpattīti dīpeti, anavasesaṃ āpattiṃ anavasesā āpattīti dīpeti; duṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ duṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti, aduṭṭhullaṃ āpattiṃ aduṭṭhullā āpattīti dīpeti – imehi kho, rāhula, aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi dhammavādī jānitabboti.

470. Assosi kho mahāpajāpati [mahāpajāpatī (sī. syā.)] gotamī – ‘‘te kira kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā ¶ sāvatthiṃ āgacchantī’’ti. Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te kira, bhante, kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, tesu bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, gotami, ubhayattha dhammaṃ suṇa. Ubhayattha dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ diṭṭhiñca khantiñca ruciñca ādāyañca rocehi. Yañca kiñci bhikkhunisaṅghena bhikkhusaṅghato paccāsīsitabbaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ dhammavāditova paccāsīsitabba’’nti.

471. Assosi kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati – ‘‘te kira kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchantī’’ti. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te kira, bhante, kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā ¶ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, tesu bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, gahapati, ubhayattha dānaṃ dehi. Ubhayattha dānaṃ ¶ datvā ubhayattha dhammaṃ suṇa. Ubhayattha dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha ¶ bhikkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ diṭṭhiñca khantiñca ruciñca ādāyañca rocehī’’ti.

472. Assosi kho visākhā migāramātā – ‘‘te kira kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchantī’’ti ¶ . Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho visākhā migāramātā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te kira, bhante, kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ āgacchanti. Kathāhaṃ, bhante, tesu bhikkhūsu paṭipajjāmī’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, visākhe, ubhayattha dānaṃ dehi. Ubhayattha dānaṃ datvā ubhayattha dhammaṃ suṇa. Ubhayattha dhammaṃ sutvā ye tattha bhikkhū dhammavādino tesaṃ diṭṭhiñca khantiñca ruciñca ādāyañca rocehī’’ti.

473. Atha kho kosambakā bhikkhū anupubbena yena sāvatthi tadavasaruṃ. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘te kira, bhante, kosambakā bhikkhū bhaṇḍanakārakā kalahakārakā vivādakārakā bhassakārakā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārakā sāvatthiṃ anuppattā. Kathaṃ ¶ nu kho, bhante, tesu bhikkhūsu senāsane [senāsanesu (ka.), senāsanaṃ (syā.)] paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Tena hi, sāriputta, vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ dātabba’’nti. ‘‘Sace pana, bhante, vivittaṃ na hoti, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Tena hi, sāriputta, vivittaṃ katvāpi dātabbaṃ, na tvevāhaṃ, sāriputta, kenaci pariyāyena vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno senāsanaṃ paṭibāhitabbanti vadāmi. Yo paṭibāheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.

‘‘Āmise pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Āmisaṃ kho, sāriputta, sabbesaṃ samakaṃ bhājetabba’’nti.

474. Atha ¶ ¶ kho tassa ukkhittakassa bhikkhuno dhammañca vinayañca paccavekkhantassa etadahosi – ‘‘āpatti esā, nesā anāpatti. Āpannomhi, namhi anāpanno. Ukkhittomhi, namhi anukkhitto. Dhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahenā’’ti. Atha kho so ukkhittako bhikkhu yena ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ukkhittānuvattake bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘āpatti esā, āvuso; nesā anāpatti. Āpannomhi, namhi anāpanno. Ukkhittomhi, namhi anukkhitto. Dhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena. Etha maṃ āyasmanto osārethā’’ti. Atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, ukkhittako bhikkhu evamāha – ‘āpatti esā ¶ , āvuso; nesā anāpatti. Āpannomhi, namhi anāpanno. Ukkhittomhi, namhi anukkhitto. Dhammikenamhi kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena. Etha maṃ āyasmanto osārethā’ti. Kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Āpatti esā, bhikkhave; nesā anāpatti. Āpanno eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu anāpanno. Ukkhitto eso bhikkhu, neso bhikkhu anukkhitto ¶ . Dhammikena kammena ukkhitto akuppena ṭhānārahena. Yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passati ca, tena hi, bhikkhave, taṃ bhikkhuṃ osārethā’’ti.

475. Atha kho te ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū taṃ ukkhittakaṃ bhikkhuṃ osāretvā yena ukkhepakā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā ukkhepake bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘yasmiṃ, āvuso, vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ ¶ , so eso bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi [passī (itipi)] ca osārito ca. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiṃ karomā’’ti.

Atha ¶ ¶ kho te ukkhepakā bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘te, bhante, ukkhittānuvattakā bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘yasmiṃ, āvuso, vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, so eso bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiṃ karomā’ti. Kathaṃ nu kho, bhante, paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca, tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiṃ karotu. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbā. Sabbeheva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ gilānehi ca agilānehi ca. Na kehici chando dātabbo. Sannipatitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, so eso bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiṃ kareyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ ahosi saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, so eso bhikkhu āpanno ca ukkhitto ca passi ca osārito ca. Saṅgho tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti. Yassāyasmato khamati tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggiyā karaṇaṃ, so tuṇhassa, yassa nakkhamati so bhāseyya.

‘‘Katā saṅghena tassa vatthussa vūpasamāya saṅghasāmaggī. Nihato ¶ saṅghabhedo, nihatā saṅgharāji, nihataṃ saṅghavavatthānaṃ, nihataṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

476. Atha ¶ ¶ ¶ kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yasmiṃ, bhante, vatthusmiṃ hoti saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṅgho taṃ vatthuṃ avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā nu kho sā, bhante, saṅghasāmaggī’’ti? ‘‘Yasmiṃ ¶ , upāli, vatthusmiṃ hoti saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṅgho taṃ vatthuṃ avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti, adhammikā sā, upāli, saṅghasāmaggī’’ti.

‘‘Yasmiṃ pana, bhante, vatthusmiṃ hoti saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṅgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā nu kho sā, bhante, saṅghasāmaggī’’ti? ‘‘Yasmiṃ, upāli, vatthusmiṃ hoti saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṅgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti, dhammikā sā, upāli, saṅghasāmaggī’’ti.

‘‘Kati nu kho, bhante, saṅghasāmaggiyo’’ti? ‘‘Dvemā, upāli, saṅghasāmaggiyo – atthupāli, saṅghasāmaggī atthāpetā byañjanupetā; atthupāli, saṅghasāmaggī atthupetā ca byañjanupetā ca. Katamā ca, upāli, saṅghasāmaggī atthāpetā byañjanupetā? Yasmiṃ, upāli, vatthusmiṃ hoti saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṅgho taṃ vatthuṃ avinicchinitvā amūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati, upāli, saṅghasāmaggī atthāpetā byañjanupetā. Katamā ca, upāli, saṅghasāmaggī atthupetā ca byañjanupetā ca? Yasmiṃ, upāli, vatthusmiṃ hoti saṅghassa bhaṇḍanaṃ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṃ saṅghanānākaraṇaṃ, saṅgho taṃ vatthuṃ vinicchinitvā mūlā mūlaṃ gantvā saṅghasāmaggiṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati, upāli, saṅghasāmaggī atthupetā ca byañjanupetā ca. Imā kho, upāli, dve saṅghasāmaggiyo’’ti.

477. Atha ¶ ¶ kho āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –

Viyākaraṃ [so byākaraṃ (sī.), veyyākaraṃ (syā.)] pañhamanūpaghātikaṃ.